TREATISE
I.
Of
the
Medicinal
Virtues
and
Preparations
of
Hellebore
.
CHAP.
I.
There
are
two
kinds
of
Hellebore
,
viz.
Younger
and
Elder
:
the
younger
is
for
young
people
,
and
the
elder
for
old
people
.
BEing
to
write
of
the
two
Hellebores
;
first
,
I
affi●m
,
that
whereas
there
are
two
sorts
of
Hellebore
,
the
one
called
White
,
and
the
other
Black
;
so
distinguished
,
not
because
of
the
variety
of
their
colours
,
but
because
of
the
difference
of
their
properties
.
Therefore
,
to
speak
more
truely
and
properly
,
if
we
would
give
them
names
according
to
their
natures
,
then
the
white
Hellebore
should
be
called
the
younger
,
and
the
black
Hellebore
should
be
called
the
elder
:
For
howbeit
these
two
are
the
same
kind
of
herb
,
yet
in
this
they
differ
,
that
the
younger
Hellebore
should
be
given
only
to
young
people
,
til
they
come
to
be
of
fifty
years
of
age
:
the
elder
Hellebore
is
to
be
used
only
by
those
who
exceed
fifty
years
.
And
what
I
have
now
said
of
Hellebore
,
is
to
be
understood
of
all
other
herbs
and
roots
,
which
are
of
two
kinds
,
viz
male
and
female
:
Not
that
they
are
truly
male
and
female
;
but
by
this
difference
the
Physician
is
to
understand
,
that
the
one
kinde
should
be
given
onely
to
young
people
,
and
the
other
to
old
.
Indeed
,
it
is
an
exceeding
great
oversight
in
Physicians
,
that
they
have
never
taken
notice
of
this
,
That
Nature
hath
built
two
Shops
,
the
one
for
young
people
,
the
other
for
old
:
so
that
the
same
Medicine
and
Method
of
Curing
is
not
for
young
people
,
which
is
for
old
.
It
is
very
inconvenient
,
that
those
who
are
old
should
use
the
Medicines
which
are
fit
onely
for
young
people
:
or
that
those
who
are
young
should
use
those
Medicines
which
are
most
agreeable
with
the
constitution
of
old
people
.
To
explain
this
further
by
an
Example
of
the
Moon
,
which
is
every
month
renewed
.
The
increase
of
the
Moon
from
new
Moon
to
full
Moon
,
may
be
compared
to
the
age
of
young
people
,
and
the
decrease
of
the
Moon
from
the
full
Moon
to
the
new
Moon
,
is
like
old
age
;
so
that
in
those
changes
of
the
Moon
are
well
represented
unto
us
the
several
ages
of
man
:
and
as
the
Moon
hath
not
the
same
qualities
in
the
increase
,
which
she
hath
in
the
decrease
,
so
there
is
a
great
difference
betwixt
old
and
young
people
.
Therefore
it
concerns
every
Physician
to
search
throughly
into
the
nature
and
condition
of
the
Moon
;
and
so
he
may
know
the
age
of
a
man
,
of
what
kind
it
is
,
which
is
to
be
learned
by
the
Moon
.
She
is
the
true
and
genuine
book
,
and
not
that
which
is
writ
with
ink
.
So
that
one
kinde
of
the
same
herb
should
be
used
in
the
increase
of
the
Moon
,
and
another
kind
in
the
decrease
;
and
this
is
commonly
called
male
and
female
,
the
male
is
the
younger
,
the
female
the
elder
.
That
you
may
better
understand
this
,
Observe
,
that
as
of
every
thing
there
are
two
sorts
,
which
are
as
two
parts
of
one
whole
thing
:
so
there
are
two
kinds
of
Hellebore
,
the
elder
and
younger
:
The
elder
Hellebore
,
what
good
can
it
do
to
young
people
?
And
how
unfit
is
the
younger
Hellibore
for
old
people
?
But
having
both
kindes
,
we
have
a
compleat
Medicine
for
old
and
young
;
viz.
the
younger
for
young
people
,
&c.
But
seeing
youth
and
old
age
cannot
consist
together
,
even
as
the
Moon
cannot
be
both
old
and
young
at
the
same
time
;
therefore
God
hath
divided
this
Medicine
into
two
parts
,
according
to
these
two
ages
:
and
these
parts
are
not
tyed
to
one
another
in
their
operations
,
they
do
their
work
,
the
one
without
the
other
.
Again
,
we
must
observe
the
difference
of
diseases
in
old
age
and
in
young
:
an
Apoplexie
is
of
one
nature
in
young
people
,
and
of
another
in
old
;
and
therefore
there
must
be
one
Medicine
used
for
this
disease
in
those
who
are
young
,
and
another
for
the
same
disease
in
those
who
are
old
.
Now
in
the
two
Hellebores
there
is
a
perfect
cure
of
the
Apoplexy
;
being
used
for
the
age
to
which
they
are
proper
.
So
the
Gout
is
of
two
kindes
,
there
is
elder
and
younger
:
Younger
,
viz.
the
Gout
of
young
people
;
and
elder
,
v●z
.
the
Gout
of
old
people
.
For
both
these
kindes
of
Gout
there
is
a
present
Cure
in
Hellebore
;
but
not
in
one
and
the
same
root
of
Hellebore
:
therefore
Nature
hath
made
a
division
:
Now
be
ever
mindful
of
the
difference
of
herbs
,
of
the
difference
of
ages
,
of
the
difference
of
Medicines
,
of
the
difference
of
Diseases
,
of
the
alterations
of
the
Moon
.
This
is
a
mystery
and
secret
of
Nature
,
which
is
evident
to
every
Physician
,
who
is
a
son
of
Astronomy
.
Now
that
I
should
satisfie
Mounte-banks
in
every
particular
,
there
is
no
necessity
:
Neverthelesse
,
I
will
leave
with
you
this
serious
Instruction
;
but
I
intend
it
chiefly
for
true
Physicians
,
That
the
differences
of
things
do
arise
out
of
Nature
it self
;
so
that
every
thing
is
appointed
to
its
own
place
,
where
it
should
be
:
the
Vertues
of
Medicines
are
designed
where
they
should
have
their
operations
,
and
they
cannot
be
forced
to
any
other
way
.
So
that
the
Medicine
which
is
for
young
people
,
cannot
be
forced
to
do
good
to
old
people
.
CHAP.
II.
Hellebore
a
singular
Medicine
for
prolonging
life
:
How
it
wa●
〈…〉
the
ancient
Physicians
.
I
Conceive
it
fit
that
now
I
should
describe
the
black
Hellebore
,
and
the
benefit
of
it
to
old
age
:
whereby
you
may
also
know
the
nature
of
the
white
Hellebore
.
And
first
to
speak
of
the
preparation
of
black
Hellebore
,
which
was
used
by
the
Physicians
in
ancient
times
:
it
was
thus
;
The
Hellebore
is
to
be
pull'd
up
out
of
the
ground
when
the
Moon
is
in
some
of
those
Signes
of
Heaven
which
are
call'd
Signes
of
Conservation
;
then
take
the
herbs
and
dry
them
in
the
shade
with
a
dry
East
wind
;
afterwards
beat
them
to
a
fine
powder
with
pure
white
Sugar
of
equall
weight
with
them
.
So
you
have
the
Powder
as
it
was
made
by
the
antient
Physicians
,
who
used
all
the
wayes
they
could
to
get
the
true
essence
of
this
herb
;
but
they
could
never
do
it
,
and
therefore
they
contented
themselves
w●th
this
powder
.
Now
the
reason
why
they
so
much
s●ught
after
the
essence
of
this
herb
,
was
this
;
because
they
found
by
experience
a
wonderfull
nature
and
property
in
this
herb
:
for
those
who
were
passed
fifty
years
of
age
,
by
the
daily
using
of
the
aforesaid
powder
evening
and
morning
;
taking
so
much
at
a
time
as
they
could
take
up
with
their
three
fingers
,
they
became
younger
and
more
vigorous
,
and
so
continued
healthfull
and
vigorous
to
the
time
of
their
death
.
This
Vertue
Nature
hath
mystically
contracted
from
the
whole
frame
of
the
great
world
,
for
the
conservation
of
the
little
world
Man
.
In
this
herb
are
comprehended
the
four
Elements
,
and
by
it
are
expeld
the
impurities
of
the
four
Elements
:
it
may
well
be
called
the
Defensive
of
old
age
.
But
the
aforesaid
powder
is
not
to
be
given
to
every
one
in
a
like
quantitie
:
the
persons
who
are
to
use
this
powder
,
must
take
onely
so
much
of
it
at
a
time
as
is
most
agreeable
to
their
strength
,
and
as
it
shall
be
appointed
by
some
skilful
Physician
.
Indeed
,
they
who
sought
so
much
after
the
true
essence
of
this
Herb
,
did
it
not
rashly
;
for
what
Herb
is
like
to
this
?
or
what
other
herb
can
(
as
this
)
give
a
firm
,
vigorous
,
and
lasting
life
to
old
age
?
For
it
preserves
us
from
all
external
infections
,
or
inward
putrifactions
;
and
will
keep
a
man
alwaies
in
a
good
temper
,
that
he
shall
come
to
old
age
without
any
sicknesse
.
And
therefore
it
will
be
worth
our
pains
,
if
we
can
separate
the
pure
Essence
from
the
impurities
of
this
herb
.
Who
will
not
say
,
but
that
such
a
pure
Essence
is
an
everlasting
Balsome
;
which
can
so
preserve
a
man
till
the
time
of
his
death
,
and
in
the
operations
of
it
agreeth
with
Balsom
every
way
?
Let
not
these
things
seem
incredible
to
you
.
By
this
Essence
of
Hellebore
the
Causes
of
the
Gout
are
removed
,
the
Leprosie
quite
rooted
out
;
it
will
not
suffer
any
such
disease
to
be
in
the
body
.
The
Stars
have
certain
times
,
and
they
who
are
born
at
such
times
are
not
troubled
with
any
diseases
:
Again
,
the
Stars
have
some
other
times
,
and
they
who
are
born
at
such
times
are
still
sickly
.
Now
,
if
according
to
Nature
,
Times
can
make
such
impression
,
and
such
changes
in
man
:
Much
more
all
Vegetables
,
which
are
brought
forth
by
Nature
;
they
do
agree
with
those
times
of
the
Stars
,
and
have
a
tincture
from
them
;
so
that
in
some
men
,
and
in
some
Vegetables
there
is
the
same
nature
,
being
,
and
stamp
of
Conservation
:
and
so
from
such
Vegetables
men
may
receive
this
tincture
of
Health
.
And
so
much
I
have
thought
fit
to
speak
concerning
the
leaves
of
black
Hellebore
.
This
only
I
will
add
,
That
you
must
have
a
care
to
know
how
to
separate
the
pure
Essence
from
the
impurities
of
the
Hellebore
under
a
right
Constellation
.
How
much
more
hurtful
the
disease
is
,
so
much
more
powerful
the
Medicine
must
be
.
CHAP.
III.
The
Cure
of
the
Falling-sickness
with
black
Hellebore
,
and
the
severall
wayes
of
preparing
it
.
THe
Root
of
this
Hellebore
cureth
four
Diseases
;
viz.
the
Falling-sicknesse
,
Gout
,
Palsie
,
Hydropsie
.
Here
consider
the
difference
of
Diseases
.
Every
disease
is
twofold
,
viz.
corporeal
,
or
spiritual
:
For
these
two
kindes
of
diseases
the
Physician
must
use
two
kindes
of
Cures
;
one
for
bodily
,
another
for
spiritual
Diseases
.
Concerning
spiritual
Diseases
,
and
their
Cures
,
having
spoken
of
them
elsewhere
;
now
in
this
place
I
speak
only
of
bodily
diseases
.
As
for
those
diseases
whose
spirit
is
altogether
in
things
bodily
,
and
cannot
subsist
without
those
bodies
,
their
spirit
dies
with
the
bodie
;
But
where
there
is
an
impression
from
the
Stars
,
there
Art
appears
most
of
all
in
removing
of
that
.
But
now
to
come
to
our
businesse
in
hand
,
to
shew
you
how
those
four
Diseases
mentioned
before
,
are
cured
by
this
Root
.
There
is
to
be
observed
a
difference
amongst
purging
Medicines
:
Some
of
them
purge
slimie
humours
;
which
by
purging
do
remove
the
humours
,
but
do
not
impair
the
specificall
disease
;
i.
e.
they
do
not
touch
the
disease
it self
in
the
root
of
it
.
Hence
it
is
that
the
Humorists
,
who
say
,
that
all
diseases
come
from
the
humours
of
the
body
;
their
whole
Art
consists
only
in
purging
,
and
they
do
no
good
by
it
;
but
oft
times
miserably
kill
diseased
persons
by
it
.
If
they
knew
the
specifical
purging
Medicines
,
then
they
were
in
the
right
way
of
purging
.
Now
concerning
the
Root
of
black
Hellebore
,
Observe
,
that
it
purgeth
two
ways
;
it
purgeth
specifically
,
and
it
purgeth
gross
humors
;
by
these
two
wayes
it
cureth
the
Falling-sicknesse
.
Here
observe
,
that
we
should
be
slow
in
purging
gross
humours
,
(
otherwise
the
sick
person
may
be
much
wronged
)
so
as
the
Epileptick
humour
may
be
purged
out
with
other
humours
.
Therefore
a
Physician
should
be
skilfull
in
considering
the
Time
,
Order
,
and
Manner
of
giving
Physick
according
to
the
condition
of
the
sick
person
.
In
former
times
,
those
who
were
troubled
with
the
Faling-sicknesse
,
were
first
to
eat
the
Root
it self
;
afterwards
they
were
to
take
it
in
milk
,
and
lastly
they
were
to
take
it
with
other
mixtures
:
but
now
(
in
our
times
)
the
Disease
is
more
violent
,
and
the
poyson
of
it
more
heightned
;
therefore
of
necessity
the
Physician
must
make
his
Physick
stronger
,
left
it
be
not
able
to
overcome
the
Disease
.
Now
I
will
give
you
my
counsel
,
and
shew
you
how
this
disease
may
be
cured
,
as
I
have
found
by
experience
:
Thus
;
Take
the
Root
of
Hellebore
so
soon
as
it
is
pull'd
out
of
the
earth
,
and
put
it
in
the
spirit
of
wine
,
which
wil
bring
out
both
the
moisture
and
the
Oyl
out
of
the
Root
;
then
the
Spirit
of
wine
being
separated
from
that
Oyl
,
there
will
remain
the
essence
of
the
Root
,
sweet
,
without
any
addition
.
This
Essence
doth
much
differ
from
that
way
which
was
used
by
the
Physicians
in
ancient
times
:
for
this
Essence
doth
not
purge
out
a
great
deal
of
humours
,
but
rather
the
Epileptick
body
it self
;
i.
e.
the
humour
wherein
the
Disease
,
or
poyson
of
the
Disease
chiefly
lurks
,
which
is
the
root
of
the
Disease
.
Therefore
this
Essence
is
a
safer
and
more
effectual
purge
,
and
a
more
certain
cure
,
then
that
which
was
used
in
former
times
,
against
this
Disease
.
Now
this
Essence
will
be
more
effectual
against
this
disease
,
if
you
join
with
it
in
the
Spirit
of
wine
,
the
Misteto
of
Oak
,
and
Pellitorie
,
and
the
seeds
of
Pionie
,
that
the
medicinal
spirit
of
these
three
may
be
mixed
with
the
Essence
of
the
Black
Hellebore
,
and
so
to
be
given
to
the
sick
person
,
so
much
of
it
at
a
time
as
the
skilful
Physician
shall
think
fit
.
This
disease
must
be
driven
out
slowly
and
by
degrees
,
considering
the
Nature
of
the
sick
person
,
of
the
Disease
,
and
of
the
Countrey
where
they
live
&c.
Addit
.
The
Root
is
to
be
pull'd
out
of
the
earth
in
the
decrease
of
the
Moon
,
the
Moon
being
in
the
Signe
of
Libra
,
(
which
Signe
is
most
agreeable
to
the
Falling-sicknesse
)
upon
the
Friday
(
or
in
an
hour
of
Venus
)
and
it
must
be
dryed
in
the
shade
with
a
dry
North
wind
.
It
was
the
custome
of
the
Antients
to
use
the
Herbs
as
they
are
pulld
out
of
the
earth
,
without
any
addition
;
but
my
way
of
using
this
Root
is
thus
:
Let
the
Patient
who
is
troubled
with
the
Falling-sicknesse
be
purged
three
dayes
before
the
fit
comes
upon
him
,
if
it
can
be
done
,
giving
him
for
a
purge
two
drams
of
the
powder
of
this
Root
;
to
young
people
in
milk
,
to
old
people
in
wine
.
Another
Preparation
of
the
Leaves
and
Root
of
Hellebore
.
It
s
certain
,
that
the
vertue
of
this
herb
is
great
and
admirable
,
not
much
differing
from
a
Balsome
.
He
which
can
bring
out
the
Balsome
which
lurks
in
this
herb
,
hath
a
most
precious
treasure
of
Nature
:
The
way
to
make
of
this
herb
a
Balsome
is
thus
:
This
herb
must
be
putrified
in
its
own
water
,
being
placed
in
warm
dung
,
the
glass
being
close
stop'd
:
afterwards
the
water
must
be
separated
from
that
which
is
putrified
,
and
the
putrified
matter
must
be
separated
from
the
grounds
,
the
grounds
must
be
kept
by
themselves
;
then
you
have
the
Balsome
with
two
degrees
of
moistnesse
,
and
twenty
two
degrees
of
putrifaction
:
The
dose
of
that
which
is
putrified
according
to
degrees
;
and
of
the
water
according
to
the
quantity
,
is
to
be
considered
in
the
administration
of
it
,
according
to
the
first
proceeding
.
This
Balsome
may
be
more
exalted
in
its
essence
,
if
the
aforesaid
work
be
done
again
by
adding
to
this
water
and
putrified
matter
,
new
(
or
fresh
)
Hellebore
;
and
if
it
be
dry
,
especially
the
Root
,
it
s
so
much
the
better
.
The
Root
is
thus
corrected
:
Take
of
this
Root
cut
in
large
slices
two
ounces
,
of
flesh
a
quarter
of
a
pound
cut
very
small
,
of
the
water
of
Nutmeg
one
ounce
,
of
the
water
of
large
Pepper
one
dram
;
put
these
together
in
a
pot
very
well
stopt
,
and
put
your
pot
in
boyling
water
three
or
four
hours
;
then
take
out
your
pot
,
and
pour
out
the
liquor
,
which
you
shall
keep
for
your
use
;
then
throw
away
the
flesh
and
the
herb
.
Of
this
liquor
you
are
to
give
so
much
as
the
disease
,
the
sick
person
,
and
necessity
requires
.
Another
Addition
.
You
have
already
heard
that
this
Root
cures
four
principall
diseases
,
and
that
it
is
a
conservative
of
long
life
.
But
now
I
will
shew
you
how
Hellebore
can
do
greater
Cures
then
any
I
have
yet
mentioned
:
Take
of
this
Balsome
of
black
Hellebore
one
ounce
,
of
naturall
Balsome
half
a
scruple
;
let
them
be
so
exactly
mixed
,
that
there
appear
but
only
one
and
not
two
:
For
Balsom
and
Hellebore
are
of
the
same
nature
in
respect
of
Conservation
.
Natural
Balsom
is
such
a
Medicine
which
preserves
us
from
all
the
infections
of
the
Stars
,
from
the
Plurisie
,
and
from
the
Pestilence
:
Now
we
should
provide
Remedies
not
onely
against
our
earthly
infirmities
and
diseases
;
but
also
against
those
diseases
which
come
from
the
celestiall
influences
:
And
against
such
diseases
there
is
no
Medicine
more
powerfull
then
Balsome
.
If
the
Falling-Sicknesse
could
be
cured
by
purging
,
then
this
Root
were
a
sufficient
remedie
.
Some
Herbs
are
fit
purges
for
the
Falling
Sicknesse
,
other
herbs
for
the
Jaundies
,
&c.
Every
disease
requires
its
own
purge
,
which
is
agreeable
to
it
;
yet
a
Purgation
is
not
a
full
Cure
,
we
must
do
something
else
to
perfect
the
Cure
:
therefore
when
the
Patient
is
purged
so
as
he
should
be
;
then
follows
the
Cure
of
the
Falling
Sickness
,
which
consists
in
the
Secret
(
or
Arcanum
)
of
the
Essence
of
Coperas
.
By
this
method
both
old
and
young
may
be
cured
.
Neverthelesse
,
the
Physician
must
observe
,
that
this
order
of
Purgations
and
Essences
is
not
to
be
learned
by
the
Apothecaries
Art
,
but
by
the
natures
of
things
;
which
do
teach
us
both
the
way
how
the
Medicine
is
to
be
given
,
and
how
much
is
to
be
given
.
CHAP.
III.
The
Cure
of
the
Gout
with
black
Hellebore
.
THere
are
two
kinds
of
Gout
;
one
kind
of
it
comes
of
bloud
,
the
other
comes
of
defluxions
from
the
head
.
In
the
Bloud-Gout
the
bloud
doth
rage
:
and
by
Astronomie
it
appears
that
the
bloud
Gout
is
enraged
by
the
influence
of
the
Dog-stars
,
as
in
another
place
I
have
fully
proved
.
Now
Hellebore
cannot
help
this
kinde
of
Gout
:
but
it
is
good
for
that
Gout
which
comes
of
saltish
,
sowr
,
sharp
,
corrosive
defluxions
:
These
qualities
of
the
defluxions
are
the
cause
of
the
Gout
;
and
not
heat
or
cold
,
or
moistnesse
or
drynesse
:
but
if
the
diseased
person
be
much
troubled
with
great
heat
or
great
coldnesse
in
his
joynts
;
it
is
by
reason
of
the
contention
betwixt
nature
and
the
disease
,
betwixt
that
which
is
sound
and
that
which
is
diseased
.
The
Antient
app●oved
Physicians
gave
Hellebore
to
those
who
were
troubled
with
such
defluxions
,
and
with
it
purged
them
.
For
this
Root
is
the
best
of
all
purging
Medicines
which
were
known
to
the
Ancients
,
both
for
preventing
Defluxions
,
and
for
expelling
them
out
of
the
body
.
This
Purge
was
made
by
the
Ancients
,
not
according
to
the
Rules
of
the
Physicians
of
later
times
;
but
it
was
judiciously
without
curiosity
prepared
:
They
regarded
not
such
Medicines
which
were
made
up
of
Syrups
&c.
and
such
other
vaine
additions
.
They
gave
this
root
alone
,
without
any
addition
,
to
the
patient
,
a
little
of
it
every
day
,
and
not
all
at
one
time
:
For
Purgations
must
be
given
moderately
in
long
Diseases
;
purging
rather
often
and
gently
then
violently
.
This
Root
of
elder
Hellebore
thus
prepared
,
and
given
every
day
,
as
the
Patient
and
Disease
requires
,
doth
so
cure
defluxions
by
its
natural
vertue
,
that
no
Root
or
Herb
can
do
he
like
.
As
we
commonly
see
,
that
after
it
hath
rained
,
the
wayes
may
be
dryed
●gain
;
but
thereafter
it
m●●
〈◊〉
rain
again
,
as
to
fill
〈◊〉
●ennels
and
Rivers
.
Thu●
〈◊〉
in
the
Gout
:
therefore
we
must
add
to
this
Root
of
Hellebore
some
Correctives
,
for
the
preventing
of
new
defluxions
;
and
in
this
respect
this
addition
is
very
necessary
.
Unskilful
Physicians
do
not
consider
this
,
who
use
such
correctives
as
do
weaken
the
purging
faculty
of
this
herb
;
they
add
to
it
Terra
Sigillata
,
and
other
things
which
are
contrary
to
the
nature
of
this
Herb
,
and
take
away
the
strength
of
it
;
wheras
it
should
not
lose
any
of
its
natural
Vertues
,
but
rather
have
them
heightened
.
But
the
true
Correction
of
it
,
which
best
agreeth
with
Physick
Rules
,
is
thus
:
After
the
humour
is
purged
out
,
you
must
do
that
which
may
prevent
the
collection
of
the
humour
again
.
And
that
is
done
by
two
Roots
;
Avens
or
herb
Bennet
,
and
the
Acorus
of
the
shops
,
as
I
have
more
fully
shewed
elsewhere
in
their
particular
Treatises
.
It
oft-times
falls
out
,
that
a
great
many
other
griefs
do
accompanie
the
Gout
,
which
were
not
known
to
the
Ancients
;
for
daily
they
increase
and
grow
more
vi●lent
:
and
therefore
in
these
our
times
there
must
b●●●culiar
Treatises
concerning
the
Gout
,
in
w●●●h
we
must
set
down
remedies
for
the
several
〈…〉
which
do
accompany
it
.
What
I
speak
of
the
Gout
here
,
is
only
how
to
take
away
the
Cause
or
the
root
of
it
by
the
Hellebore
,
which
is
the
most
considerable
part
of
the
cure
.
Therfore
the
purging
power
of
this
Root
is
not
to
be
lessened
,
but
rather
augmented
.
Then
the
best
way
of
preparing
it
,
is
,
as
I
have
shewed
before
by
the
spirit
of
Wine
:
But
use
it
what
way
you
will
,
it
is
a
profitable
purge
.
The
patient
must
be
often
purged
by
the
aforesaid
root
betwixt
fits
;
for
in
so
doing
,
those
defluxions
which
are
the
cause
of
the
Gout
,
are
purged
out
of
the
whole
bodie
;
so
that
in
the
time
of
the
fit
,
the
patient
shall
have
but
little
pain
.
The
ancient
Philosophers
by
purging
often
,
cured
every
kind
of
Gout
,
even
an
old
,
setled
Gout
.
But
the
Humourists
,
when
they
had
thrust
themselves
into
the
number
of
Physicians
,
they
presumed
to
do
more
in
an
hour
,
then
nature
can
do
in
a
year
,
if
they
may
be
believed
;
and
so
this
Medicine
was
cast
aside
and
forgot
.
CHAP.
IV.
The
Cure
of
the
Palsie
and
Hydropsie
,
and
other
Diseases
,
with
black
Hellebore
.
THis
Root
of
black
Hellebore
cures
likewise
the
Palsie
,
and
Hydropsie
,
but
not
fully
:
it
only
purges
out
the
causes
or
root
of
those
diseases
;
there
must
be
some
addition
proper
to
these
diseases
,
used
with
the
Hellebore
,
as
hath
been
said
before
of
the
Falli●●
sicknesse
,
and
of
the
Gout
:
And
the
Hellebore
with
those
Additions
,
becomes
a
perfect
Cure
of
those
Diseases
.
There
must
be
a
great
quantity
of
this
purge
given
at
a
time
to
those
who
have
the
Palsie
,
so
much
as
the
strength
of
the
Patient
can
bear
:
for
this
disease
is
not
easily
driven
out
,
we
must
deal
with
it
violently
.
The
Addition
to
be
used
besides
the
Hellebore
,
for
this
disease
,
is
set
down
in
a
peculiar
Treatise
concerning
the
Palsie
.
They
who
are
troubled
with
the
Hydropsie
,
must
be
purged
slowly
and
gently
;
taking
once
every
week
so
much
of
this
Root
as
a
skilful
Physician
shall
prescribe
;
and
so
the
humour
shall
be
by
degrees
purged
away
:
first
that
which
is
upward
,
which
is
gathered
about
the
brest
,
stomack
,
lungs
,
liver
,
melt
;
afterwards
the
humour
which
lyeth
in
the
groins
and
hips
is
purged
out
;
then
the
swelling
of
the
feet
and
legs
doth
evanish
;
and
lastly
the
swelling
of
the
belly
falls
low
.
The
humour
is
purged
away
in
some
Patients
by
Vomit
,
in
some
by
Stool
,
in
others
by
Sweat
,
in
others
by
Urine
.
When
the
Patient
is
sufficiently
purged
by
the
Hellebore
;
then
follows
the
Addition
,
which
takes
away
the
relicks
of
the
disease
,
and
makes
up
the
full
cure
.
The
Addition
is
the
Tincture
of
Steel
:
The
Hellebore
purgeth
out
the
humour
already
gathered
;
the
Tincture
of
Steel
hinders
any
such
collection
of
humours
to
be
afterwards
.
Now
to
conclude
this
Treatise
of
Hellebore
,
which
is
a
purge
so
excellent
,
that
there
is
no
other
like
it
;
for
it
purgeth
out
whatsoever
is
in
our
bodies
hurtful
to
us
.
There
is
nothing
better
then
this
Root
to
bring
down
womens
monthly
Courses
:
it
purgeth
the
Mother
,
and
driveth
out
untimely
Births
,
false
Conceptions
,
Worms
,
and
every
unnatural
thing
bred
within
the
Womb.
Every
purgative
doth
not
bring
down
womens
monthly
Courses
,
and
expell
Worms
,
and
untimely
Births
,
&c.
But
this
is
above
all
others
,
a
singular
secret
of
nature
:
and
if
it
be
rightly
used
,
it
is
so
agreeable
to
the
bodies
of
men
and
women
,
that
whatsoever
it
meets
with
contrary
and
hurtfull
to
us
,
it
will
root
it
out
.
That
Doctor
who
knows
the
right
use
of
this
Herb
and
Root
alone
,
without
addition
,
shall
by
this
one
herb
have
more
infallible
knowledg
and
skill
in
curing
diseases
,
then
all
the
Empericks
or
Doctors
whosoever
,
as
experience
makes
it
appear
abundantly
.
Those
who
knew
the
right
use
of
this
Herb
and
Root
in
ancient
times
,
lived
to
a
great
age
very
healthfully
:
but
when
the
Humorists
began
to
be
respected
,
who
contemn
the
secrets
of
Nature
,
and
judg
of
every
thing
according
to
their
own
ill-grounded
theory
,
being
without
the
true
knowledg
of
the
properties
of
Nature
,
they
found
out
their
new
way
of
Purgations
,
Clysters
and
Syrups
,
&c.
whereby
they
rashly
thought
to
do
as
much
in
one
day
,
as
this
Herb
can
do
in
twenty
or
thirty
years
;
and
so
they
brought
this
Herb
to
be
contemned
and
forgotten
:
bringing
their
own
Purgations
and
Clysters
in
the
place
of
of
it
.
I
remember
in
my
time
,
I
have
known
many
who
have
been
much
troubled
with
Itch
,
Catarrhs
,
&c.
who
using
this
Root
after
the
way
of
the
Ancients
,
were
perfectly
restored
to
health
,
their
nature
being
thereby
throughly
renewed
.
I
have
known
such
diseases
thus
cured
,
which
the
Humorists
could
never
cure
,
neither
know
they
how
to
cure
them
;
they
can
talk
much
,
but
cannot
perform
any
thing
.
They
took
every
morning
half
a
drachm
,
till
they
were
three
score
years
of
age
:
afterwards
,
once
in
two
daies
half
an
ounce
till
they
were
seventy
years
of
age
;
then
afterwards
every
sixth
day
to
the
end
of
their
lives
,
one
drachm
.
Titulary
Doctors
need
not
admire
,
that
Nature
can
do
more
then
Art
can
do
:
He
hath
little
Art
who
knows
not
what
Nature
can
do
.
There
is
more
to
be
found
in
this
one
herb
,
then
is
to
be
found
in
all
the
writings
of
University
Doctors
,
for
the
prolonging
of
life
.
And
I
do
delight
in
this
Medicine
of
the
Ancients
,
more
then
in
any
other
Herb
or
Vegetable
whatsoever
,
for
the
preservation
of
long
life
.
TREATISE
IV.
Of
the
Vertues
and
Preparations
of
St.
Johns
wort
.
CHAP.
I.
The
vertues
of
S.
Johns
wort
for
phantastick
Spirits
,
worms
and
wounds
.
I
Have
oft-times
declared
,
how
by
the
outward
shapes
and
qualities
of
things
we
may
know
their
inward
Vertues
,
which
God
hath
put
in
them
for
the
good
of
man
.
So
in
St.
Johns
wort
,
we
may
take
notice
of
the
form
of
the
leaves
and
flowers
,
the
porosity
of
the
leaves
,
the
Veins
.
1.
The
porositie
or
holes
in
the
leaves
,
signifie
to
us
,
that
this
herb
helps
both
inward
and
outward
holes
or
cuts
in
the
skin
,
and
strengthens
Nature
in
expelling
that
which
should
be
evacuated
through
the
pores
of
the
skin
.
2.
The
flowers
of
Saint
Johns
wort
,
when
they
are
putrified
,
they
are
like
blood
;
which
teacheth
us
,
that
this
herb
is
good
for
wounds
,
to
close
them
and
fill
them
up
.
3
The
straikes
in
the
leaves
like
veines
,
shew
us
,
That
this
herb
drives
away
from
a
man
Ghosts
and
night-spirits
,
and
spirits
begot
by
imagination
,
whether
they
be
within
a
man
or
without
;
and
these
phantastick
Spirits
,
which
are
begot
by
Phansie
,
do
beget
Ghosts
,
so
that
a
man
shall
see
spirits
,
visions
,
and
hear
such
phansies
:
and
all
these
are
naturall
effects
;
they
are
diseases
which
bring
men
to
dotage
and
madnesse
,
and
make
men
sometimes
to
kill
themselves
.
4.
By
the
whole
herb
we
may
know
this
,
that
if
there
be
any
of
the
aforesaid
evils
in
any
part
of
man
,
it
shall
be
expell'd
by
this
herb
;
so
that
this
herb
is
an
universall
medicine
for
the
whole
man
.
Lastly
,
The
tast
of
this
herb
is
unpleasant
to
worms
,
therefore
the
worms
do
hate
it
.
You
may
observe
four
vertues
which
are
in
St.
Johns
wort
;
viz.
for
Wounds
,
Worms
,
Spirits
,
and
its
Balsome-vertue
.
Concerning
these
Phantasms
,
or
phantastick
spirits
,
which
are
without
body
or
substance
,
they
are
a
disease
,
which
in
the
spirit
of
contemplation
beget
another
spirit
,
whereby
the
man
is
governed
.
The
which
spirit
begets
in
a
man
such
thoughts
and
gestures
as
are
contrary
to
his
nature
.
And
for
this
disease
there
are
no
more
remedies
known
that
are
created
by
God
,
but
only
Coral
and
St.
Johns
wort
.
Let
the
Physician
here
take
notice
of
this
,
that
this
Phantasm
or
phantastick
Spirit
is
not
a
disease
proceeding
of
Melancholy
;
as
the
University
Doctors
fain
:
but
it
is
a
spirit
which
cannot
be
driven
away
by
those
things
which
cure
Melancholy
;
but
only
by
such
Remedies
in
which
there
is
a
power
and
strength
to
drive
them
away
by
force
.
Such
a
vertue
as
this
is
not
to
be
found
in
those
compounded
Receipts
which
are
made
by
the
Apothecaries
:
but
it
is
a
Medicine
made
by
God
himself
without
a
Physician
:
it
is
compounded
and
made
wholly
by
Nature
.
And
therefore
when
wee
would
use
it
against
these
Phantasmes
,
we
must
take
it
alone
without
addition
or
composition
.
There
be
divers
sorts
of
Wormes
:
there
be
some
Worms
to
which
Rue
is
an
enemy
;
there
be
others
to
which
Angelica
is
an
enemy
&c.
and
others
to
which
St.
Johns
wort
is
an
enemy
,
not
only
because
of
the
taste
,
but
because
of
that
vertue
of
St.
Johns
wort
;
which
as
it
is
an
enemy
to
all
phantastick
Spirits
;
so
it
is
also
contrary
to
the
spirits
of
worms
,
and
all
vermin
,
which
by
their
naturall
instinct
do
hate
and
fly
from
this
vertue
of
St.
Johns
wort
.
As
the
sun-beam
pierceth
through
glasse
;
so
this
vertue
pierceth
through
the
Spirits
of
men
and
beasts
,
even
as
musk
,
which
by
its
smell
gets
into
the
inmost
part
of
the
brain
.
Therefore
worms
fly
from
this
herb
,
and
leave
the
place
where
it
is
.
This
herb
is
also
good
for
wounds
,
not
as
it
is
in
it self
,
but
if
it
be
rightly
prepared
.
And
let
every
Surgeon
know
,
that
there
is
not
any
herb
in
all
Germany
,
or
in
any
other
Nation
,
whose
vertue
by
preparation
can
be
so
much
exalted
for
the
curing
of
wounds
as
St.
Johns
wort
:
and
this
vertue
being
so
exalted
cannot
be
fully
described
.
There
is
no
other
Medicine
which
can
close
up
a
wound
so
soundly
and
perfectly
,
without
any
harm
which
may
follow
thereupon
,
as
St.
Johns
wort
.
Indeed
,
there
is
not
a
more
wholesome
herb
and
better
for
Wounds
to
be
found
upon
the
earth
,
then
Saint
Johns
wort
.
All
the
Books
that
ever
have
been
written
concerning
the
cure
of
Wounds
,
being
compared
with
this
herb
,
they
are
vain
and
uselesse
,
and
have
nothing
in
them
but
vain
talk
.
For
the
greatest
vertue
and
foundation
of
a
vulnerary
Cure
is
to
be
found
in
this
herb
;
and
by
it
there
may
be
a
Balsome
made
whose
vertues
may
contend
with
a
naturall
Balsome
:
not
that
there
is
any
natural
Balsome
essentially
in
it
;
but
by
preparation
,
as
it
shall
be
afterwards
shewed
.
Every
understanding
Physician
will
take
these
things
well
which
I
speak
here
:
for
there
are
more
and
greater
things
taught
in
this
Chapter
,
then
in
all
the
Chirurgery
of
Galen
er
Avicen
,
&c.
CHAP.
II.
When
the
St.
Johns
wort
must
be
pulled
out
of
the
ground
,
and
how
it
must
be
used
against
Phantastick
Spirits
.
WHen
we
would
use
Saint
Johns
wort
against
these
Phantasms
,
we
must
observe
the
time
of
the
heavenly
Influences
,
which
is
most
contrary
to
these
Spirits
;
and
it
is
chiefly
in
Mars
,
or
in
Jupiter
,
or
in
Venus
:
it
is
to
be
done
not
with
the
Moon
,
but
against
the
Moon
;
not
in
the
afternoon
,
or
after
Sun-set
;
but
a
little
before
Sun-rising
,
or
in
the
dawning
of
the
day
,
in
a
place
looking
towards
the
East
,
in
a
place
where
many
other
good
herbs
and
flowers
grow
;
Saint
Johns
wort
growing
in
such
a
place
is
the
best
:
and
the
longer
it
is
,
and
the
more
flowers
it
hath
,
it
is
so
much
the
better
.
It
is
to
be
pull'd
up
when
it
hath
flowers
:
and
then
carry
it
constantly
about
you
as
a
Nosegay
;
or
you
may
carry
it
in
your
cap
,
or
in
your
bosom
:
in
the
night
time
you
may
lay
it
under
your
pillow
:
hang
it
about
the
chamber
;
and
you
may
hang
some
of
it
in
every
room
of
your
house
.
And
let
all
Physicians
be
assured
of
this
,
that
God
hath
hid
a
great
secret
in
this
herb
;
especially
against
Spirits
and
such
Phantasms
which
make
men
mad
,
and
bring
them
to
dispair
;
which
are
not
from
the
Divel
,
but
from
Nature
.
For
God
hath
created
for
every
disease
a
remedy
proper
to
it
;
therefore
it
is
the
duty
of
the
Physician
to
learn
and
to
search
out
where
God
hath
hid
such
secrets
.
When
the
St
Johns
wort
must
be
pulled
out
of
the
earth
;
and
how
it
should
be
used
for
Worms
.
St.
Johns
wort
needs
no
correction
for
the
worms
;
but
we
should
use
it
as
God
himself
hath
made
it
for
us
.
It
should
be
pull'd
out
of
the
earth
the
Moon
being
in
those
Signes
wherein
she
is
when
trees
are
lop'd
or
cut
down
,
or
when
Argoile
is
dig'd
up
;
in
which
Signs
no
worms
or
moths
can
be
bred
.
Now
this
herb
being
thus
pull'd
up
,
if
you
lay
it
to
wounds
in
which
there
are
worms
:
as
it
somtimes
falls
out
through
negligence
or
the
unskilfulness
of
the
Chirurgeon
.
It
is
somtimes
the
effect
of
nature
it
felf
,
especially
in
the
Summer
time
,
in
the
dog-dayes
;
but
oft-times
impertinent
remedies
are
the
cause
of
it
.
I
have
seen
in
the
winter
time
worms
breed
for
three
weeks
together
in
wounds
;
so
that
in
the
evenings
and
mornings
oft-times
there
hath
been
an
handfull
of
worms
taken
out
of
the
wounds
,
because
those
wounds
were
choak'd
:
but
by
St.
Johns
wort
wounds
may
be
kept
free
from
worms
;
for
so
soon
as
it
is
laid
to
the
wound
,
the
worms
fall
out
;
so
likewise
if
worms
be
bred
by
some
putrifaction
in
any
other
place
of
the
body
;
then
lay
St.
Johns
wort
upon
your
navell
,
and
it
will
make
these
worms
remove
,
and
hinder
the
breeding
of
them
.
But
here
observe
,
that
St.
Johns
wort
can
do
no
good
against
those
worms
which
are
not
bred
by
putrifaction
(
as
there
are
some
wormes
which
are
not
so
ingendred
)
and
therefore
a
skilfull
Physician
should
observe
,
whether
they
are
from
putrifaction
or
not
.
As
for
example
,
you
see
worms
generated
in
cheese
,
these
are
taken
away
by
this
herb
;
so
also
in
flesh
;
and
so
it
may
have
the
same
operation
in
man
.
Therefore
if
there
be
Worms
in
any
part
of
the
body
,
lay
this
herb
upon
the
navell
,
or
upon
the
skin
over
against
the
place
where
the
Worms
are
,
and
it
will
make
them
remove
:
and
being
removed
once
out
of
their
place
,
they
may
by
a
slight
purge
be
quite
purged
out
:
For
the
chief
thing
to
be
done
against
the
Worms
,
is
to
make
them
remove
out
of
their
place
;
which
is
done
most
powerfully
by
Saint
Johns
wort
.
CHAP.
III.
How
the
St.
Johns
wort
should
be
prepared
for
Wounds
,
Bruises
,
Fractures
of
the
bones
and
Ulcers
:
and
how
it
should
be
used
when
it
is
prepared
.
THe
most
subtile
and
certain
way
of
preparing
Saint
Johns
wort
,
so
that
its
vertue
may
be
most
exalted
,
whereby
all
Wounds
&c.
may
be
cured
,
is
thus
:
First
you
must
have
the
oyl
of
the
seeds
of
St.
Johns
wort
;
to
which
add
a
like
quantity
of
Turpentine
,
then
boil
these
two
together
in
good
claret
wine
an
hour
;
afterwards
put
to
them
half
so
much
of
good
new
sallet
oyle
,
and
let
them
boile
all
together
another
hour
in
claret
wine
:
then
put
into
them
the
leaves
of
Saint
John
wort
,
so
much
of
them
till
the
liquor
can
hardly
cover
them
:
then
let
all
these
boyle
together
in
the
claret
wine
six
hours
,
till
all
the
wine
be
consumed
,
and
there
remains
only
the
leaves
,
the
two
Oyles
and
the
Turpentine
;
which
you
shall
take
and
set
them
in
the
Sun
a
month
.
If
you
add
to
this
Medicine
the
flowers
of
Centory
,
Mastick
,
Incense
,
Mirrh
,
Mummie
,
and
so
repeat
the
former
proceeding
,
boiling
them
all
together
in
the
wine
,
and
afterwards
to
set
them
in
the
Sun
,
this
medicine
will
so
be
made
much
better
.
Another
way
of
proceeding
worthy
your
observation
,
is
thus
:
Take
distilled
Turpentine
,
and
put
into
it
a
good
quantity
of
the
flowers
of
Saint
Johns
wort
,
and
let
them
stand
in
the
Sun
a
month
;
then
put
the
seeds
of
St.
Johns
wort
into
this
Turpentine
,
and
set
them
in
the
Sun
a
month
;
then
put
to
this
distilled
Turpentine
,
half
so
much
of
wash'd
Turpentine
,
and
let
them
stand
in
the
Sun
a
month
;
and
so
you
have
a
Balsom
which
is
a
singular
Remedie
for
the
wounds
of
veins
and
nerves
;
preserving
them
from
decaying
,
and
bringing
together
again
those
parts
of
the
nerves
and
veins
which
by
the
wound
are
separated
,
that
there
is
no
need
of
sowing
.
And
lastly
,
it
prevents
the
contracture
and
resolution
of
the
nerves
,
which
are
sometimes
effected
by
wounds
.
Sometimes
men
receive
wounds
when
the
Moon
is
in
evill
signes
,
which
makes
a
slight
wound
become
deadly
.
Now
when
you
are
to
deal
with
such
wounds
which
are
not
deadly
because
of
the
part
wounded
,
or
because
of
the
greatnesse
of
the
wound
;
but
because
of
the
evill
signe
.
You
may
cure
them
by
this
following
Balsome
.
Take
of
the
Oleum
Lacarinum
,
and
put
into
it
the
flowers
of
S.
Johns
wort
:
Let
them
stand
in
the
Sun
six
days
;
then
take
out
those
flowers
,
and
put
in
fresh
flowers
,
and
so
let
it
stand
six
dayes
more
in
the
Sun
:
thus
you
must
renew
the
flowers
six
or
seven
times
,
and
every
time
the
oyl
with
the
flowers
must
be
set
in
the
Sun
six
dayes
:
so
you
shall
have
a
Balsom
far
exceeding
all
others
in
curing
deadly
wounds
.
But
there
remains
yet
another
kind
,
of
a
Balsome-nature
,
which
may
be
drunk
:
which
is
indeed
the
best
vulnerary
remedie
,
if
it
be
taken
for
thrusts
or
inward
wounds
of
the
body
,
whereby
the
principal
parts
are
wounded
.
There
cannot
be
such
another
vulnerarie
Potion
made
.
The
Potion
is
made
thus
:
Take
of
the
white
oyl
of
Juniper
,
of
the
oyl
made
of
the
seeds
of
St.
Johns
wort
one
quart
.
Put
into
these
two
oyls
the
flowers
of
St.
Johns
wort
;
let
them
be
set
in
the
Sun
:
and
proceed
in
the
same
manner
as
hath
been
said
before
,
renewing
the
flowers
,
and
then
setting
them
in
the
Sun
;
the
oftner
you
do
this
,
the
better
will
the
Potion
be
;
and
what
this
Potion
cannot
do
,
there
is
no
other
remedie
can
do
it
in
wounds
.
These
Receipts
I
have
given
you
for
this
end
,
that
you
may
know
,
that
none
of
the
Physicians
trouble
themselves
to
find
out
such
secrets
:
they
sel
fair
words
&
large
promises
to
sick
people
;
but
how
often
do
they
make
slight
wounds
turn
to
be
bad
wounds
,
and
bad
wounds
to
become
worse
,
and
so
miserably
destroy
their
patients
.
But
that
they
may
not
do
so
any
more
hereafter
,
I
therefore
have
told
them
these
my
Remedies
,
hoping
that
if
they
use
these
my
Remedies
,
many
untimely
deaths
may
be
prevented
.
Indeed
,
it
is
a
sad
thing
that
man
who
is
the
image
of
God
,
should
through
the
great
rashnesse
and
unskilfulness
of
Physicians
be
often
deprived
not
onely
of
their
health
,
but
also
their
life
.
Whereas
there
are
many
perfect
remedies
created
by
God
,
which
ought
to
be
used
in
stead
of
those
miserable
Remedies
of
theirs
.
Now
I
will
shew
you
how
the
aforesaid
Balsoms
and
Potion
should
be
used
.
You
must
lay
soft
lint
,
or
the
scrapings
of
linnen
in
the
wound
,
and
lay
it
over
all
the
wound
,
if
you
can
;
then
drop
the
Balsome
warm
into
and
over
all
the
wound
.
By
this
means
the
wound
shall
not
become
dry
,
but
alwayes
be
kept
moyst
.
The
Potion
must
be
taken
in
the
morning
,
at
noon
,
and
at
night
:
and
each
time
you
must
take
two
spoonfuls
of
this
potion
in
twenty
spoonfuls
of
wine
:
and
so
you
must
take
every
day
six
spoonfuls
of
this
Potion
,
till
the
Cure
be
perfected
.
All
the
aforesaid
Receipts
partake
of
the
nature
of
Balsom
;
for
they
will
not
let
any
thing
rot
which
hath
any
life
in
it
.
Here
mark
the
difference
of
Balsoms
:
There
are
some
Balsoms
which
preserve
dead
bodies
from
corruption
;
and
there
are
some
Balsoms
which
do
not
preserve
dead
bodies
,
but
preserve
living
bodies
from
corruption
,
that
they
shall
not
be
troubled
with
Ulcers
or
Aposthems
&c.
Now
where
is
there
a
Physician
who
hath
such
a
Remedie
in
readiness
,
which
can
so
preserve
us
from
putrifaction
,
that
no
part
of
our
living
body
shall
putrifie
;
that
can
do
as
this
herb
of
which
I
now
speak
?
Now
I
will
teach
you
a
way
of
Compounding
,
which
is
thus
:
Add
to
the
first
Balsome
described
before
,
Treakle
,
and
the
best
Mithridate
,
with
some
other
Diaphoreticks
;
then
having
put
them
into
a
glass
close
stopped
,
set
the
glass
in
warm
dung
there
to
digest
some
time
,
viz.
a
month
,
and
then
use
it
.
Moreover
know
this
,
that
you
may
distill
a
water
from
this
Herb
and
the
flowers
of
it
in
Balneo
Mariae
,
which
distilled
water
can
do
the
same
things
as
the
St.
Johns
wort
it self
.
But
this
water
is
not
so
powerfull
;
and
it
is
to
be
used
only
for
such
wounds
which
are
not
very
dangerous
or
difficult
.
It
may
be
both
taken
inwardly
,
and
applyed
outwardly
.
But
the
former
Balsoms
of
the
S.
Johns
wort
can
cure
any
broken
bones
,
or
any
bruise
,
or
clotted
blood
in
the
body
.
Thus
I
have
thought
good
to
declare
this
my
experience
of
St.
Johns
wort
,
that
vain
Receipts
may
be
rejected
,
and
true
Remedies
may
be
used
.
But
indeed
,
such
is
the
madnesse
of
Bath
keepers
,
Surgeons
&c.
that
they
would
rather
destroy
a
whole
Army
of
men
,
then
to
leave
their
old
mad
Remedies
.
TREATISE
V.
Of
the
Vertues
of
the
Load-stone
.
CHAP.
I.
The
Vertues
of
the
Load-stone
,
and
how
it
should
be
used
.
WEe
see
in
the
Load-stone
an
attractive
power
,
wherby
in
a
wonderfull
manner
,
beyond
humane
understanding
,
it
draws
to
it self
Iron
and
Steel
,
and
other
things
.
This
operation
of
the
Load-stone
may
be
plainly
seen
,
and
it
cannot
be
unknown
to
any
Physician
:
Why
then
doth
not
the
Physician
consider
this
;
Whether
or
no
there
may
not
be
other
uses
of
the
Load-stone
.
But
Physicians
are
so
greedy
of
gain
,
that
they
neglect
all
such
experiences
:
which
they
cannot
well
excuse
,
seeing
they
have
such
an
excellent
subject
as
this
in
their
hands
,
and
they
cleerly
see
the
operation
of
it
with
their
eyes
,
and
yet
should
be
so
dull
and
slow
in
knowing
it
,
and
in
finding
out
the
Vertues
of
it
.
And
if
I
should
collect
out
of
antient
Writers
all
that
they
have
said
of
the
vertues
of
the
Loadstone
,
yet
I
should
do
no
great
matter
:
for
he
who
writes
of
the
Loadstone
,
must
shew
what
things
should
be
added
to
the
Loadstone
,
and
what
things
can
correct
it
:
so
that
I
shall
go
beyond
all
those
Physicians
in
this
.
These
Doctors
and
Apothecaries
do
often
(
even
to
my
loathing
)
repeat
to
me
,
that
I
reject
the
Authority
of
antient
Writers
.
But
why
should
I
follow
those
who
have
no
experience
?
for
you
see
that
what
they
write
of
the
Load-stone
,
it
is
nothing
.
Now
see
what
I
write
,
and
weigh
my
writings
with
their
writings
in
even
scales
:
If
I
had
not
been
a
guide
to
my self
in
getting
experience
,
I
should
have
continued
blind
and
without
any
knowledg
in
Physick
,
for
all
that
I
can
have
out
of
these
antient
Writers
.
And
therefore
I
am
not
to
be
blamed
,
if
I
leave
them
,
seeing
I
seek
after
greater
secrets
then
they
did
.
Experience
hath
taught
me
this
,
that
I
should
follow
it
,
and
not
them
.
I
intreat
the
Reader
to
bear
with
this
discourse
,
which
(
I
confesse
)
is
not
pertinent
to
the
subject
in
hand
,
viz.
concerning
the
Load-stone
.
But
I
have
thought
good
to
premise
this
admonition
.
The
antient
Writers
do
tel
us
,
that
the
Loadstone
draws
iron
to
it
,
&c.
This
is
indeed
true
,
and
it
needs
no
Writer
,
when
every
fool
knows
it
.
Now
I
ask
,
if
it
be
enough
to
write
such
things
as
every
clown
seeth
;
or
if
it
be
not
better
to
add
that
which
the
clown
seeth
not
.
Indeed
I
think
it
is
lawfull
and
fitting
that
I
do
so
:
for
a
sleepy
,
sluggish
foot
is
not
to
tread
in
this
path
.
That
is
a
shamefull
Philosophie
that
hath
nothing
in
it
but
what
is
known
already
by
every
clown
.
But
I
speak
by
experience
(
the
Mistresse
of
true
knowledg
)
and
according
to
that
knowledg
which
I
have
by
experience
,
I
affirm
,
not
onely
that
the
Loadstone
is
a
stone
in
which
there
is
an
attractive
power
to
draw
to
it
iron
and
steel
;
for
this
is
manifest
to
every
one
:
but
I
add
,
That
In
the
Loadstone
there
is
an
attractive
power
,
whereby
it
can
draw
to
it
any
material
disease
in
the
body
of
man
.
The
old
humorists
have
fained
many
things
concerning
the
four
humours
,
whereby
they
have
brought
many
base
errours
into
Physick
.
But
I
say
,
that
we
may
know
diseases
more
readily
by
the
planets
,
then
by
humours
.
Neverthelesse
,
they
still
sing
the
same
song
concerning
humours
.
Experience
teacheth
,
that
the
Load-stone
drawes
all
materiall
diseases
out
of
their
own
places
to
it
,
with
all
the
excrements
which
are
joyned
to
those
diseases
.
Now
it
must
be
explained
,
what
those
materiall
diseases
are
.
Those
diseases
(
I
say
)
are
material
diseases
,
which
the
Loadstone
draws
to
it
,
as
it
draws
iron
or
steel
:
and
of
this
kind
are
these
diseases
following
,
viz.
the
fluxes
of
women
,
as
Whites
,
or
extraordinary
flowing
down
of
the
monthly
Courses
&c.
all
fluxes
of
the
belly
;
and
every
other
disease
which
runs
out
of
its
center
into
a
circle
,
may
be
brought
back
again
into
its
center
,
viz.
by
the
the
Loadstone
.
And
all
the
severall
streams
of
Fluxes
,
which
come
from
the
same
root
or
fountain
,
may
be
brought
back
again
to
their
fountain
by
the
Loadstone
.
Now
these
are
the
vertues
which
I
say
are
in
the
Loadstone
,
not
regarding
the
tales
of
other
Writers
,
whether
they
be
ancient
or
modern
.
But
to
keep
close
to
the
matter
in
hand
,
I
will
shew
you
now
where
the
Loadstone
should
be
laid
;
and
my
counsel
to
you
is
this
;
that
you
lay
the
Load-stone
upon
the
center
or
root
of
the
d●sease
,
where
the
disease
hath
had
its
first
being
:
As
for
example
,
if
the
overflowing
of
the
monthly
courses
or
the
whites
trouble
a
woman
,
then
the
Loadstone
should
be
laid
upon
the
root
of
the
disease
,
where
the
strength
of
the
disease
lurks
,
and
whence
the
disease
had
its
beginning
:
and
then
the
disease
shall
cease
.
If
any
flux
of
the
belly
trouble
you
,
then
lay
the
Loadstone
upon
the
place
where
the
root
of
this
flux
lurketh
,
so
it
shall
be
stop'd
;
and
so
likewise
in
other
diseases
,
which
from
their
root
have
spread
themselves
through
the
whole
body
.
Now
if
the
Loadstone
be
laid
upon
their
root
,
then
by
its
vertue
the
disease
shall
be
brought
back
to
its
root
again
,
and
shall
stay
there
.
By
the
same
vertue
of
the
Loadstone
all
excrements
and
superfluities
in
the
body
are
restrained
and
kept
within
their
own
place
,
whence
they
may
easily
be
driven
out
by
a
fit
medicine
through
their
natural
passages
,
being
thereto
furthered
by
a
good
digestion
;
but
this
stopping
of
a
flux
doth
not
take
away
the
disease
wholly
:
the
only
advantage
of
it
is
this
,
that
excrements
and
superfluities
are
more
perfectly
digested
in
the
place
of
their
root
,
and
more
ripened
for
evacuation
.
Thus
if
you
use
the
Load-stone
for
the
Collick
,
you
shall
prevent
the
Cramp
,
which
is
oft-times
caused
by
the
Collick
.
For
that
matter
which
is
the
cause
of
the
disease
,
is
confined
to
the
place
of
its
root
whence
it
is
evacuated
,
and
where
it
is
fully
ripened
according
to
Natures
method
;
by
which
seasonable
maturation
and
evacuation
both
the
Collick
and
the
Cramp
are
carried
away
with
it
.
To
give
you
much
in
few
words
,
which
you
shall
esteem
of
as
a
most
precious
Treasure
,
it
is
this
:
Shut
up
the
Disease
within
its
center
or
root
,
that
it
go
not
out
thence
,
afterward
digest
it
,
and
ripen
it
there
.
Now
how
you
may
shut
up
the
disease
within
its
root
,
you
have
heard
before
,
that
it
is
done
by
the
Load-stone
;
but
it
is
to
be
ripened
by
other
Medicines
:
Thus
the
disease
,
whether
it
be
good
or
bad
,
is
cured
according
to
the
course
of
Nature
.
It
is
a
shame
for
Physicians
to
endeavour
to
drive
out
d●seases
,
as
fluxes
&c.
before
they
be
fully
ripened
.
Thereby
they
shew
their
ignorance
,
that
they
know
not
how
to
stay
diseases
in
their
own
places
,
and
there
to
ripen
them
,
and
thence
to
expell
them
when
they
are
ripe
.
Indeed
,
such
is
the
ignorance
of
the
most
part
of
Physicians
,
that
they
can
neither
do
the
one
nor
the
other
:
all
their
skil
is
,
to
cure
in
one
part
,
and
to
kill
in
another
.
In
the
same
manner
the
Hydropsie
may
be
stayd
within
its
Center
,
there
to
be
digested
,
and
thence
expell'd
.
Indeed
there
are
severall
wayes
of
curing
the
Hydropsie
;
one
is
by
the
Load-stone
;
another
is
according
to
the
nature
of
the
Hydropsie
&c.
So
that
it
holds
true
,
that
there
may
be
severall
medicines
for
one
disease
.
Let
us
then
observe
what
Nature
can
do
,
and
how
it
doth
it
;
and
that
not
only
in
inward
diseases
,
but
also
in
outward
diseases
,
which
belong
to
the
Surgeon
;
as
the
Rupture
,
and
the
falling
down
of
the
fundament
:
So
by
the
same
,
old
running
sores
are
brought
back
to
their
root
,
and
afterward
may
be
purged
out
by
the
right
passages
,
being
ripe
,
and
not
crude
and
unprepared
.
Then
a
Physicians
main
work
is
this
,
to
bring
a
disease
into
its
center
;
and
afterwards
to
use
those
Medicines
which
can
do
that
which
ought
to
be
done
;
that
is
,
to
ripen
the
disease
,
and
then
to
expell
it
.
CHAP.
II.
In
this
Chapter
you
have
the
vertues
of
the
Load-stone
more
particularly
for
several
diseases
.
NOw
,
that
you
may
rightly
understand
the
use
of
the
Loadstone
,
you
must
know
that
in
the
Loadstone
there
is
a
belly
and
a
back
;
by
the
one
it
drawes
things
to
it
;
by
the
other
it
drives
things
from
it
.
And
first
,
to
speak
of
the
Fluxes
of
women
,
how
they
are
to
be
stopped
and
stayed
in
their
center
.
The
way
is
thus
:
The
back
of
the
Load-stone
must
be
placed
towards
the
end
of
the
line
,
&
the
belly
of
it
towards
the
beginning
of
the
line
;
both
parts
being
so
placed
,
that
their
concavities
may
be
right
over
against
one
another
.
And
this
is
to
be
done
not
onely
for
the
overflowing
of
monthly
Courses
,
and
for
the
Whites
;
but
also
for
all
kindes
of
Fluxes
of
the
belly
,
however
they
come
.
Now
the
Flux
being
thus
shut
up
in
its
center
or
root
whence
it
floweth
,
then
you
must
use
medicines
which
will
open
the
Flux
.
In
case
of
a
weak
stomack
which
cannot
digest
any
thing
,
but
sends
down
the
meat
indigested
and
crude
;
if
you
can
but
bring
the
stomack
to
keep
the
meat
till
it
come
to
a
right
digestion
,
then
there
will
follow
a
naturall
evacuation
.
Here
observe
,
that
that
which
is
naturall
cannot
be
restrained
,
but
must
have
its
course
:
only
that
which
is
unnaturall
may
be
stop'd
and
kept
in
its
place
till
it
becometh
naturall
.
And
as
it
hath
been
said
of
the
belly
,
so
may
we
do
in
the
diseases
of
the
Mother
;
and
so
all
may
be
brought
to
a
perfection
of
their
natural
digestion
,
and
then
to
the
naturall
course
of
evacuation
.
Mark
this
addition
for
the
stomack
,
guts
,
and
mother
:
To
bring
them
to
their
right
digestion
,
you
must
use
fit
remedies
,
which
are
not
to
be
mentioned
here
:
I
have
done
it
elsewhere
abundantly
.
So
likewise
for
fits
of
the
Mother
;
the
Mother
must
be
pull'd
downward
from
that
place
to
which
it
moves
by
the
belly
of
the
Loadstone
,
which
must
be
downwards
,
and
the
back
of
the
Loadstone
must
be
laid
upwards
;
and
this
will
make
the
Mother
to
stay
in
the
place
of
its
root
,
that
it
shalnot
move
upwards
.
Afterwards
we
must
use
other
medicines
proper
to
the
Mother
,
as
the
Pearl
of
Corals
and
Mica
nigra
:
so
the
fits
do
cease
,
and
the
cure
is
perfected
.
And
so
for
the
Falling-sicknesse
in
all
the
kinds
of
it
;
you
must
consider
whence
it
ariseth
,
where
it
hath
its
first
movings
,
as
it
alwaies
moves
upward
to
the
top
of
the
head
;
therefore
you
must
carry
the
Load-stone
about
you
in
this
manner
,
viz.
with
the
belly
of
it
downwards
,
and
the
back
of
it
upwards
;
and
that
not
onely
in
one
place
,
but
also
for
the
four
quarters
of
the
body
;
there
must
be
a
Loadstone
laid
in
every
quarter
:
So
the
disease
shall
be
drawn
from
the
head
to
its
center
.
But
you
must
use
Triagummatum
—
outwardly
to
comfort
and
strengthen
the
heart
;
and
you
must
take
inwardly
Esse
essentisicatum
,
and
other
Cordials
.
After
the
same
manner
the
Cramp
is
cured
:
for
when
you
have
returned
it
to
its
root
,
then
you
must
annoint
the
part
diseased
with
the
oyl
of
Salt
.
The
Ancient
Physicians
with
their
companions
,
have
vainly
spoken
much
concerning
the
way
of
turning
these
defluxions
which
fall
down
into
the
eyes
,
ears
,
mouth
,
nose
,
and
other
externall
parts
of
the
body
,
making
way
to
themselves
by
Fistulaes
,
Ulcers
,
&c.
but
all
their
counsels
and
instructions
in
that
businesse
are
nothing
worth
;
for
they
could
never
find
out
the
true
ground
of
this
mystery
,
of
returning
diseases
to
their
root
,
where
they
have
their
beginning
;
and
so
they
trusted
the
whole
businesse
of
Curing
Diseases
to
their
Clysters
and
Purgations
.
But
this
Load-stone
is
the
chiefest
of
all
Medicines
for
Turning
of
defluxions
,
returning
them
to
their
fountains
.
If
first
the
back
of
the
Loadstone
,
and
then
the
belly
of
it
to
be
laid
towards
the
root
of
the
disease
,
accordingly
as
the
place
will
permit
where
the
Loadstone
is
to
be
applyed
;
then
every
defluxion
,
wheresoever
it
is
in
any
passage
to
get
out
of
the
body
,
shall
return
back
again
to
its
first
fountain
or
root
;
and
when
it
is
in
its
fountain
,
then
it
is
to
be
rectified
,
digested
and
ripened
there
;
and
after
it
is
so
ripened
,
to
be
driven
out
thence
.
You
erroneous
Physicians
,
consider
what
you
do
when
you
would
turn
defluxions
yet
crude
and
not
ripened
;
whereas
no
defluxion
can
be
turned
to
any
other
place
,
till
first
it
be
turned
back
to
the
place
of
its
nativity
;
i.
e.
the
root
or
fountain
where
it
had
its
beginning
,
and
be
ripened
there
.
Now
consider
how
you
can
do
this
.
What
?
can
you
do
it
by
purging
?
That
is
impossible
;
for
you
do
no
more
by
purging
but
drive
out
the
disease
crude
,
and
not
yet
ripe
,
through
the
guts
,
and
thereby
you
multiply
diseases
.
But
the
right
way
is
this
;
to
bring
back
the
defluxion
to
the
fountain
,
and
to
keep
it
there
till
it
be
ripened
;
then
let
nature
cast
it
out
afterwards
.
Now
the
defluxion
must
be
ripened
by
Esse
essentificatum
made
of
the
stands
of
Wine
,
in
that
way
of
preparation
which
is
discovered
to
us
by
the
light
of
experience
.
Thus
likewise
are
cured
ulcerous
Legs
,
Cancers
,
Fistulaes
and
the
like
:
but
we
must
except
Noli
me
tangere
,
in
whatsoever
place
of
the
body
it
is
.
If
you
would
stop
bleedi●●
you
must
consider
its
center
,
and
tow●rds
it
you
must
turn
the
belly
of
the
Loadstone
to
draw
back
the
blood
,
and
the
back
of
the
Loadstone
must
be
toward
the
place
of
bleeding
,
to
stop
bleeding
there
.
Addition
.
There
are
some
Potions
,
which
being
drunk
,
can
draw
back
the
blood
to
its
center
,
and
can
allay
the
fury
and
boyling
of
the
blood
,
as
cold
water
powred
into
a
boyling
pot
,
cools
it
;
so
is
the
blood
cooled
by
this
Potion
.
Of
this
sort
are
those
Cordial
waters
which
are
made
after
my
way
of
preparation
.
Let
others
use
their
own
Experiments
:
its
free
for
every
one
to
use
that
which
he
finds
best
for
him
.
As
it
hath
been
spoken
of
the
use
of
the
Loadstone
for
severall
Diseases
,
the
same
way
it
is
to
be
used
for
the
Hemorrhoids
:
for
these
three
concurre
to
make
up
the
perfect
cure
of
the
Hemorrhoids
;
viz.
the
Loadstone
,
the
ripening
of
the
Hemorrhoids
,
and
cooling
of
them
.
To
conclude
:
The
Loadstone
is
not
only
useful
for
the
diseases
before
mentioned
;
but
also
in
many
others
.
It
wonderfu●●
cureth
Ruptures
both
in
old
peopl●●nd
young
;
it
draws
out
the
Jaundise
and
Hydropsie
,
if
those
other
medicines
be
also
used
,
which
are
proper
and
suitable
to
such
diseases
:
of
which
I
will
not
speak
more
here
,
lest
I
be
too
large
in
this
discourse
.
Seeing
the
whole
proceeding
is
only
this
,
to
draw
the
disease
back
to
its
root
,
to
digest
it
there
,
and
to
expell
it
thence
&c.
all
which
may
be
better
learned
by
practice
;
there
is
no
need
that
chewed
meat
should
be
put
in
the
mouth
of
those
who
know
nothing
of
this
Art
.
TREATISE
VI.
Of
the
Preparations
and
medicinal
Vertues
of
Turpentine
,
of
Ebonie
,
and
of
Mummie
.
CHAP.
I.
The
difference
of
the
wild
and
the
planted
Larch-tree
:
and
that
the
natural
place
of
the
Larch-tree
maketh
much
for
the
goodnesse
of
the
Turpentine
.
IT
is
the
nature
of
the
Larch-tree
,
or
Turpentine
tree
,
to
delight
in
mountainous
ground
,
and
such
ground
which
is
not
manured
.
As
there
are
Beasts
,
some
wilde
,
and
some
tame
;
so
Trees
,
some
grow
wild
,
some
are
planted
.
The
Turpentine-tree
planted
in
domestick
places
,
differs
no
otherwise
from
that
which
groweth
wild
,
then
a
Doe
brought
from
the
mountains
differs
from
that
which
is
kept
in
a
garden
;
but
the
Turpentine
it self
hath
great
harm
by
this
transplantation
:
for
when
it
is
taken
from
its
native
place
,
viz.
which
is
most
agreeable
to
it
,
then
is
it
removed
from
its
naturall
nourishment
,
whereby
it
is
encreased
,
and
hath
its
being
.
And
as
manured
ground
is
easily
known
by
sight
from
that
which
is
not
manured
:
so
may
the
domestick
Turpentine
be
known
from
that
which
is
wild
:
for
the
wild
Turpentine
grows
not
in
good
ground
,
but
the
domestick
growes
in
good
ground
;
and
when
it
is
brought
from
mountainous
places
and
planted
in
plain
ground
,
then
is
it
deprived
of
that
high
air
which
is
upon
the
mountains
,
and
must
now
stand
in
a
different
air
,
viz.
the
air
of
low
grounds
,
which
is
very
much
contrary
to
its
nature
.
There
are
also
other
reasons
why
the
Larch-tree
should
not
be
transplanted
:
But
the
chief
reason
is
this
;
because
that
celestiall
influence
which
is
in
the
Turpentine
from
the
Starres
,
comes
down
to
the
mountains
,
but
not
to
the
low
grounds
;
and
if
the
Turpentine
do
not
enjoy
this
influence
daily
,
then
it
cannot
come
to
the
perfection
of
a
Balsom
:
but
this
influence
cannot
be
transplanted
,
it
cannot
be
brought
to
the
low
grounds
from
the
mountains
,
where
it
useth
to
be
.
I
would
have
all
observe
this
,
but
especially
Physicians
,
That
every
thing
which
groweth
should
be
taken
in
the
place
of
its
influence
,
where
it
groweth
naturally
of
it self
.
It
s
true
,
that
in
the
transplanted
Turpentine
are
all
the
same
kindes
of
Vertues
which
are
in
the
other
true
Turpentine
;
but
weaker
and
more
imperfect
:
As
for
example
;
Common
people
say
,
that
the
fish
called
the
Wolf
doth
thrive
better
in
one
water
then
in
another
:
and
the
best
fishes
,
if
they
be
put
into
some
waters
,
they
will
become
worse
,
and
they
will
have
the
taste
of
those
waters
:
and
those
fishes
which
live
in
smooth
waters
differ
much
from
the
same
kinde
of
fish
which
lives
in
rough
waters
:
And
as
there
is
difference
of
waters
;
so
there
is
also
difference
of
grounds
;
and
so
there
must
be
also
a
difference
in
plants
growing
in
divers
grounds
.
We
must
remember
this
,
that
the
Turpentine
hath
its
old
age
,
and
the
older
it
is
,
so
much
the
weaker
it
is
:
its
first
age
is
sixty
years
,
its
middle
age
is
from
sixty
years
to
one
hundred
and
eighty
;
then
begins
its
old
age
.
When
it
grows
old
,
it
becomes
incapable
to
receive
the
celestiall
influence
;
for
spiritual
impressions
cannot
be
well
received
into
decayed
bodies
.
And
what
I
have
now
spoken
of
the
Larch-tree
,
the
same
is
to
be
understood
of
all
other
Trees
or
Herbs
of
the
like
nature
;
viz.
which
have
some
speciall
influence
from
the
Stars
.
I
do
not
speak
of
that
only
which
is
outwardly
seen
;
but
I
speak
of
that
which
is
inward
,
the
life
and
soul
of
the
herb
,
which
preserves
the
herb
,
dwelling
in
those
Vertues
which
stream
from
it
into
the
corporeal
parts
of
the
herb
.
I
have
spoken
here
the
more
plainly
,
that
you
may
understand
that
vertue
by
which
every
disease
is
cured
.
CHAP.
II.
That
the
right
Turpentine
is
equall
to
the
Indian
Balsom
in
its
preserving
Vertue
:
and
how
it
hath
this
vertue
by
the
influence
of
the
Stars
,
and
by
the
Elements
,
is
fully
explained
.
ANd
truly
,
if
we
ought
to
write
of
the
Vertues
of
any
Tree
then
certainly
of
the
Larch-tree
,
rather
then
any
other
.
For
it
hath
a
true
Balsome
,
which
is
to
be
esteemed
of
as
a
Balsome
;
being
of
the
same
nature
and
goodnesse
with
the
beyond-sea
Indian
Balsom
For
albeit
the
Indian
Balsom
,
as
it
is
a
Balsome
,
hath
some
other
properties
which
the
Turpentine
hath
not
:
yet
the
Balsome
of
the
Larch-tree
hath
not
onely
the
nature
of
a
Balsom
,
but
it
hath
also
some
other
vertues
.
Now
a
Balsom
is
that
which
preserves
bodies
from
putrifaction
,
as
is
evident
by
these
two
Balsoms
.
And
concerning
this
German
Balsom
,
or
Balsom
of
the
Larch-tree
,
know
this
,
that
bodies
prepared
and
embalmed
with
it
,
never
putrifie
,
if
it
hath
been
taken
from
the
tree
in
its
time
when
it
should
be
:
for
the
celestial
influence
from
which
it
hath
this
balsome
Vertue
,
requires
that
it
should
be
taken
in
the
right
time
.
Many
Sepulchers
of
the
Ethnicks
,
especially
of
the
Romans
;
have
been
found
and
opened
,
where
dead
bodies
lay
embalmed
in
Alabaster
and
Marble
chests
:
the
balsome
wherewith
they
were
embalmed
,
was
thought
to
be
the
Indian
Balsome
:
but
this
was
a
mistake
,
for
after
it
was
tryed
by
some
who
diligently
searched
into
the
nature
of
it
,
it
was
found
to
be
Turpentine
.
So
that
this
Turpentine
may
have
two
names
;
it
should
be
called
Balsom
(
and
not
Turpentine
)
if
it
be
so
gathered
,
and
in
such
a
time
as
the
Balsome
influence
of
the
Stars
requireth
;
viz.
when
the
Moon
is
in
the
Balsome
signes
;
and
if
it
be
not
then
gathered
,
it
is
not
a
Balsome
,
but
it
should
be
called
Turpentine
.
Remember
this
,
That
every
thing
which
groweth
,
as
trees
herbs
,
&c.
they
have
naturally
a
kinde
of
Balsome
in
them
:
for
if
the
tree
be
cut
down
when
the
Moon
is
in
the
Balsome-signes
,
it
will
not
have
either
clefts
or
worms
in
it
:
for
its
Balsome
nature
is
fully
setled
in
it
by
its
agreement
with
the
celestiall
influence
:
and
how
much
a
Balsome
is
encreased
in
vertue
,
so
much
it
operates
.
But
that
you
may
not
neglect
the
right
time
of
gathering
the
Turpentine
,
or
this
German
Balsom
from
the
tree
,
consider
this
example
:
they
who
keep
milch
beasts
must
not
neglect
the
time
of
milking
:
for
that
time
is
by
Natures
own
appointment
;
and
if
you
do
neglect
it
,
then
the
milk
may
curdle
in
the
beasts
udder
,
afterwards
dissolve
,
grow
sowrish
,
and
so
grow
more
and
more
corrupt
,
whereupon
diseases
follow
.
The
like
doth
also
befall
man
:
for
if
a
man
be
hindered
when
hee
would
go
to
stool
,
or
when
he
would
evacuate
urine
,
&c.
then
follow
diseases
,
as
the
Strangury
,
Dysury
,
the
insatiable
desire
of
going
to
stool
,
called
Tenasm
.
Now
by
these
examples
you
may
see
,
that
there
is
a
certain
time
and
hour
when
the
Turpentine
should
be
gathered
from
the
tree
;
viz.
if
it
be
gathered
in
the
time
of
a
Balsome-influence
,
then
it
is
a
Balsom
:
but
if
it
be
gathered
in
any
other
time
,
then
it
is
not
a
Balsom
,
but
only
a
Turpentine
;
for
that
time
when
it
is
taken
from
the
tree
,
is
the
time
of
his
generation
,
which
makes
it
to
be
a
Balsom
or
a
Turpentine
:
and
therefore
this
time
ought
to
be
much
observed
;
it
is
in
our
power
to
chuse
it
.
By
this
you
see
how
much
it
concerns
every
Physician
to
know
the
motions
of
the
heavens
,
to
have
the
knowledg
of
Astronomie
.
If
the
Turpentine
be
left
too
long
in
the
tree
,
then
it
is
neither
a
Balsom
nor
a
Turpentine
;
for
it
loseth
its
vertue
,
and
changeth
its
nature
,
and
there
is
no
goodnesse
in
it
:
and
if
it
be
gathered
from
the
tree
too
soon
,
before
it
be
fully
ripe
,
and
it
hath
all
that
vertue
which
it
should
have
,
it
causeth
the
Collick
,
Dysurie
,
insatiable
desire
of
going
to
stool
&c.
and
many
other
Diseases
,
through
the
unskilfulnesse
of
Doctors
and
Apothecaries
.
These
things
I
shew
you
for
this
end
,
that
you
may
know
how
to
proceed
more
exactly
and
groundedly
to
discover
and
bring
out
those
secret
vertues
and
mysteries
which
lurk
in
the
Turpentine
.
To
proceed
concerning
the
Vertues
of
the
Turpentine
,
whence
they
come
:
I
must
tell
you
,
that
those
things
which
I
write
here
,
do
not
agree
with
other
books
and
other
Writers
:
But
why
do
they
thus
differ
from
me
?
The
cause
of
it
is
their
imprudency
and
small
experience
in
those
things
which
every
one
should
know
.
First
then
,
it
hath
its
Vertue
from
the
Elements
:
the
seed
of
it
,
which
groweth
out
of
the
earth
becomes
a
tree
,
and
into
that
tree
is
this
vertue
infused
,
which
is
for
the
good
and
benefit
of
man
.
In
the
next
place
let
us
consider
what
brings
the
liquor
of
this
tree
to
that
perfection
,
viz.
of
a
Balsom
.
The
first
cause
which
brings
the
Turpentine
to
be
of
a
Balsom
nature
,
it
is
the
heavenly
influence
:
even
as
Gold
and
Silver
being
separated
from
the
dross
,
are
a
pure
metall
.
If
you
would
know
why
I
do
so
much
esteem
of
the
hour
of
the
birth
,
that
is
,
that
hour
when
any
thing
comes
first
out
of
the
place
where
it
had
its
first
being
;
The
reason
why
I
so
much
regard
this
hour
,
is
this
;
because
when
any
thing
is
born
,
it
hath
in
it self
the
representative
of
the
whole
world
;
so
that
it
hath
that
which
is
impure
,
as
well
as
that
which
is
pure
;
it
hath
that
which
is
deformed
,
as
well
as
that
which
is
beautifull
;
evill
as
well
as
good
;
that
which
is
fit
and
usefull
,
and
that
which
is
superfluous
and
unusefull
:
and
when
any
thing
comes
into
the
world
,
then
it
goes
through
a
furnace
,
an
invisible
fire
,
and
this
fire
is
the
Firmament
:
and
as
this
fire
is
,
so
is
the
thing
born
more
or
lesse
purged
from
that
which
is
evill
in
it
,
or
uselesse
,
or
impure
,
&c.
And
how
much
more
it
hath
of
Starry-influences
concurring
in
it
,
it
becomes
so
much
the
more
pure
,
good
,
beautifull
,
&c.
And
this
that
I
now
speak
is
not
onely
to
be
understood
of
Turpentine
,
but
also
of
every
thing
naturall
:
in
this
manner
Turpentine
is
changed
into
a
Balsome
by
these
heavenly
Artificers
.
Secondly
,
It
hath
its
temperature
from
the
Elements
,
viz.
the
Aire
,
of
whose
nature
and
property
it
is
:
which
you
must
understand
thus
:
The
Air
pierceth
through
all
other
Elements
,
and
all
bodies
which
are
made
of
the
Elements
.
Every
thing
with
all
its
substance
is
made
up
of
those
four
Elements
;
and
whatsoever
proceeds
of
the
Air
,
it
hath
an
aeriall
nature
,
and
therefore
it
must
be
hot
and
moist
.
As
for
those
degrees
,
first
,
second
,
third
,
fourth
,
which
have
been
invented
by
some
Physicians
deluded
with
their
own
vain
imaginations
:
Esteem
of
them
no
otherwise
,
but
that
they
are
groundlesse
and
foolish
;
for
there
is
onely
one
degree
,
not
more
nor
fewer
:
in
the
Snow
there
is
but
one
degree
of
coldnesse
;
in
the
Fire
one
degree
of
heat
.
Howbeit
,
in
Alchimie
there
be
degrees
of
heat
observed
:
yet
that
which
we
chiefly
look
upon
,
is
the
essence
it self
.
The
Turpentine
hath
a
medicinal
influence
which
God
hath
created
in
it
:
for
Medicine
(
or
medicinal
vertue
)
in
natural
things
,
is
an
invisible
spirit
infused
into
their
bodies
,
as
the
spirit
of
man
was
breathed
into
man
.
In
Turpentine
there
are
five
things
to
be
considered
;
viz
An
Elementary
body
,
The
heavenly
impressions
of
the
Starrs
,
The
heavenly
Vulcan
,
The
complexion
of
the
Chaos
,
and
a
created
Spirit
:
And
according
to
these
five
things
,
I
will
shew
you
five
severall
kindes
of
Vertues
in
Turpentine
.
That
you
may
the
better
understand
the
power
and
vertues
of
it
severally
,
according
to
their
natures
;
and
that
you
may
lay
your
ground-work
in
Physick
by
Astronomie
and
Phylosophy
;
so
your
experience
shall
be
daily
more
increased
,
and
appear
more
in
publick
.
CHAP.
III.
The
vertues
of
Turpentine
.
ANd
seeing
the
Turpentine
(
as
I
have
before
told
you
)
is
changed
into
a
Balsom
;
therefore
I
will
now
shew
you
the
Balsom-vertues
of
it
,
which
are
not
inferiour
to
the
Indian
Balsome
,
as
it
shall
appear
.
And
first
,
to
speak
of
the
Imbalming
of
dead
bodies
.
Embalming
may
be
understood
two
wayes
;
either
when
dead
bodies
are
embalmed
under
Balsome
Constellations
;
that
is
,
when
the
Moon
is
in
Balsom
signes
:
There
be
12
hours
of
the
day
in
which
the
spirits
of
the
firmament
in
their
motion
passe
over
us
,
and
this
must
be
daily
.
Again
,
observe
,
That
the
secret
of
Embalming
consisteth
much
in
the
removing
of
the
excrements
at
the
last
breath
of
the
person
deceased
;
this
will
make
the
Composure
of
the
body
to
continue
longest
without
decay
:
But
whether
of
these
wayes
be
used
,
thereby
the
body
may
be
kept
without
putrifaction
.
What
I
have
spoken
concerning
the
conservation
of
dead
bodies
,
it
is
to
shew
you
the
excellency
of
Balsom
;
and
that
the
influence
of
the
Starrs
may
have
its
operation
in
us
who
are
alive
,
as
well
as
in
dead
bodies
;
yea
,
the
strength
and
vertues
of
it
appear
more
in
the
living
,
then
in
the
dead
.
Now
whereas
many
great
diseases
(
as
none
will
deny
)
may
be
caused
by
infection
or
poyson
in
the
bodies
of
men
;
nay
there
is
not
any
disease
but
it
may
be
caused
by
poison
;
for
that
part
of
the
body
which
hath
not
any
disposition
to
putrifaction
,
wil
not
yeild
to
poison
;
and
that
which
is
most
powerfull
against
putrifaction
,
is
the
best
medicine
against
diseases
.
Hence
it
follows
,
that
as
Balsom
is
from
the
Stars
,
so
also
is
the
Pestilence
:
therefore
if
you
join
like
to
like
,
that
is
,
if
you
give
Balsom
to
them
who
are
in
danger
to
be
infected
with
the
pestilence
,
the
Balsome
will
keep
out
the
Pestilence
:
as
they
who
are
in
possession
of
a
Garison
,
can
easily
keep
out
the
enemy
;
so
Balsome
keeps
out
the
Pestilence
;
that
where
Balsom
is
,
there
the
Pestilence
which
comes
from
the
Starrs
,
can
do
no
hurt
.
But
if
the
Pestilence
hath
already
got
into
the
body
,
then
the
Balsom
can
do
no
good
.
So
that
the
method
to
be
observed
in
using
this
Balsom
,
is
this
:
The
Physician
should
be
carefull
to
give
this
Balsom
before
the
infection
or
the
disease
be
in
the
body
,
and
this
will
keep
the
body
that
it
shall
not
be
infected
by
poyson
or
any
disease
.
This
a
Physician
should
know
,
and
it
is
indeed
an
unfitting
thing
,
that
a
Physician
newly
come
from
the
Universities
should
be
ignorant
of
this
,
and
now
must
learn
it
of
me
.
Balsome
doth
also
preserve
us
from
Feavers
and
all
Apostems
,
whether
inward
or
outward
,
if
it
be
used
before
the
Aposteme
breaketh
out
.
So
that
the
chief
use
of
this
Balsom
is
to
preserve
from
diseases
,
and
not
to
cure
diseases
.
This
Balsome
is
also
an
enemy
to
Worms
;
for
where
Balsome
is
,
there
cannot
be
any
worms
or
Beetle-flies
,
&c.
or
any
other
vermine
,
which
are
naturally
the
off-spring
of
excrements
.
I
cannot
reckon
all
the
Diseases
which
come
of
putrid
causes
,
or
putrifactions
:
but
whatsoever
they
are
,
you
may
use
the
same
method
for
them
all
.
Doctors
,
I
only
tell
you
of
this
;
and
I
hope
you
have
learned
so
much
in
the
Universities
,
that
you
have
a
full
knowledg
of
every
thing
.
And
truly
I
think
,
that
medicinall
experience
could
not
do
you
any
harm
.
But
I
dissent
from
you
,
because
you
dissent
from
me
.
Remember
this
,
which
I
told
you
before
,
that
when
any
thing
is
in
its
birth
,
i.
e.
when
it
first
leaves
the
place
where
it
was
formed
,
then
that
which
is
pure
in
it
,
is
separated
from
that
which
is
impure
,
by
the
influence
of
the
Stars
.
Now
in
the
Turpentine
there
are
some
impure
mixtures
which
come
from
the
impurities
of
Mars
and
Saturn
;
and
these
do
very
much
hinder
the
good
Vertues
of
Turpentine
,
which
comes
from
the
influence
of
the
good
Stars
.
But
the
influence
of
the
Stars
,
like
a
lightning
,
consumeth
these
impurities
in
the
birth
of
the
Turpentine
:
and
when
it
is
thus
purified
,
then
the
two
last
vertues
of
it
appear
;
viz.
that
which
is
from
the
Air
,
and
that
which
is
from
the
infused
spirit
.
Concerning
the
air
,
learn
this
,
as
Astronomy
teacheth
you
;
that
as
is
the
naturall
generation
of
the
Air
,
so
is
the
alteration
of
the
Air
,
when
it
is
at
any
time
changed
.
You
who
are
Physicians
,
should
know
the
nature
and
properties
of
the
Air
,
and
so
you
may
better
know
how
to
preserve
from
those
diseases
which
come
by
the
infection
of
the
Air.
It
s
better
to
prevent
the
violence
of
the
heaven
,
then
to
delay
till
it
comes
,
its
easier
keeping
it
out
,
then
driving
it
out
.
CHAP.
IV.
The
Preparations
of
Turpentine
.
ONe
way
of
Preparing
Turpentine
is
thus
:
Boyle
it
in
strong
red
wine
;
and
before
the
wine
be
all
consumed
,
powr
upon
it
the
water
of
sow-bread
,
—
and
with
it
wash
the
Turpentine
when
it
is
cooled
;
and
thereafter
keep
it
in
a
close
place
.
Saturnine
wounds
are
cured
by
it
,
if
it
be
dropt
into
them
;
and
afterwards
lay
a
Wound-plaister
to
them
;
or
bind
them
up
so
as
Wounds
should
be
.
And
if
you
put
to
the
Turpentine
half
as
much
of
the
whites
of
eggs
,
it
will
be
a
great
deal
better
for
the
wound
;
but
if
superfluous
flesh
be
bred
in
the
wound
,
then
to
the
aforesaid
plaister
you
must
add
burn'd
allom
prepared
with
vineger
,
so
the
rank
flesh
shall
be
consumed
without
any
pain
to
the
patient
:
But
such
things
you
must
learn
by
experience
.
Every
one
who
hath
wine
in
his
hand
cannot
drink
it
decently
.
There
are
other
things
which
may
be
added
to
the
Turpentine
,
but
I
will
now
passe
them
over
.
Alchimie
,
which
brings
the
vertues
of
things
to
the
light
,
and
to
be
of
a
wonderfull
efficacy
;
it
hath
also
taken
Turpentine
in
hand
for
the
good
of
man
,
and
hath
distilled
it
;
and
being
distilled
,
it
was
afterwards
taken
notice
of
by
experience
.
Now
those
who
are
unskilfull
in
Physick
,
do
think
that
this
worthy
medicine
was
found
out
by
those
Mountebanks
,
only
learned
in
their
own
opion
,
who
,
ever
since
the
beginning
of
the
world
,
have
been
contemners
of
all
good
Arts
,
spending
all
their
time
in
decoctions
;
they
car'd
for
no
more
,
but
to
satisfy
their
eies
:
they
never
search'd
into
the
nature
of
this
Turpentine
,
neither
had
they
ever
any
experience
of
it
;
but
they
let
their
patients
die
,
when
they
might
easily
have
been
restored
to
health
.
But
in
this
our
age
experience
hath
taught
me
,
that
distil'd
Turpentine
is
an
excellent
medicine
for
any
unnatural
hardnesse
in
the
body
to
take
it
away
;
but
observe
,
that
there
are
several
kinds
of
hardnesses
in
the
body
,
viz.
the
hardnesse
of
the
spleen
,
the
hardnesse
of
the
liver
,
and
the
hardnesse
of
other
inward
parts
:
as
else
the
hardnesse
of
outward
parts
,
as
kernels
,
hardned
skin
&c.
Briefly
,
whatsoever
unnaturall
thing
is
in
the
body
,
which
is
of
the
nature
of
haire
,
or
of
a
veine
,
or
of
a
bone
,
or
of
a
gristle
,
it
is
taken
away
by
this
distil'd
Turpentine
,
adding
to
it
such
other
medicines
which
are
proper
to
such
diseases
,
and
observing
their
quantities
when
you
mix
them
.
As
for
the
knotty
Gout
,
take
this
distil'd
Turpentine
with
the
essence
of
Mummy
.
Having
spoken
concerning
this
Turpentine
balsome
,
so
much
as
is
known
to
me
by
experience
.
I
will
therefore
now
make
an
end
of
this
discourse
,
hoping
that
these
experiences
of
Turpentine
discovered
by
me
,
shall
be
found
by
others
to
be
true
,
to
their
great
comfort
.
But
I
must
not
forget
to
tell
you
of
one
thing
,
that
if
this
destill'd
Turpentine
be
drop'd
into
the
wounds
of
veins
,
it
preserves
the
veins
from
all
inconveniencies
.
Th●s
distill'd
Turpentine
likewise
asswageth
the
pains
of
the
Gout
.
If
Turpentine
be
a
little
time
set
over
the
fire
,
when
it
is
cold
it
becomes
hard
like
glass
;
take
this
glasse
,
and
dissolve
it
with
Amber
;
and
distill
it
in
the
right
way
,
and
it
will
be
a
most
subtle
and
excellent
Varnish
;
if
you
lay
it
upon
any
thing
,
and
dry
it
speedily
;
if
you
mix
the
powder
of
tiles
with
this
glass
over
the
fire
,
you
may
therewith
make
most
firm
and
closs
floors
,
where
you
may
keep
a
great
quantity
of
quick-silver
without
decay
&c.
I
will
now
shew
you
the
way
how
the
Balsome
is
to
be
separated
from
the
Turpentine
.
When
you
have
gathered
the
Turpentine
from
the
tree
in
the
right
time
;
i.
e.
in
the
time
of
the
Balsome
influence
,
as
it
hath
been
before
declared
:
the
same
hour
when
it
is
taken
from
the
tree
,
you
must
put
it
in
your
vessell
,
which
must
stand
in
warm
dung
,
one
half
of
the
vessell
being
within
the
dung
;
fill
your
vessell
with
Turpentine
,
and
so
let
it
stand
in
the
dung
some
time
,
and
there
it
will
purge
out
its
impurities
.
When
it
s
purified
enough
,
you
will
find
that
it
hath
divided
it self
into
two
parts
:
the
upper
part
of
it
will
be
clear
,
but
that
which
is
under
is
not
so
clear
:
pour
it
out
as
it
is
heated
by
the
heat
of
the
dung
,
into
another
vessel
,
which
is
already
placed
in
the
first
degree
of
heat
.
Here
you
must
take
notice
,
that
this
first
degree
of
heat
,
is
the
first
of
those
twelve
degrees
which
are
in
heat
:
and
in
this
first
degree
of
heat
it
must
stan●
sixty
hours
,
and
digest
:
and
here
it
will
divide
it self
again
into
two
parts
;
the
upper
part
will
be
very
clear
and
perspicuous
;
this
is
the
Balsom
,
so
much
of
it
as
is
thus
clear
:
but
the
under
part
,
which
is
not
so
clear
,
is
the
pure
Turpentine
.
These
two
,
viz.
the
Turpentine
and
the
Balsome
are
separated
the
one
from
the
other
,
as
the
iron
from
steel
.
In
this
Balsom
lurks
many
admirable
Secrets
,
more
then
I
can
finde
out
in
my
life
time
:
but
doubtlesse
,
the
rest
of
its
Vertues
may
be
found
out
by
experience
,
if
Physicians
were
as
desirous
and
carefull
how
to
cure
diseases
,
as
they
are
to
fill
their
purses
;
or
if
they
were
constrained
by
the
Magistrate
to
be
such
as
they
professe
themselves
to
be
.
Now
if
every
Trades-man
ought
to
have
skill
and
experience
in
that
Trade
which
he
professeth
,
much
more
ought
the
Physician
to
have
great
skill
and
experience
in
so
weighty
a
business
as
the
health
and
life
of
man
.
CHAP.
I.
The
preparations
and
vertues
of
Ebony
wood
.
WEE
have
three
sorts
of
medicines
out
of
Ebony
,
viz.
a
liquor
,
a
Gum
,
and
a
Salt
;
the
liquor
is
like
the
juice
of
Sloes
:
the
Gumme
is
like
that
balsome
which
is
got
from
the
Larch-tree
:
the
Salt
is
like
that
Salt
which
the
Apothecaries
call
sal
gemmae
:
the
liquor
is
the
portion
:
the
Gum
is
the
unguent
:
the
salt
is
the
purgative
which
purgeth
and
cleanseth
.
The
liquor
must
be
extracted
out
of
the
wood
,
by
close
distillation
,
as
the
oyl
of
Nutmeg
is
extracted
out
of
the
Nutmeg
:
one
pound
and
a
half
of
this
liquor
is
more
efficacious
then
an
hundred
pound
of
that
liquor
in
which
the
wood
only
hath
been
boiled
.
When
we
have
got
out
the
liquor
,
then
we
must
extract
the
Gumme
out
of
the
wood
,
thus
;
put
the
Ebony-wood
in
a
close
reverbatory
,
in
the
second
degree
of
fire
,
the
space
of
twenty
four
hours
,
then
you
shall
see
the
Gumme
come
out
clammy
,
and
sticking
to
your
fingers
like
liquid
Styrax
of
a
savory
,
delightsome
savour
,
one
pound
and
six
ounces
of
this
Gumme
is
better
,
and
more
efficacious
then
two
hundred
pound
weight
of
that
liquor
in
which
the
wood
only
is
boyl'd
.
Lastly
,
the
Salt
of
it
is
made
thus
;
you
must
burn
the
wood
to
ashes
,
(
for
ashes
is
the
mine
of
salt
)
then
pour
the
water
of
Fumitory
upon
these
ashes
,
and
this
will
bring
the
salt
out
of
the
ashes
;
then
congeale
the
salt
according
to
the
usual
way
,
and
you
shall
have
a
salt
almost
like
these
salts
,
called
Salt
Entalls
,
or
Salt
Anatron
:
one
pound
and
five
drams
of
this
Salt
is
better
then
fifty
pound
weight
of
that
liquor
which
is
made
after
the
common
way
,
which
is
only
the
boyling
the
wood
in
water
,
or
some
other
liquor
.
With
this
Salt
you
may
make
an
excellent
purge
,
thus
;
take
of
this
Salt
a
half
scruple
,
of
Alexandrine
Treacle
two
drams
,
mix
them
together
:
of
this
give
at
a
time
the
quantity
of
a
halfe
scruple
;
and
this
is
to
be
given
not
only
once
or
twice
,
but
three
or
four
times
,
or
oftner
,
as
the
disease
requires
.
There
is
such
a
vertue
in
this
salt
to
purge
the
Gout
,
the
Palsie
,
and
those
humours
which
are
breaking
out
,
as
no
other
medicine
whatsoever
,
whether
it
be
purgative
,
or
laxative
or
expulsive
:
For
this
Salt
is
to
such
diseases
as
fire
to
water
.
If
you
would
use
this
Salt
in
any
Cure
to
be
done
by
Chirurgery
,
you
must
proceed
thus
:
If
the
sore
be
open
,
you
must
first
cleanse
it
by
the
Salt
;
then
you
must
annoint
it
with
the
gumm
twice
every
day
,
till
the
cure
be
perfected
,
and
the
sore
place
well
skinned
.
If
there
be
a
great
pain
in
any
part
of
the
body
,
and
there
is
nothing
to
be
seen
,
then
annoint
the
place
with
this
gumm
.
By
it
also
may
be
cured
the
Gout
,
the
Palsie
,
the
French
Pox
&c.
But
remember
,
that
if
you
do
otherwise
then
I
have
told
you
,
then
you
will
lose
your
time
and
pai●
with
the
Empericks
.
A
short
and
speedy
way
of
curing
a
Rupture
by
this
Medicine
.
That
Proverb
,
viz.
The
Cow
draws
the
Chariot
,
when
we
signifie
any
thing
to
be
done
absurdly
and
preposterously
,
may
be
well
applyed
to
the
common
way
of
curing
Ruptures
.
Now
what
is
more
absurd
or
more
unreasonable
,
then
to
leave
a
Cure
to
the
Surgeon
,
which
belongs
to
the
Doctor
;
as
here
,
to
bring
a
Rupture
from
its
own
natural
and
most
easie
way
of
cure
,
to
come
under
the
horrible
tools
of
the
Surgeon
;
and
,
as
if
it
were
an
incurable
Tumor
,
to
use
the
most
difficult
way
of
curing
?
And
seeing
we
thus
change
certainties
for
incertainties
,
what
other
can
we
expect
,
but
that
God
and
Nature
may
deny
us
their
assistance
?
But
to
leave
this
,
and
to
come
to
shew
the
most
easie
and
readiest
way
of
curing
a
Rupture
(
without
help
of
the
hand
)
by
this
Medicine
thus
.
Take
of
the
liquor
of
Ebony
wood
two
ounces
,
of
the
liquor
of
Usifur
one
ounce
,
of
Incense
and
of
Mace
of
each
half
a
drachm
,
of
Turpentine
two
drachms
,
of
Harts
grease
so
much
as
you
need
to
make
it
up
into
an
Oyntment
:
with
this
you
shall
annoynt
the
place
of
the
Rupture
twice
every
day
the
space
of
3
weeks
or
a
month
,
the
patient
lying
upon
his
back
this
time
;
&
thus
every
Rupture
may
be
cured
,
if
the
place
of
the
Rupture
be
not
putrified
.
CHAP.
II.
The
Vertues
of
Mummy
.
THis
Mummy
you
may
have
at
the
Drugsters
or
Apothecaries
,
which
is
a
singular
Medicine
.
For
whereas
many
have
been
very
industrious
in
trying
experiments
,
and
compounded
receipts
,
to
find
out
some
medicine
,
whereby
they
might
bring
poyson
wholly
out
of
the
body
;
but
their
endeavours
have
been
without
successe
:
for
amongst
all
experiments
and
receipts
,
onely
Mummy
is
the
readiest
,
and
most
certain
remedy
against
all
kinds
of
poyson
.
You
may
preserve
Mummy
thus
;
put
your
Mummy
in
Sal●et
oyl
,
in
a
glass
close
stopt
;
set
your
glasse
in
warm
dung
a
month
;
that
your
Mummy
may
putrifie
in
the
oyl
,
then
seperate
the
oyl
from
the
grounds
,
by
the
distilling
vessel
call'd
a
Retort
;
then
take
this
oyl
which
you
have
distill'd
from
the
grounds
;
and
to
one
pound
of
it
,
adde
one
dramme
of
Alexandrine
Musk
,
and
six
ounces
of
Alexandrine
Treacle
;
and
when
you
have
mixt
them
all
together
,
put
them
in
a
Circulatory
vessel
;
and
set
your
vessel
in
Balneo
Mariae
,
that
is
,
in
boyling
water
:
and
so
it
must
be
kept
in
warm
water
a
month
,
and
then
you
have
the
Treacle
of
Mummy
,
or
rather
,
the
balsome
of
Mummy
.
Of
this
balsome
of
Mummy
,
you
may
give
one
ounce
in
the
oyle
of
Almonds
to
be
drunk
by
the
persons
who
are
infected
with
poyson
,
who
must
bee
kept
warme
in
their
beds
,
that
the
Medicine
may
do
its
work
the
better
.
You
need
not
feare
that
any
poison
,
whither
of
beasts
,
or
poyson
of
minerals
,
or
of
herbs
,
can
doe
you
harme
,
if
you
take
this
treacle
of
Mummy
:
and
such
is
the
efficacy
of
it
,
that
if
you
take
this
Treacle
of
Mummy
before
you
receive
the
poyson
,
then
the
poyson
cannot
doe
you
any
harm
:
and
if
in
the
morning
you
take
but
one
dramme
of
it
,
then
you
may
be
sure
that
you
cannot
be
infected
with
any
poison
that
day
,
And
likewise
if
you
give
one
drachm
of
this
treakle
of
Mummie
to
any
person
who
hath
a
Plurisie
,
Plague
,
Carbuncle
,
or
any
venemous
Aposteme
;
if
they
live
six
hours
after
they
have
taken
this
treacle
of
Mummie
,
they
may
be
assured
of
their
recovery
:
and
then
these
six
hours
being
expired
,
take
another
drachm
of
this
treakle
of
Mummie
,
and
so
continue
to
take
of
it
till
you
be
cured
.
There
are
also
very
many
other
diseases
which
may
be
throughly
cured
by
this
Treakle
of
Mummie
.
TREATISE
VII
.
Of
the
Secrets
,
and
wonderfull
Medicinall
Vertues
of
VERMINE
.
CHAP.
I.
The
Medicinal
vertues
of
Serpents
.
ALthough
I
never
purposed
to
write
concerning
,
these
nor
have
I
ever
spoken
any
thing
of
them
in
my
other
Books
:
yet
I
think
it
profitable
and
necessary
,
that
I
should
make
a
new
plantation
,
not
onely
of
Physick
,
but
also
of
other
Sciences
and
Secrets
of
Nature
,
which
are
buried
in
forgetfulnesse
,
and
by
the
ignorant
are
contemned
and
evill
spoken
of
:
which
certainly
is
a
punishment
from
God
upon
us
;
because
wee
will
not
acknowledg
the
great
mysteries
and
gifts
of
God
to
be
divine
,
therefore
God
is
angry
with
us
,
and
is
provoked
to
take
from
us
again
those
gifts
and
secrets
,
and
to
give
them
to
others
who
will
receive
them
with
greater
thankfulnesse
,
and
not
slight
them
as
we
do
.
I
will
first
treat
of
Serpents
,
and
shew
you
the
benefits
which
we
may
have
by
the
several
parts
of
the
Serpent
;
and
first
of
the
Tongue
of
it
,
which
hath
a
wonderful
power
;
and
many
do
carry
it
about
them
as
a
holy
thing
to
defend
them
against
weapons
,
and
all
enemies
present
or
absent
:
this
also
hath
made
many
victorious
and
successful
,
not
only
in
battails
and
duels
,
but
also
in
other
business
:
by
this
lovers
have
gained
the
affections
of
them
whom
they
loved
;
which
I
do
not
speak
of
that
we
should
do
the
like
;
but
that
we
may
know
how
great
the
power
and
operations
of
nature
are
;
yet
it
cannot
be
denied
but
that
our
imagination
and
believing
may
much
encrease
or
diminish
the
power
of
such
things
accordingly
,
as
they
are
used
.
Some
who
have
been
troubled
with
,
an
inward
imposthume
near
the
heart
have
laid
the
tongue
of
the
Adder
or
Serpent
upon
their
brest
,
over
against
their
heart
,
which
hath
so
powerfully
drawn
out
the
poison
of
the
imposthume
,
that
it
hath
stuck
upon
their
brest
in
drops
;
then
these
drops
being
wiped
away
,
and
the
Adders
tongue
again
laid
upon
the
place
,
which
was
done
thus
so
often
until
there
appeared
no
more
drops
upon
their
breast
,
and
so
the
patient
was
cured
.
The
same
use
may
be
made
of
Toads
,
as
I
have
shewed
in
some
other
of
my
writings
:
thrust
a
stick
through
the
head
of
the
Toad
,
and
set
the
stick
upright
in
the
ground
,
that
the
Toad
may
dry
upon
the
top
of
the
stick
,
when
it
is
well
dried
,
then
wrap
it
in
a
linnen
cloth
,
lay
it
so
upon
the
imposthume
or
part
diseased
,
there
leave
it
til
it
hath
drawn
out
all
the
poyson
;
or
if
you
will
,
you
may
apply
the
Toad
to
the
place
without
a
cloth
about
it
,
and
it
hath
the
same
effect
.
And
as
the
patient
and
the
disease
requires
:
so
the
Toad
must
be
the
oftner
applied
till
the
Toad
swells
no
more
:
for
when
it
swels
no
more
,
it
is
a
signe
that
all
the
poyson
is
drawn
out
,
and
that
the
patient
is
recovering
.
Howbeit
,
this
creature
strikes
a
terrour
into
every
one
who
sees
it
neer
them
;
even
by
their
looking
upon
it
,
they
are
stricken
with
horrour
:
yet
it
is
not
therefore
to
be
rejected
;
but
it
is
to
be
esteemed
of
,
and
to
be
used
as
a
great
Secret
of
Nature
.
I
could
wish
that
this
Remedy
were
preferred
more
,
then
it
hath
been
hitherto
,
to
all
other
attractive
,
maturative
,
or
corrosive
Medicines
.
CHAP.
II.
The
medicinal
vertues
of
Serpents
.
THere
be
many
other
effects
of
the
Adders
tongue
then
those
already
mentioned
,
which
would
be
tedious
to
rehearse
:
But
where
I
treat
of
Magick
Cures
,
there
I
speak
largely
,
not
only
of
this
,
but
also
of
many
other
excellent
natural
Vertues
,
and
naturall
Things
.
Those
who
lived
in
former
times
,
carried
about
them
many
Sigils
,
which
did
wonderfull
things
;
for
by
them
they
could
cure
such
difficult
diseases
,
for
which
we
cannot
readily
find
any
remedy
in
the
earth
:
and
only
by
carrying
these
Sigils
about
them
,
they
did
partake
of
their
Vertues
,
whereby
they
were
safe
,
and
without
danger
of
harm
by
weapons
or
enemies
:
thereby
they
also
became
very
prosperous
,
and
had
great
victories
:
and
many
other
strange
effects
have
been
done
by
these
Sigils
,
of
which
we
will
not
speak
now
.
There
have
been
found
words
written
,
and
Characters
,
and
Sigils
,
and
strange
Images
delineated
upon
Vergin-paper
,
or
cut
in
Metals
,
or
in
Gamehen's
,
or
in
precious
Stones
,
as
Saphires
,
&c.
with
strange
shapes
;
in
some
the
shape
of
a
man
,
in
some
the
shape
of
a
beast
:
And
such
were
the
unspeakable
vertues
of
those
Characters
,
Sigils
,
&c.
that
they
seemed
to
go
beyond
all
the
bounds
of
Nature
it self
:
and
so
Ptolomeus
,
Hermogenes
,
Balenius
,
Virgilius
,
Albertus
Magnus
have
declared
:
But
the
books
of
these
Authors
are
fouly
corrupted
with
those
superstitious
Ceremonies
which
are
in
them
:
so
that
we
cannot
safely
trust
to
every
thing
in
those
books
:
therefore
we
must
make
a
separation
,
and
take
the
kernel
,
leaving
the
unprofitable
shell
in
their
writings
.
CHAP.
III.
The
medicinal
vertues
ef
Serpents
.
I
Will
not
counsel
you
to
practise
,
or
to
trust
to
every
thing
in
these
books
;
but
I
leave
it
to
every
man
to
doe
as
he
thinks
best
:
and
albeit
Virgilius
,
and
Albertus
Magnus
deserve
better
to
be
believ●d
then
the
rest
of
these
Writers
;
yet
the
best
things
,
the
greatest
secrets
which
they
know
,
these
things
they
would
not
set
downe
in
their
books
,
but
carried
them
with
them
to
their
graves
.
And
now
there
are
no
writings
better
and
larger
concerning
this
supernaturall
Science
,
then
those
which
Techellus
the
Jew
hath
left
to
us
:
there
is
but
little
of
his
writing
now
remaining
;
and
these
of
his
writings
which
are
extant
,
they
are
contemn'd
,
because
he
was
a
Jew
,
a
famous
master
in
Israel
,
and
a
most
subtle
searcher
of
Nature
.
But
now
I
return
to
my
present
purpose
concerning
the
Serpent
or
Adder
:
the
skin
of
the
Adder
hath
a
singular
faculty
in
curing
wounds
:
if
you
make
a
powder
of
this
skin
,
and
strow
it
upon
the
wound
.
Some
,
when
they
go
to
fight
bind
this
skin
about
that
arm
which
holds
the
sword
or
other
weapon
wherewith
they
fight
,
and
so
they
fight
happily
,
and
get
the
victory
.
If
a
woman
with
child
,
or
in
child-birth
bind
this
skin
about
her
neck
,
or
about
her
body
,
she
thereby
becomes
victorious
in
this
duel
of
nature
,
she
happily
goes
through
with
the
business
of
child-birth
.
Now
you
must
remember
this
,
that
it
is
not
every
skin
of
the
Serpent
or
Adder
hath
such
a
power
,
but
only
that
skin
which
the
adder
casts
.
The
same
is
to
be
understood
of
the
Adders
tongue
;
it
is
not
every
tongue
that
hath
such
vertue
,
but
only
that
which
is
pluck'd
out
of
the
Adder
alive
.
CHAP.
IV.
Preservatives
to
keep
us
from
the
harm
of
Serpents
,
Adders
,
and
Snakes
.
BUt
that
I
may
hasten
to
make
an
end
of
this
subject
;
know
this
,
That
in
the
fat
and
flesh
of
a
Serpent
there
is
a
singular
faculty
of
healing
both
new
wounds
,
and
all
venemous
bitings
,
and
evill
ulcers
.
The
flesh
of
the
Adder
hath
the
like
vertues
,
yea
more
;
it
hath
in
it
a
singular
secret
,
and
great
medicinal
vertues
,
if
you
cut
off
the
head
and
tail
,
and
let
the
blood
run
out
,
in
which
is
all
the
poyson
.
But
in
this
place
I
will
be
brief
concerning
these
things
,
because
I
have
spoken
of
them
largely
elsewhere
.
Now
I
will
speak
something
of
those
who
do
consecrate
Serpents
:
this
is
a
thing
which
they
do
not
rightly
understand
;
and
in
this
they
are
contrary
to
the
wayes
of
God
and
Nature
.
And
although
by
these
consecrations
Serpents
are
tamed
and
made
tractable
;
neverthelesse
,
such
doings
are
not
to
be
approved
of
,
as
consecrations
and
other
superstitions
,
whereby
people
are
made
sick
or
well
.
For
if
according
to
the
course
of
nature
we
may
do
such
things
by
the
power
of
a
strong
faith
,
and
by
the
strength
of
imagination
;
then
why
should
we
use
these
superstitious
Ceremonies
?
Yet
it
cannot
be
denyed
,
but
that
there
be
some
words
,
which
if
they
be
pronounced
against
Serpents
,
it
makes
them
tractable
and
obedient
.
There
are
also
some
Preservatives
,
which
(
if
used
)
will
keep
us
from
the
hurt
of
any
venemous
creature
.
But
we
need
not
much
fear
this
kind
of
Serpent
of
which
we
speak
in
this
Treatise
,
which
is
by
nature
lesse
hurtfull
then
any
other
kind
of
Serpent
:
But
we
must
be
very
cautious
of
starry
Serpents
which
are
speckled
over
with
Stars
,
Sirens
,
Crocodiles
,
Salamanders
,
Basilisks
,
which
be
all
severall
kinds
of
Serpents
,
most
venemous
and
great
enemies
to
man
:
their
venome
is
exceeding
strong
and
violent
.
Albeit
there
be
few
of
these
kindes
of
Serpents
in
Germany
,
yet
I
speak
of
them
,
that
people
should
be
warie
of
them
where
they
are
.
I
know
not
any
preservative
better
,
and
more
certain
against
the
poison
of
these
Serpents
,
then
Camphore
dissolved
in
Rock-oyl
,
otherwise
call'd
oyl
Petreole
,
wherewith
you
must
annoint
your
hands
,
and
your
feet
,
and
other
naked
places
of
your
body
,
and
so
thou
mayest
safely
handle
them
:
but
because
this
preservative
can
do
no
good
,
or
is
not
efficacious
enough
against
the
most
fierce
and
most
poisonous
Serpents
;
as
that
kind
of
Serpent
which
leaps
at
a
man
being
a
great
way
off
:
and
the
Crocodile
which
devours
a
whole
man
,
albeit
he
be
dead
:
and
the
Basilisk
which
kills
a
man
by
its
sight
only
:
therefore
those
who
dwel
in
those
places
where
these
Serpents
are
,
carried
about
them
Gameheu's
,
which
were
made
in
the
shape
of
a
man
,
with
his
left
foot
trampling
upon
the
neck
of
a
Serpent
;
and
they
esteem'd
of
this
as
a
singular
preservative
against
these
Serpents
.
Of
this
and
other
things
,
Techellus
hath
written
,
who
hath
gone
farre
beyond
all
other
writers
in
this
kind
;
but
some
wicked
deceivers
have
kept
his
works
from
〈…〉
,
and
have
retain'd
them
to
themselves
,
and
in
their
stead
they
give
out
to
the
world
their
own
opinions
and
vain
fancies
:
and
since
now
it
is
so
done
,
the
event
of
it
we
must
leave
to
God
.
I
conceive
it
not
needful
,
that
I
should
say
any
more
of
Serpents
now
,
because
I
will
treat
of
them
largely
,
and
discover
many
more
wonderful
things
of
them
in
that
book
which
I
will
write
concerning
Sacraments
,
and
things
woncerful
.
CHAP.
V.
The
Medicinal
vertues
of
the
Toad
and
Spider
.
THere
lurks
many
great
Secrets
,
not
only
in
the
Serpent
,
but
also
in
other
abominable
creatures
,
which
strike
terror
into
a
man
,
even
with
the
sight
of
them
;
as
the
Toad
,
of
which
I
have
spoken
before
,
it
is
a
great
help
against
the
plague
,
and
the
bitings
of
venemous
creatures
,
if
,
after
it
is
well
dried
it
be
applied
outwardly
to
the
part
infected
;
it
speedily
draweth
poyson
out
of
the
body
;
it
hath
preserved
the
life
of
those
who
have
despaired
of
help
by
any
other
remedies
.
I
have
seen
the
Morphew
cured
by
it
throughly
and
speedily
,
thus
;
the
Toad
must
be
boiled
alive
in
oyl
till
it
dies
,
and
with
this
oyl
annoint
the
place
where
this
disease
is
;
this
oyl
is
also
very
good
against
evil
Ulcers
.
But
false
physicians
,
when
they
hear
of
these
secrets
,
they
cannot
be
brought
to
believe
that
they
are
true
.
The
Spider
is
a
hateful
creature
,
yet
it
is
of
great
vertue
against
Quotidian
Feavers
:
put
the
spider
in
a
nut-shell
,
and
shut
it
up
close
in
it
,
and
let
the
diseased
person
carry
it
about
him
,
but
he
must
not
know
what
it
is
;
let
him
carry
it
four
dayes
,
and
he
shall
be
well
.
The
Salamander
is
uselesse
in
Physick
:
but
the
Alchimist
hath
laboured
much
in
it
to
extract
out
of
it
a
tincture
f
r
metalls
,
and
thereby
to
make
gold
,
and
for
this
it
is
indeed
to
be
much
regarded
:
but
you
cannot
meddle
with
it
without
great
danger
,
for
the
poyson
of
it
is
most
deadly
.
CHAP.
VI.
Paracelse
compared
with
other
Physicians
.
HAving
done
with
these
hateful
and
poysonous
creatures
,
now
I
will
speak
concerning
the
other
common
,
contemptible
small
creatures
:
and
I
hope
I
shall
not
be
blamed
for
this
,
nor
shall
these
things
I
speak
be
esteemed
as
fained
tales
,
as
false
physitians
do
,
who
will
not
use
any
common
medicines
,
such
as
may
be
gotten
cheaply
,
and
easily
,
not
remembring
this
,
that
God
hath
created
nothing
in
vain
,
but
that
even
the
least
and
most
contemptible
things
have
their
peculiar
vertues
according
to
his
divine
pleasure
.
And
it
is
our
fault
that
we
know
not
these
things
,
for
we
are
careless
and
incredulous
,
and
soon
wearied
in
the
search
of
nature
.
Now
if
any
do
improve
the
gifts
of
God
in
them
,
and
are
diligent
in
searching
out
the
works
of
nature
,
and
do
ingenuously
declare
their
experiences
publickly
:
these
corrupt
Doctors
will
not
be
thankful
to
them
for
it
;
nay
,
they
contemn
such
experiences
,
they
scoff
at
them
,
and
one
way
or
other
they
will
find
fault
with
them
.
Now
I
profess
my self
to
be
one
of
those
who
have
found
out
the
Secrets
of
Nature
;
yea
,
and
that
I
am
not
one
of
the
least
of
the
searchers
of
nature
,
and
truly
whatsoever
art
or
experience
I
have
,
I
should
have
imparted
it
freely
and
plainly
to
you
;
but
your
ambition
and
insolency
hath
made
me
change
my
mind
,
because
you
will
have
all
the
praise
to
your selves
,
and
steale
it
from
him
who
is
your
teacher
;
therefore
you
are
not
worthy
of
my
art
,
which
would
be
very
advantageous
to
you
,
if
you
would
become
true
Physicians
and
lovers
of
your
neighbours
.
But
you
preferre
the
profit
of
your
prrse
,
and
of
your
kitchin
,
to
the
health
of
your
patients
:
and
in
this
you
are
learned
indeed
,
and
more
skilfull
then
I.
You
accuse
mee
,
and
blame
mee
because
I
doe
not
highly
praise
you
.
It
's
true
,
I
doe
it
,
not
because
I
find
you
to
be
onely
purse
physicians
,
such
who
are
more
able
to
cure
the
diseases
of
your
purses
,
then
the
diseases
of
your
patients
;
if
it
were
not
so
,
how
could
you
build
such
stately
houses
,
weare
gold
rings
,
walke
in
your
silkes
?
You
reproach
me
because
of
my
poverty
and
mean
clothes
:
but
if
I
should
take
(
as
you
do
)
shamelesly
such
great
rewards
every
where
,
then
I
should
be
richer
then
any
of
you
:
yet
as
I
am
,
I
am
richer
then
any
of
you
;
for
my
riches
are
surer
to
me
,
then
your
riches
to
you
:
my
skill
is
my
great
riches
,
which
neither
thiefe
can
steale
,
nor
fire
,
or
water
can
devoure
,
nor
robber
can
take
from
mee
.
They
may
take
my
life
,
but
they
cannot
get
my
Art
that
is
hidden
in
mee
,
and
dieth
with
mee
.
You
see
then
what
an
excellent
thing
I
enjoy
,
which
is
farre
better
then
your
houses
,
plantations
,
clothes
,
riches
,
gold
,
and
silver
,
and
all
your
skill
.
And
if
at
any
time
I
spend
my
mony
largely
amongst
my
pleasant
companions
,
yet
I
doe
not
diminish
(
as
the
proverb
is
)
the
principall
sum
,
that
is
,
my
Art
,
which
through
Gods
gooddesse
to
me
,
shall
never
leave
me
.
CHAP.
VII
.
The
Medicinal
vertues
of
Earth-worms
.
NOw
I
will
proceed
to
speak
of
that
which
I
intended
,
viz.
of
some
simple
medicines
,
and
of
some
living
creatures
,
and
of
some
diseases
,
of
which
no
physicians
before
me
,
have
ever
spoken
any
thing
.
Truly
,
I
believe
that
they
were
ignorant
of
them
;
or
if
they
knew
them
,
then
they
slighted
them
,
so
that
these
things
were
quite
forgotten
:
the
most
common
,
and
most
inconsiderable
Vermine
are
Earth-worms
,
which
after
a
showre
,
creep
out
of
the
ground
:
and
who
will
believe
,
that
in
these
worms
is
so
much
Vertue
for
the
good
of
the
body
of
man
?
they
are
especially
good
against
that
disease
and
pain
which
is
in
the
fingers
and
toes
,
which
causeth
extreme
torment
day
and
night
:
The
Whit
flaw
,
which
the
Ancients
call'd
the
gnawing
worm
,
and
indeed
not
without
cause
;
for
they
knew
that
this
disease
should
be
cured
by
the
earth-worm
;
the
way
is
this
;
Take
an
Earth-worm
bigger
or
lesser
according
to
the
patient
,
and
the
greatnesse
of
the
pain
,
if
the
patient
be
not
very
young
,
but
is
of
a
good
age
,
and
the
pain
very
great
,
then
you
must
take
a
great
earth-worm
,
it
must
be
large
,
that
it
may
be
sufficient
for
the
disease
,
wrap
this
worm
in
a
linnen
cloth
,
and
so
lay
it
upon
the
part
where
the
pain
is
,
the
space
of
twenty
four
hours
,
till
it
dies
,
and
when
it
is
dead
.
the
disease
is
cured
,
and
(
as
it
were
)
dieth
with
the
worm
;
these
things
may
seem
to
some
to
be
superstitious
,
and
fained
tales
;
but
by
this
it
appears
,
that
God
hath
made
nothing
in
the
world
so
base
,
and
so
contemptible
,
which
is
not
some
way
for
the
good
of
man
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
The
Medicinal
Vertues
of
the
Earth-worme
,
and
of
the
Crab
fish
Cancer
.
THE
Earth-worm
is
not
only
good
against
the
foresaid
disease
,
but
also
against
all
kinds
of
worms
in
the
body
of
man
,
if
it
be
dried
,
and
made
into
a
powder
,
and
so
it
is
to
be
taken
in
some
liquor
;
the
best
liquor
is
the
whay
of
Goats
milk
:
for
the
powder
of
Earth-worms
taken
in
this
whay
purgeth
by
stool
all
worms
of
the
stomack
,
or
that
stick
in
the
guts
.
The
Mouse
,
called
the
field
Mouse
,
is
a
great
Secret
for
the
ptisick
.
And
that
kind
of
Crab
called
the
Cancer
,
hath
often
cured
the
disease
called
the
Canker
,
viz.
thus
,
bind
a
linnen
cloth
about
the
fish
Cancer
,
and
about
its
toes
:
and
lay
the
toes
of
this
fish
,
Cancer
upon
the
place
where
the
Ulcer
,
Canker
is
,
untill
the
fish-Cancer
,
be
dead
:
and
when
it
is
dead
,
the
ulcer
,
Canker
is
also
kill'd
;
but
if
the
Canker
was
broken
out
into
a
sore
,
then
after
it
is
mortified
with
the
fish-Cancer
,
you
must
apply
the
plaister
which
is
used
for
thrusts
,
or
deep
wounds
.
By
this
fish-Cancer
have
been
also
cured
Feavers
;
and
Hydropsies
,
thus
;
first
,
you
must
cut
off
all
the
nailes
of
the
patients
fingers
and
toes
,
then
you
must
bind
the
fish
Cancer
to
his
back
,
afterward
put
it
into
a
river
,
and
let
it
goe
;
and
so
the
patient
shall
be
cured
.
Do
not
you
think
these
to
be
vaine
,
superstitious
,
or
Mountebank
cures
?
I
assure
you
they
are
the
true
operations
of
nature
▪
and
wrought
by
God
himself
,
who
was
pleased
to
give
to
creatures
in
their
creation
such
great
Vertues
.
But
it
may
be
objected
,
that
some
,
who
have
used
the
fish
Cancer
for
the
foresaid
diseases
,
have
been
nothing
better
for
it
.
I
answer
the
fish-Cancer
cannot
cure
the
foresaid
diseases
when
the
patient
is
neer
to
the
appointed
time
of
hi●
death
,
and
that
his
present
disease
must
lead
him
to
his
death
.
False
Physicians
thought
little
of
this
,
when
they
tried
this
remedy
:
and
when
they
did
see
,
that
it
did
not
good
to
all
alike
:
they
then
falsly
conceived
that
it
was
a
thing
superstitious
;
and
that
only
believing
did
work
here
;
without
which
they
thought
the
Cancer
had
no
efficacy
.
It
is
true
,
that
imagination
and
believing
are
so
powerful
,
that
they
can
make
people
well
or
sick
.
But
such
common
remedies
as
I
have
spoken
of
,
are
not
to
be
contemned
.
We
find
in
the
holy
Scriptures
that
Christ
and
the
Prophets
cured
great
diseases
by
very
common
and
ordinary
things
.
So
Christ
gave
sight
to
the
blind
by
clay
mixed
with
his
spittle
.
So
the
Prophet
cured
the
plague
by
a
plaister
of
figs
:
but
to
gather
together
here
all
such
examples
,
is
not
needful
,
I
wil
rather
go
on
to
speak
of
the
Vertues
of
those
things
.
CHAP.
IX
.
The
Vertues
of
the
Crab-fish
Cancer
.
IN
the
foresaid
fish
Cancer
have
been
found
many
other
Vertues
;
it
hath
an
excellent
cooling
faculty
,
and
it
is
good
against
St.
Anthonies
fire
,
if
you
presse
the
juice
out
of
the
toes
of
it
,
and
anoint
the
place
with
this
juice
:
you
may
also
make
an
oyntment
with
this
juice
,
very
good
against
all
sorts
of
burnings
or
scaldings
,
viz.
by
fire
,
or
water
,
or
pitch
,
or
fat
things
,
&c.
The
Ancients
never
found
a
better
remedy
then
this
against
any
burnings
.
This
oyntment
is
also
good
against
inflamed
,
eating
sores
;
and
if
it
be
anointed
upon
the
temples
of
the
head
,
it
very
much
helpeth
those
extraordinary
pains
of
the
head
,
which
almost
distracts
people
,
It
helpeth
also
that
inflamation
called
the
Rose
,
and
the
heat
of
ulcers
of
womens
brests
;
in
such
cases
it
hath
done
very
much
good
.
The
Cancer
hath
also
a
faculty
of
expelling
urine
,
sand
,
and
the
stone
in
the
bladder
.
which
it
doth
powerfully
dissolve
,
and
expel
with
the
urine
,
so
that
those
who
seed
much
upon
these
Cancers
,
they
are
free
from
those
diseases
;
so
they
are
an
excellent
preservative
.
I
cannot
passe
by
here
the
cruelty
of
physicians
,
who
would
cure
the
Canker
by
cutting
,
burning
,
and
eating
Medicines
;
and
they
had
no
other
reason
for
it
,
but
that
they
thought
,
such
a
disease
could
not
be
overcome
but
by
corrosives
;
but
so
they
make
the
pain
greater
,
not
considering
,
that
the
Canker
it self
is
an
eating
sore
,
and
therefore
we
should
use
such
things
to
it
,
which
wil
pacifie
it
,
and
allay
the
pain
,
and
gently
cure
it
;
all
they
can
say
,
is
this
;
that
one
evil
should
be
driven
out
by
another
evil
.
But
I
say
,
that
we
should
begin
the
cure
of
every
disease
,
with
pain
asswaging
Medicines
,
which
can
quiet
the
disease
,
and
take
away
the
raging
of
it
,
allaying
those
paines
which
accompany
it
;
as
for
example
a
man
in
a
rage
cannot
be
pacified
by
stroaks
or
wounds
;
so
neither
can
a
disease
by
exasperating
medicines
:
and
as
those
,
who
are
sad
and
melancholy
should
have
cordials
given
to
them
,
they
should
be
comforted
and
refreshed
with
mirth
;
so
it
is
in
curing
any
disease
;
that
which
is
evil
,
must
be
cured
by
that
which
is
good
,
and
not
one
evil
to
be
cured
by
another
.
Then
hitherto
your
physicians
have
been
far
from
the
right
way
;
and
therefore
it
falls
out
oft-times
,
when
you
think
by
your
false
receipts
to
cure
the
Canker
,
or
the
whit-flaw
that
you
fail
of
it
,
and
kil
your
patient
before
you
can
kil
the
Canker
,
or
whit
flaw
:
after
this
manner
many
have
endeavoured
to
cure
the
Canker
,
and
the
whit-flaw
,
by
eating
medicines
,
by
cutting
or
burning
the
sore
,
and
many
other
such
torturing
wayes
they
have
used
they
had
also
great
confidence
to
do
this
cure
by
Arsenick
,
orpment
,
&
sublimed
Mercury
.
I
do
not
deny
but
that
many
incredible
cures
have
been
done
by
Calcinatum
magnum
,
by
sweet
sublimed
Mercury
,
by
the
oil
of
sweet
Mercury
,
&
especially
by
the
quintessence
of
Mercury
,
so
that
by
these
hav
been
cur'd
not
only
the
diseases
mentioned
,
viz.
Canker
,
&
the
whit-flaw
,
but
also
many
other
greater
diseases
,
as
Syrons
,
wolf
&c.
but
you
must
remember
that
these
things
,
viz.
quick-silver
&c.
must
not
be
used
crude
and
unprepared
,
as
they
are
taken
out
of
the
mountains
:
and
seeing
you
do
not
know
the
way
how
they
should
be
prepared
,
therefore
you
should
abstain
from
them
,
and
learn
of
the
Alchymist
how
to
prepare
them
,
and
to
bring
them
to
the
utmost
degree
of
their
perfection
,
then
indeed
you
may
use
them
,
but
not
before
,
or
else
you
will
find
it
fall
out
otherwise
then
you
expect
,
as
I
have
said
before
concerning
the
mortification
of
the
Cancer
,
and
of
the
whitflaw
;
but
if
the
feet
,
or
hands
,
or
fingers
,
or
nose
,
or
ears
,
and
other
members
be
cut
off
,
then
certainly
the
Cancer
must
be
taken
away
;
but
ind●ed
the
magistrate
should
restrain
such
errors
by
a
singular
punishment
.
One
thing
I
might
here
add
concerning
the
disease
called
the
wolf
,
to
shew
you
how
it
is
cured
by
unguents
and
cataplasms
made
of
the
flesh
and
fat
of
the
beast
called
the
Wolfe
;
and
to
describe
to
you
some
such
remedies
▪
but
because
I
have
spoken
of
the
chiefest
remedies
,
therefore
I
●ass
over
those
inferior
remedies
,
and
I
leave
them
to
others
to
find
them
out
by
their
experience
.
CHAP.
X.
The
Cure
of
those
Marks
in
the
body
which
the
patient
hath
from
the
mothers
womb
.
I
Will
now
make
an
end
of
this
Treatise
:
and
in
this
last
chapter
I
will
give
you
a
great
,
and
a
most
secret
cure
,
which
farre
excells
all
the
other
cures
mentioned
in
this
Treatise
;
it
is
this
;
that
by
these
Vermine
are
cured
,
not
only
painful
sores
,
v●z
.
Syrons
,
cankers
,
fistulaes
,
wolf
,
&c.
but
also
by
those
Vermine
such
marks
may
be
taken
away
,
which
appear
in
us
in
their
visible
shape
and
colour
without
any
pain
,
and
were
imprinted
upon
some
part
of
our
body
while
we
were
yet
in
the
womb
,
by
the
imagination
of
our
mothers
,
they
being
stirred
up
thereto
by
fears
or
strong
desires
.
Now
how
that
the
mother
by
her
Imagination
imprints
a
mark
,
not
upon
her self
,
but
upon
the
child
in
her
womb
;
I
have
explained
it
in
my
book
concerning
Imagination
;
but
how
these
marks
which
we
have
from
our
mothers
imagination
may
be
taken
out
of
our
bodies
again
,
and
cured
,
that
I
will
shew
you
here
in
this
chapter
.
And
first
you
must
strictly
observe
these
marks
,
of
what
shape
and
colour
they
are
,
if
they
be
like
a
worm
,
or
snake
,
or
toad
egge
.
You
must
also
enquire
of
the
mother
of
the
person
who
hath
that
mark
concerning
the
colour
of
the
Vermine
which
st●rd
up
her
imagination
;
and
at
what
time
,
day
,
or
hour
;
yea
,
you
must
know
if
you
can
,
the
very
moment
of
her
imagination
.
You
must
also
know
the
cause
of
her
imagination
,
&
why
she
touched
any
part
of
her
body
at
that
time
:
but
because
it
is
seldom
,
that
the
mother
can
fully
enform
you
of
every
particular
,
therfore
you
must
have
recourse
to
Astronomy
,
and
by
it
you
may
have
a
ful
information
;
according
to
which
you
must
proceed
.
If
the
mark
be
in
the
likenes
of
a
worm
,
then
you
must
take
a
worm
such
a
one
,
with
which
the
mark
agreeth
best
,
according
to
the
information
:
and
if
that
worm
was
alive
when
the
mother
saw
it
,
then
you
must
lay
the
worm
alive
upon
the
mark
,
and
so
keep
it
at
the
mark
till
it
dieth
,
and
no
longer
.
But
if
it
was
dead
before
she
saw
it
,
then
you
must
lay
a
dead
worm
upon
the
mark
,
which
you
must
keep
at
the
mark
till
it
be
putrified
.
You
must
also
observe
the
time
when
the
mothers
Imagination
was
moved
by
the
sight
of
this
worme
;
and
in
the
same
time
you
must
binde
the
worme
upon
the
mark
:
if
it
was
in
the
Summer
,
&c.
then
you
must
binde
the
worme
upon
the
mark
in
the
Summer
time
.
If
the
Mothers
Imagination
was
moved
by
a
strong
desire
after
any
thing
,
then
her
child
which
hath
such
a
marke
must
be
satiated
and
filled
with
the
thing
desired
;
but
if
the
mothers
Imagination
was
from
feare
of
a
worm
,
then
the
party
,
who
hath
the
mark
must
be
put
in
fear
when
the
worm
is
laid
to
the
marke
.
So
the
marke
shall
be
rooted
out
:
howbeit
it
is
not
yet
quite
brought
out
of
the
skinne
.
But
to
doe
this
,
you
must
take
Aqua
fortis
,
and
wash
the
skin
with
it
;
and
so
in
the
space
of
eight
or
fourteene
dayes
the
old
skin
shall
fall
off
,
and
a
new
fair
skin
shall
come
in
its
place
after
the
same
manner
.
All
marks
not
only
of
beasts
or
Vermine
,
but
also
of
fruits
,
or
of
any
thing
else
in
our
bodies
,
may
be
taken
away
and
cured
by
these
things
,
which
caused
those
marks
,
being
used
in
that
manner
,
as
hath
been
now
said
of
worms
.
This
is
a
most
secret
cure
,
which
never
any
revealed
before
me
:
and
I
am
not
ashamed
to
reveal
it
,
for
I
am
the
first
who
by
experience
have
found
the
truth
of
it
.
TREATISE
VIII
.
Concerning
Common
Salt
,
and
Brimstone
,
their
Medicinal
Vertues
,
and
Preparations
.
CHAP.
I.
GOD
hath
created
every
thing
needful
for
the
use
of
man
,
and
it
is
easily
gotten
:
that
which
is
less
useful
,
is
not
so
plentiful
:
so
God
hath
appointed
.
Now
Medicine
is
a
thing
very
useful
to
man
,
which
he
needs
not
fetch
from
beyond
seas
,
seeing
he
may
have
it
at
hand
.
Nor
yet
they
who
live
beyond
sea
need
these
medicines
which
grow
here
:
and
so
I
may
say
of
Salt
,
that
,
as
it
is
of
great
use
to
man
,
so
there
is
great
quantity
of
it
,
sufficient
to
all
mens
uses
.
There
be
two
uses
of
Salt
,
of
which
we
will
here
especially
take
notice
,
viz.
it
seasoneth
meates
,
and
cureth
diseases
.
That
meate
which
a
man
eates
without
Salt
,
is
never
well
and
perfectly
digested
;
for
it
is
the
nature
of
Salt
to
correct
every
thing
in
the
digestion
of
it
;
it
is
the
true
Corrector
of
all
meates
usual
to
be
eaten
.
And
whatsoever
meat
is
not
seasoned
by
Salt
,
is
unwholesome
.
Let
your
meate
bee
moderately
Salted
,
not
too
much
,
nor
too
little
;
this
will
helpe
digestion
;
but
when
meate
is
not
Salted
,
or
slightly
Salted
,
it
turns
to
a
thin
,
waterish
,
or
slimy
blood
,
and
the
flesh
which
is
bred
of
such
meate
,
is
subject
to
corruption
,
and
to
all
diseases
:
those
who
cannot
endure
any
saltishness
in
any
thing
,
but
whatsoever
they
eat
is
very
fresh
,
most
commonly
they
are
weaker
then
others
;
their
complexion
is
worse
,
and
they
are
easily
infected
with
any
disease
.
Our
Nature
would
have
nothing
but
what
is
corrected
and
seasoned
by
Salt
,
and
boyled
or
otherwise
prepared
by
the
fire
;
unless
we
give
way
to
appetire
to
eat
somethings
raw
and
unprepared
,
as
onions
,
Rhadishes
,
&c.
Salt
is
the
earthly
balsome
of
man
,
and
of
all
things
else
:
And
where
no
Salt
is
,
there
is
the
beginning
of
putrefaction
.
It
is
Salt
only
which
preserveth
both
dead
things
and
living
from
putrefaction
.
In
things
living
,
their
Salt
which
is
in
them
preserveth
them
;
there
is
Salt
in
the
blood
of
every
living
creature
,
which
preserveth
them
that
they
doe
not
putrifie
while
they
are
alive
.
There
is
a
Salt
not
only
in
living
creatures
,
but
also
in
herbs
,
mettals
,
stones
,
and
all
Vegetables
;
there
is
not
any
thing
,
but
it
hath
in
it
a
Salt
proper
to
it
,
as
appeares
by
those
several
kinds
of
Salts
which
are
extracted
out
of
several
things
.
As
Balsome
preserveth
from
putrefaction
,
so
doth
Salt
;
in
this
it
is
like
balsome
;
nay
,
it
is
of
a
higher
Nature
,
and
more
subtle
then
balsome
:
Whatsoever
wants
Salt
,
it
cannot
continue
,
bu
it
decayeth
and
putrifieth
:
man
,
beast
,
and
every
thing
else
must
have
this
preserving
power
of
Salt
in
it
:
we
see
by
experience
many
things
,
(
as
flesh
and
fish
,
&c.
)
preserved
by
Salt
;
yea
,
there
is
not
any
thing
,
but
it
may
be
preserved
by
Salt
,
which
is
to
be
done
not
by
a
sprinkling
only
,
or
mixing
of
the
Salt
with
the
thing
to
be
preserved
:
but
the
Salt
,
must
be
prepared
:
and
if
the
Salt
be
made
a
breeding
or
engendring
Salt
,
it
will
preserve
any
thing
a
very
long
time
,
if
wood
or
clay
be
laid
in
it
,
they
will
become
hard
like
stones
.
Whatsoever
is
sprinkled
with
this
breeding
Salt
,
it
doth
not
decay
,
or
alter
,
but
in
time
it
grows
to
be
of
a
stony
nature
.
This
breeding
Salt
,
howbeit
it
drieth
,
and
at
last
decayeth
and
perisheth
,
yet
it
so
congealeth
,
and
becomes
so
firm
and
hard
,
that
it
can
endure
in
the
air
,
water
,
or
earth
alike
.
Moreover
,
Salt
is
wonderfully
good
for
the
preservation
of
health
:
it
is
of
great
worth
to
us
,
not
only
in
seasoning
of
meat
;
but
it
is
also
a
singular
remedy
for
wounds
;
for
if
wounds
be
washed
with
water
,
in
which
this
salt
is
dissolved
,
they
shall
thereby
be
preserved
a
whole
year
from
corruption
,
so
that
if
a
wound
in
the
Summer
time
,
especially
in
the
beginning
of
the
dog-dayes
incline
to
corruption
:
the
way
to
hinder
it
,
is
by
this
washing
:
this
will
likewise
hinder
the
breeding
of
worms
in
wounds
,
and
if
there
be
any
worms
in
the
wounds
,
it
will
bring
them
out
.
This
is
a
great
secret
in
Chirurgery
:
and
let
not
Surgeons
&c
be
ashamed
to
use
such
a
water
They
do
indeed
use
other
remedies
,
whereby
corruption
and
worms
are
bred
in
wounds
,
which
they
can
no
way
afterwards
help
:
and
thus
by
their
remedies
they
oft-times
undoe
their
patients
.
But
let
the
true
and
faithful
Physician
use
this
washing
in
the
cure
of
wounds
;
for
wounds
being
kept
clean
by
this
,
nature
it self
will
do
the
rest
of
the
cure
.
This
washing
cureth
wounds
after
the
same
manner
,
as
a
dog
by
licking
cureth
his
soars
or
cuts
Where
Salt
is
made
,
there
is
a
kind
of
liquor
like
oyl
,
so
thick
,
that
an
egg
laid
into
it
will
not
sink
.
Concerning
this
liquor
,
observe
,
that
those
who
have
grosse
bodies
full
of
blood
,
or
humors
,
or
they
who
are
troubled
with
defluxions
,
or
are
troubled
with
the
Gout
,
or
are
troubled
with
a
loosness
,
or
have
swollen
legs
&c.
if
they
wash
themselves
with
this
liquor
,
then
all
superfluous
,
hurtfull
humors
in
the
body
shall
be
thereby
dried
up
;
and
all
diseases
which
come
of
such
humors
shall
be
quite
cured
;
so
that
you
shall
never
be
troubled
with
these
diseases
again
;
by
it
also
are
cured
all
running
sores
of
the
legs
,
if
they
be
washed
with
it
:
and
it
cureth
also
the
itch
and
scab
.
This
liquor
is
better
then
any
natural
Bath
;
in
a
word
,
it
is
a
powerfull
and
most
perfect
remedy
of
the
superfluous
humours
of
the
body
,
and
of
all
diseases
coming
of
those
humors
,
it
makes
the
body
dry
,
sound
,
and
nimble
.
Let
a
Physician
search
into
the
natures
of
all
Bathes
,
and
compare
them
with
the
Vertues
of
this
liquor
;
he
shall
find
that
this
liquor
doth
far
exceed
them
all
;
this
liquor
never
doth
any
hurt
to
any
part
of
the
body
;
whereas
we
cannot
promise
so
much
safety
in
any
Bath
.
Therefore
when
the
physician
hath
any
patients
troubled
with
such
superfluous
humours
,
or
defluxions
,
let
him
direct
his
patients
to
have
recourse
to
this
liquor
to
wash
themselves
with
it
;
and
if
there
be
any
disease
to
which
their
patient
is
enclined
,
this
liquor
will
consume
that
disease
in
the
conception
of
it
,
that
it
shall
never
afterward
trouble
the
patient
:
and
if
the
disease
be
already
begun
;
this
will
drive
it
out
of
the
body
.
But
for
Physicians
to
direct
their
Patients
to
goe
to
Baths
,
it
is
ridiculous
:
seeing
they
do
not
throughly
know
the
nature
of
those
Baths
.
Let
us
alwaies
choose
that
which
is
best
and
safest
.
When
you
would
use
salt
,
use
it
alone
as
it
is
in
it self
,
without
altering
it
,
or
adding
any
thing
to
it
.
There
be
many
receipts
in
which
they
add
several
things
to
salt
to
qualifie
it
▪
as
Cummin
,
Fennel
,
Cinnamon
,
&c.
but
such
additions
are
vain
,
they
are
not
agreeable
to
the
nature
of
salt
,
and
thereby
the
salt
is
turned
out
of
the
right
course
of
its
operation
;
therefore
when
you
would
use
salt
to
season
meats
,
and
to
further
concoction
,
take
it
alone
as
it
is
in
it self
:
but
when
you
would
use
salt
for
diseases
,
you
may
fi●st
correct
it
,
and
perfect
it
;
the
vertue
of
it
must
not
be
lessened
,
but
rather
augmented
.
Salt
,
as
we
use
it
commonly
in
seasoning
our
meats
,
it
is
in
the
first
degree
.
Salt
burned
in
a
hot
fire
,
sometime
is
more
powerful
by
one
degree
,
then
the
former
salt
;
and
the
liquor
of
salt
is
more
powerful
by
two
degres
:
thus
the
strength
of
it
may
be
increased
from
one
degree
to
another
;
till
it
comes
to
the
twenty
fourth
degree
;
if
you
know
the
wayes
of
preparing
it
and
the
additions
.
I
have
before
spoken
of
the
operations
of
Salt
upon
bodies
which
are
full
of
humours
:
now
I
will
shew
you
in
what
method
you
shall
proceed
,
and
how
you
shall
use
it
:
First
,
the
patient
troubled
with
the
abundance
of
hurtful
humors
must
be
purged
with
black
Hellebore
prepared
in
that
manner
as
is
set
down
in
the
Treatise
of
Hellebore
:
likewise
he
must
take
inwardly
the
Elixar
of
Tartar
for
some
time
,
untill
those
obstructions
and
imposthumes
which
are
in
the
body
be
dissolved
,
and
the
corruption●
which
are
in
the
body
be
purged
out
,
and
then
he
must
use
the
liquor
of
Salt
:
he
may
use
a
Bath
,
made
with
the
liquor
of
Salt
,
which
may
be
raised
in
strength
to
the
sixteenth
degree
;
that
is
,
it
may
be
made
as
operative
as
if
it
were
raised
to
sixteen
degrees
;
but
naturally
it
riseth
not
above
the
thirteenth
degree
.
The
vertue
of
this
liquor
may
be
increased
thus
:
If
the
juice
of
plantane
,
the
greater
or
the
lesser
,
or
of
some
such
herbs
be
mixed
with
this
Liquor
of
Salt
,
and
boyled
together
,
so
it
shall
become
more
powerful
against
the
itch
or
scab
,
and
can
do
more
in
one
day
,
then
it
could
in
four
dayes
without
this
addition
.
This
liquor
of
Salt
is
also
good
for
running
Sores
,
if
you
mix
it
with
the
juices
of
Comfrey
,
or
small
sea-buckhorn
,
of
which
there
be
many
kinds
.
This
mixture
is
wonderfully
efficacions
in
curing
old
sores
,
so
that
it
hath
twenty
degrees
in
curing
:
for
as
your
addition
is
more
exact
,
so
its
operation
wil
be
more
excellent
.
If
you
would
use
this
liquor
of
Salt
for
inward
diseases
,
as
defluxions
&c.
then
do
thus
;
after
you
have
boiled
it
in
the
juice
of
Plantane
,
you
must
mix
it
with
sublimed
wine
,
and
so
you
shall
have
a
medicine
exalted
to
the
twenty
fourth
degree
of
driness
,
which
will
exceedingly
dry
up
all
defluxions
,
or
any
superfluous
humor
in
the
body
.
There
is
another
way
of
preparing
Salt
,
viz.
by
distilling
a
water
from
salt
,
which
is
done
thus
;
beat
Salt
and
Rhadishes
together
,
and
let
the
Salt
dissolve
with
it
,
then
distill
a
water
from
it
,
the
which
you
shall
mix
with
the
juice
of
Plantane
,
the
juice
of
Celandine
,
and
the
juice
of
small
sea
buck-horn
,
and
the
juice
of
Comfrey
;
of
each
alike
much
;
this
mixture
doth
exceed
the
twenty
fourth
degree
in
drinesse
;
it
can
dry
up
the
Haemorrodes
,
and
all
kinds
of
loosnesse
of
the
belly
,
albeit
they
be
such
as
hardly
can
be
cured
by
other
medicines
.
This
liquor
of
Salt
,
with
these
additions
,
is
of
such
vertue
,
that
it
farre
exceedeth
all
the
syrups
,
or
purges
,
or
any
other
medicines
of
the
Apothecaries
shops
;
for
there
is
not
any
medicine
in
the
Apothecaries
shops
which
exceedeth
the
fourth
degree
:
whereas
these
medicines
of
mine
are
raised
above
24
degrees
,
yea
,
above
32.
degrees
;
by
these
medicines
of
mine
the
disease
is
exceedingly
over-powred
,
so
that
the
patient
who
useth
them
needs
not
doubt
of
his
health
;
this
mixture
is
also
singularly
good
for
wounds
,
and
all
kinds
of
sores
.
There
be
some
other
wayes
of
preparing
the
liquor
of
salt
,
whereby
the
vertue
of
it
is
hightned
to
24
degrees
as
this
;
take
of
common
salt
,
and
of
salt
nitre
of
each
alike
much
,
put
them
in
a
crucible
,
and
set
your
crucible
in
a
wind
furnace
,
t
ll
they
run
together
like
metal
then
take
these
two
salts
,
and
lay
them
in
a
moist
place
till
they
dissolve
to
a
liquor
,
the
which
liquor
hath
24
degrees
of
a
drying
vertue
,
which
is
so
subtle
,
and
so
powerful
in
operation
,
as
there
is
nothing
like
it
,
and
if
you
would
have
this
drying
faculty
yet
greater
,
you
shall
add
the
same
things
to
this
liquor
which
are
added
to
the
liquor
of
salt
in
the
preparation
of
it
,
and
you
must
proceed
in
the
same
manner
,
as
I
have
shewed
you
before
;
and
having
added
these
things
to
this
liquor
,
if
you
distil
it
again
,
you
shall
thereby
much
more
encrease
the
drying
faculty
of
it
,
so
that
by
such
additions
and
preparations
you
may
bring
its
drying
faculty
to
four
and
thirty
degrees
.
It
will
not
be
amiss
if
Salt
be
burned
in
hot
fire
sometime
,
and
afterwards
it
be
mix'd
with
these
juices
before
mentioned
or
any
other
which
you
find
to
be
best
;
and
then
if
you
dissolve
it
into
a
liquor
and
distill
it
&c.
There
be
several
things
which
will
much
augment
the
drying
faculty
of
Salt
;
if
you
beat
them
together
with
Salt
,
and
put
them
in
a
wind-furnace
till
the
Salt
run
like
metal
,
viz.
Bole
Armoniack
,
the
flower
of
brass
,
Terra
sigillata
,
Chimolea
,
Tutia
,
Lapis
Calaminaris
.
—
Having
taken
them
out
of
the
furnace
,
lay
them
in
a
moist
place
til
the
Salt
dissolve
to
a
liquor
;
this
liquor
keep
for
your
use
.
If
you
mix
common
Salt
with
Salt
niter
,
of
each
alike
much
,
and
put
them
together
in
a
wind
furnace
,
till
they
runne
together
like
metall
;
after
they
are
cooled
,
lay
them
in
a
moist
place
,
till
they
be
dissolved
to
a
liquor
:
take
this
liquor
and
distill
it
;
and
that
water
which
you
distill
from
it
,
pour
it
again
upon
the
grounds
which
were
left
in
the
distilling
;
and
if
you
do
thus
three
or
four
times
,
or
oftner
,
viz.
distilling
,
and
pouring
the
water
again
upon
the
grounds
,
you
shall
,
so
doing
,
have
a
water
of
a
singular
drying
and
binding
vertue
:
and
if
Crocus
Martis
,
or
Cerus
,
or
the
flower
of
brass
be
added
to
it
,
they
will
exalt
this
drying
faculty
to
the
highest
degree
.
Note
,
that
if
you
adde
the
juice
of
unripe
sloes
to
the
liquor
before
it
be
distilled
,
and
then
proceed
as
hath
been
said
:
it
will
be
made
thereby
very
powerfull
in
binding
and
closing
wounds
or
sores
,
searching
to
the
bottom
of
any
sore
.
These
things
I
have
thought
fit
to
shew
you
concerning
Salt
,
and
the
vertues
of
it
,
and
preparations
of
it
:
for
others
who
have
undertaken
to
write
of
the
natures
of
medicines
have
not
written
any
thing
of
this
,
because
they
themselves
know
not
the
Art
,
how
to
exalt
the
Vertue
of
a
medicine
from
four
degrees
,
to
twenty
four
,
or
thirty
two
degrees
;
this
Art
I
have
here
shewed
you
;
and
it
is
a
worthy
and
excellent
Art
thus
to
augment
the
Vertues
of
Medicines
;
for
when
our
natures
meet
with
such
medicines
which
are
in
themselves
powerful
,
they
do
more
readily
work
with
such
medicines
.
Many
have
taken
great
pains
in
writing
of
Herbals
,
and
concerning
the
natures
and
properties
of
meats
and
medicines
:
but
if
you
take
notice
of
it
,
you
will
find
that
they
writ
nothing
but
what
they
have
heard
from
others
,
and
whether
these
things
be
true
or
false
,
they
know
not
:
after
them
comes
the
later
and
modern
writers
,
who
gathering
together
many
things
out
of
the
writings
of
the
ancient
physitians
make
up
large
volumus
,
not
caring
whether
they
writ
truth
or
lies
.
These
books
,
certainly
contain
many
lies
;
in
which
you
find
such
expressions
often
used
,
viz.
the
experiment
of
such
a
one
&c.
Probatum
est
,
&c.
If
you
search
further
,
when
they
have
it
,
you
will
at
last
find
it
to
be
some
old
womans
conceit
;
He
who
publisheth
books
,
should
not
write
these
things
which
he
hath
only
by
report
,
but
what
he
knowes
by
his
own
experience
:
but
indeed
,
the
most
part
of
writers
have
been
too
carelesse
,
trusting
too
much
to
the
tales
and
dreams
of
old
women
,
and
so
have
built
their
house
upon
the
sand
;
therefore
every
disease
is
stronger
then
any
medicine
which
they
describe
.
The
world
is
now
full
of
such
writings
,
and
such
scriblers
,
who
spend
all
their
time
in
making
up
a
bundle
of
lies
;
all
they
care
for
,
is
,
to
get
themselves
a
name
and
applause
;
and
seeing
the
world
would
be
deceived
,
they
gather
together
all
the
fine
fables
they
can
find
in
poesie
or
prose
,
that
so
they
may
seem
to
be
diligent
:
such
are
all
their
writings
,
which
indeed
are
not
worth
the
reading
,
The
Medicinal
and
Chymecal
vertues
and
preparations
of
Brimstone
.
MAny
have
written
much
of
Brimstone
,
but
none
have
truly
discovered
the
Vertues
of
it
,
for
they
themselves
knew
it
not
;
it
was
their
ambition
which
moved
them
to
write
such
unprofitable
vain
books
.
But
I
have
found
by
experience
these
Vertues
of
Brimstone
,
which
I
here
describe
.
And
I
assure
you
,
that
so
great
are
the
vertues
of
Brimstone
,
that
we
cannot
admire
them
enough
:
that
if
God
doth
not
hinder
,
then
it
must
be
the
fault
of
the
artist
,
when
the
effect
of
the
Brimstone
is
not
answerable
to
its
vertue
;
and
indeed
most
Physicians
and
Chymists
can
doe
nothing
but
prate
;
little
of
their
knowledge
or
skil
appears
in
publick
;
there
are
not
many
medicines
which
can
excell
brimstone
,
or
can
be
compared
to
it
for
its
Vertues
,
both
in
Physick
and
Chirurgery
,
which
are
wonderful
:
but
it
is
not
to
be
used
either
in
Physick
or
Chimistry
before
it
be
prepared
:
and
when
it
is
rightly
prepared
,
it
is
an
excellent
medicine
.
It
may
be
prepared
thus
;
let
it
be
sublimated
twice
or
thrice
from
Myrrh
and
Aloe
;
then
take
of
this
sublimed
brimstone
ten
ounces
,
of
Roman
Myrrh
one
ounce
and
a
halfe
,
of
the
best
Aloepaticum
one
ounce
,
of
Oriental
Saffron
half
an
ounce
;
mix
them
together
,
and
make
them
a
powder
which
you
shall
keep
for
your
use
.
This
is
an
excellent
preservative
against
the
pestilence
,
plurisie
,
all
imposthumes
,
and
all
putrefactions
of
the
body
:
if
you
take
some
of
it
in
a
morning
,
you
need
not
fear
that
day
the
pestilence
or
plurisie
,
&c.
Another
way
of
preparing
brimstone
is
thus
;
let
it
be
sublimated
oft-times
from
Coperas
,
(
the
oftner
you
do
it
▪
the
better
it
will
be
)
and
so
it
draweth
the
spirit
and
essence
of
the
Coperas
into
it self
:
being
thus
prepared
,
it
is
a
good
preservative
and
remedy
for
all
fevers
,
and
all
Coughs
,
whether
new
or
old
;
it
is
also
a
preservative
for
the
falling
sicknesse
,
and
cureth
it
in
children
;
if
it
be
taken
daily
,
it
preserveth
health
very
much
.
It
is
also
a
preserver
of
wine
,
it
will
keep
wine
a
long
time
from
decaying
,
it
will
correct
it
,
and
make
it
found
and
wholesome
:
whatsoever
impurity
is
in
the
wine
,
it
will
purge
it
out
;
and
the
wine
which
is
thus
corrected
by
this
brimstone
,
it
will
not
breed
the
stone
or
sand
in
kidnies
or
bladder
,
nor
Apoplexie
,
nor
any
kind
of
imposthume
,
nor
defluxions
,
nor
coughs
,
nor
fevers
,
&c.
When
the
brimstone
is
well
purged
from
its
impurities
,
and
poyson
,
and
that
which
is
uselesse
in
it
,
then
it
is
a
worthy
Medicine
,
it
is
a
precious
jewel
.
There
are
several
sorts
of
brimstone
,
a
yellow
brimstone
,
a
red
brimstone
,
a
purple
,
a
black
,
a
white
,
and
an
ashie
coloured
brimstone
;
but
the
yellowest
brimston
is
the
best
to
be
used
in
physick
;
the
other
kinds
of
brimstone
have
much
of
Arsenick
,
and
Realgare
&c.
in
them
,
and
therefore
they
are
not
fit
to
bee
used
in
physick
they
are
best
for
Alchimy
:
they
are
also
good
for
the
outward
diseases
of
the
body
,
as
tetters
,
&c.
because
of
the
arsenical
spirits
which
are
in
them
,
they
are
better
for
this
purpose
then
the
yellow
brimstone
,
so
that
if
they
be
often
sublimed
from
Coperas
,
or
allom
,
or
salt
Gemme
,
they
will
thereby
become
so
subtle
that
they
can
root
out
tetters
,
or
any
kind
of
scabs
;
for
this
one
thing
we
may
well
esteem
of
brimstone
as
of
a
great
treasure
that
it
can
take
away
these
outward
faults
of
the
body
,
which
are
rooted
within
the
body
:
even
as
the
loadstone
draws
iron
to
it
,
and
makes
it
leave
the
place
where
it
was
;
So
there
is
in
brimstone
a
magnetick
power
,
which
cannot
be
fully
described
;
such
miracles
of
nature
,
are
manifested
by
the
experiences
of
Alchimy
.
God
hath
given
to
us
sufficient
medicines
;
but
it
is
our
fault
that
we
are
not
more
diligent
in
preparing
of
them
,
in
separating
the
good
from
that
which
is
bad
and
useless
in
them
.
Medicine
now
is
not
an
Art
,
as
it
was
in
former
times
:
for
in
stead
of
physical
practice
,
we
have
ntohing
but
prating
.
I
will
now
shew
you
the
way
how
to
prepare
brimstone
for
some
Chymical
uses
,
thus
;
melt
your
brimstone
in
some
lin-seed
oyl
,
and
the
oyle
with
the
brimstone
,
will
become
like
a
piece
of
liver
;
take
this
and
distil
it
,
and
you
shall
have
come
out
first
a
l●quor
like
milk
,
afterwards
will
come
a
red
oyl
like
blood
:
it
is
to
be
observed
that
this
white
liquor
,
and
the
red
oyle
are
not
confounded
in
the
distilling
;
but
they
come
out
severally
;
and
when
they
are
distilled
,
they
do
not
mix
,
but
the
white
liquor
goeth
to
the
bottom
,
and
the
red
oyl
swims
in
the
top
.
Some
have
attempted
to
make
silver
with
the
white
l
quor
,
and
to
make
gold
with
the
red
oyle
but
in
vain
.
I
know
,
that
never
any
thing
would
bee
effected
with
this
white
liquor
,
neither
by
the
ancient
,
nor
by
the
modern
Chymists
;
but
in
the
red
oyl
are
secrets
worthy
to
be
known
.
I
will
shew
you
one
or
two
secrets
of
this
oyle
.
If
a
Crystall
or
Beril
after
it
is
well
polished
,
be
put
into
this
oyle
,
and
lye
in
it
three
years
,
so
it
will
become
a
Jacinth
;
or
if
you
put
a
pale
coloured
Ruby
in
this
oyl
,
and
let
it
lie
in
it
nine
years
;
it
will
become
so
clear
and
bright
,
that
it
will
sparkle
and
shine
in
the
dark
like
a
live
coal
;
this
experience
hath
taught
.
Some
Alchimists
have
tryed
to
turne
a
Jacinth
into
a
Carbuncle
,
leaving
the
Jacinth
in
this
oyl
some
time
,
but
my
experience
tells
me
that
this
cannot
be
done
.
If
you
put
a
Saphir
into
this
oyl
,
and
let
it
lie
in
it
some
time
,
it
will
make
the
Saphir
be
of
a
blewish
colour
,
mixed
with
a
green
.
Thus
likewise
other
precious
stones
may
be
coloured
;
this
is
the
only
thing
which
can
help
the
colour
of
precious
stones
;
there
was
never
any
other
way
known
how
to
give
colours
to
precious
stones
,
or
how
to
heighten
their
colours
if
they
be
low
,
but
only
by
the
red
oyl
of
Brimstone
:
but
glass
cannot
receive
any
colour
from
this
oyl
.
You
have
heard
what
operation
this
oyl
hath
upon
precious
stones
;
now
I
will
shew
you
what
operation
it
hath
upon
metals
.
Put
beaten
silver
into
this
oyl
,
and
when
it
hath
lien
in
it
some
time
,
it
will
be
turned
into
a
blackish
golden
powder
,
you
must
let
this
powder
lye
in
the
oyl
till
it
be
fixed
;
for
if
you
take
it
out
before
its
time
,
you
will
find
it
to
be
an
unripe
thing
,
which
will
not
endure
the
fire
,
because
it
is
not
yet
fixed
:
but
of
this
I
will
say
no
more
.
Observe
this
of
the
Brimstone
,
that
the
more
it
is
purified
and
exalted
,
so
its
operation
will
be
quicker
and
more
powerful
,
and
by
it
metals
or
stones
may
be
fixed
;
any
who
will
try
it
,
may
assure
themselves
that
they
shal
do
it
.
It
is
true
,
that
the
labour
of
Alchimy
is
the
most
dangerous
of
any
:
in
Chymick
operations
is
great
danger
and
difficulty
,
and
therefore
it
requires
a
man
of
long
practice
,
and
great
experience
,
who
must
have
his
knowledge
not
by
reading
,
or
by
the
report
of
others
,
but
by
his
own
experience
.
You
may
take
notice
of
one
thing
more
concerning
this
oyl
:
you
have
heard
that
it
gives
colours
in
the
highest
degree
both
to
stones
and
to
met●●●●
but
whether
it
can
give
them
the
Vertues
with
the
Colours
,
or
if
it
can
heighten
their
Vertues
;
this
is
to
be
doubted
;
I
can
say
nothing
to
it
.
Again
observe
,
that
there
is
a
balsom
in
brimstone
,
which
will
not
suffer
either
a
living
,
or
a
dead
body
to
putrifie
or
decay
;
yea
,
it
so
preserveth
the
body
,
that
neither
any
influence
of
the
stars
,
nor
corruption
can
touch
the
body
.
If
you
take
circulated
Coperas
,
that
is
,
that
Coperas
whose
water
is
so
long
circulated
upon
its
own
body
,
till
it
stayes
fix'd
in
its
body
,
so
that
the
force
of
fire
cannot
make
it
leave
its
body
any
more
:
your
circulating
vessel
wherein
your
Coperas
is
,
must
be
set
in
warm
dung
,
or
warm
water
,
then
will
the
moisture
of
the
Coperas
vapour
up
in
the
glass
,
and
fall
back
againe
to
the
Coperas
,
and
thus
you
must
keep
your
circulating
vessel
in
the
warm
dung
,
or
hot
water
,
untill
the
moisture
of
the
Coperas
will
not
rise
up
any
more
in
the
glass
,
and
then
you
have
circulated
Coperas
;
mix
your
brimstone
made
into
a
powder
with
this
circulated
Coperas
,
and
sublime
the
brimstone
so
often
from
the
Coperas
,
till
it
stayes
with
the
Coperas
,
and
will
ascend
no
more
,
and
th●●
you
have
a
fixed
spirit
,
which
is
the
●●●some
of
the
earth
,
and
is
the
chief
of
all
balsoms
.
TREATISE
IX
.
Of
the
Medicinal
and
Chymicall
Vertues
and
Preparations
of
COPERAS
.
CHAP.
I.
The
kinds
of
Coperas
,
and
the
marks
of
the
goodnesse
of
Coperas
.
IN
Coperas
there
is
a
perfect
cure
for
the
Jaundice
,
for
the
stone
,
and
sand
in
the
kidnies
or
bladder
,
for
all
fevers
,
for
worms
,
for
the
falling
sicknesse
&c.
if
we
be
bound
in
our
body
,
Coperas
will
loosen
excellently
.
In
this
discourse
concerning
Coperas
,
I
will
observe
this
Order
;
first
,
I
will
speak
of
its
Vertues
before
it
be
prepared
:
then
I
will
shew
you
the
Vertues
of
it
prepared
.
I
will
shew
you
what
vertues
it
hath
in
medicine
,
and
what
vertues
it
hath
in
Alchimy
.
In
medicine
it
is
good
,
both
for
inward
diseases
,
and
outward
diseases
;
it
is
good
for
an
hereditary
leprosie
,
for
tetters
,
or
wild
scabs
&c.
and
for
many
other
diseases
,
where
other
medicines
fail
,
and
can
do
no
good
;
the
powerful
medicines
which
are
made
of
Coperas
searcheth
till
it
find
the
root
of
the
disease
which
it
consumes
,
and
so
cureth
the
disease
throughly
;
and
therefore
the
preparations
of
Coperas
should
be
well
known
to
every
physician
.
The
Coperas
dissolved
in
water
,
and
the
Coperas
calcined
or
burned
,
the
green
oyl
of
Coperas
,
the
red
and
white
oyl
of
Coperas
,
each
of
these
have
their
several
vertues
,
and
how
many
wayes
it
is
changed
,
so
often
it
gets
some
new
vertue
.
This
one
thing
,
viz.
Coperas
,
doth
confound
all
the
Apothecaries
and
Writers
both
of
Italy
and
Germany
:
this
alone
can
fill
the
fourth
part
of
their
shops
,
and
cure
the
fourth
part
of
diseases
:
if
they
knew
how
to
prepare
this
rightly
,
they
needed
not
so
many
boxes
,
pots
,
glasses
,
&c.
in
which
there
is
nothing
but
cheats
.
What
needs
a
physician
gather
together
so
many
boxes
,
and
so
many
beyond
sea
medicines
?
if
he
be
provident
and
wise
,
he
needs
not
go
far
,
or
trouble
himself
much
to
find
out
medicines
for
all
diseases
as
good
as
India
,
or
Egypt
,
or
Barbary
,
or
Greece
can
give
.
There
are
many
kinds
of
Coperas
,
they
differ
according
to
the
pits
whence
they
are
taken
.
If
you
would
know
the
goodnesse
of
the
Coperas
in
Physick
,
dissolve
the
coperas
in
some
liquor
,
and
give
it
to
them
who
are
troubled
with
the
worms
,
and
let
them
drink
it
:
and
as
it
drives
out
the
worms
,
so
also
it
is
good
for
other
physical
uses
.
But
the
goodness
of
Coperas
for
Chimick
uses
,
appears
by
this
;
viz.
if
it
turn
Iron
into
a
deep
coloured
,
and
malleable
Copper
:
for
there
is
great
affinity
betwixt
iron
an
Coperas
,
and
the
best
Coperas
makes
the
best
Copper
out
of
iron
.
This
is
not
a
thing
to
be
much
admired
,
there
are
many
such
things
done
by
nature
:
we
see
lead
turned
into
quick
silver
by
the
water
of
salt-borace
,
and
so
also
other
metals
are
changed
one
into
another
by
minerals
;
—
so
that
not
only
Coperas
,
but
there
are
also
other
things
which
can
change
mettals
.
The
reason
why
these
things
are
not
knowne
,
is
this
;
because
when
cheaters
get
the
knowledge
of
such
things
,
they
keep
them
secret
for
their
own
gains
,
for
the
maintenance
of
their
purses
and
kitchins
.
In
Hungaria
there
is
a
River
which
comes
from
a
Coperas
Mine
,
or
runs
through
some
Coperas
Mine
,
if
iron
be
laid
in
the
water
of
this
river
some
time
,
it
will
be
changed
to
bee
as
it
were
,
all
rust
,
take
this
lump
of
rust
,
and
put
it
in
a
wind-furnace
,
and
you
shall
have
good
Copper
,
which
cannot
be
again
turned
into
iron
.
There
is
another
way
to
try
the
goodnesse
of
Coperas
for
Chymistry
,
thus
;
put
your
Coperas
in
a
pot
,
and
set
the
pot
in
the
fire
till
your
Coperas
be
turned
into
a
red
powder
,
then
melt
it
,
and
if
it
yeild
Copper
,
it
is
good
for
Chymistry
,
but
not
so
good
for
physick
.
There
is
another
way
to
know
the
goodness
of
the
coperas
by
the
colour
;
that
coperas
which
is
of
a
sea
green
,
and
is
throughly
green
without
any
other
colour
mixed
with
it
,
it
is
not
so
good
for
physick
,
as
that
which
hath
red
and
vellow
streaks
in
it
,
and
that
which
being
laid
in
the
open
air
turns
whitish
,
it
is
the
best
to
make
the
green
and
white
oyl
of
it
:
but
that
which
turns
ruddish
or
yellowish
,
from
it
we
draw
the
red
oyle
:
and
by
these
marks
the
Physician
or
Alchymist
may
know
whar
coperas
he
should
chuse
for
his
purpose
.
There
is
one
tryal
more
which
I
will
adde
,
to
know
the
goodnesse
of
coperas
,
it
is
this
,
if
your
coperas
with
galls
make
good
ink
,
then
the
coperas
is
good
;
but
if
it
make
a
waterish
ink
,
and
not
a
good
black
ink
,
then
it
is
not
good
coperas
.
CHAP.
II.
The
Medicinal
Vertues
of
Coperas
unprepared
,
and
of
Coperas
calcined
.
HAving
given
you
the
marks
to
know
good
Coperas
,
I
will
now
shew
you
the
physical
vertues
of
it
.
And
first
,
of
unprepared
Coperas
,
and
of
calcined
Coperas
.
Observe
this
,
that
Coperas
is
an
excellent
purge
fit
to
be
used
for
great
and
difficult
diseases
of
the
stomack
;
it
falls
out
sometimes
that
by
hurtful
meats
and
drinks
,
or
bad
diet
,
the
stomack
is
weakned
,
and
the
patient
falls
into
some
long
and
tedious
disease
,
which
may
continue
with
him
till
his
death
,
or
after
a
long
disease
he
may
be
troubled
with
the
cramp
,
&c.
Likewise
by
intemperancy
oft-times
comes
fevers
,
or
loosnesse
&c.
Now
there
is
nothing
better
for
all
such
diseases
then
to
be
purged
with
Coperas
,
which
some
do
Allegorically
call
Gryllum
;
you
must
take
so
much
of
it
at
a
time
,
as
you
can
take
up
upon
the
point
of
a
knife
six
times
:
if
it
doth
not
work
,
then
take
the
same
quantity
of
it
again
;
if
it
doth
not
yet
work
,
take
the
same
quantity
of
it
the
third
time
,
and
that
will
be
enough
:
to
those
who
are
weak
,
you
must
give
it
in
wine
,
or
water
;
but
to
those
who
are
strong
,
and
are
bound
in
their
body
,
give
it
in
the
spirit
of
wine
,
and
so
it
will
throughly
purge
upwards
and
downwards
.
There
are
many
other
strong
purgatives
,
as
Hellebore
,
Spurge
,
Coloquintida
,
&c.
but
none
do
purge
so
well
as
Coperas
;
the
reason
of
it
is
this
,
because
in
the
Coperas
there
is
a
sowrnesse
,
sharpnesse
,
and
a
cleansing
faculty
(
which
is
not
in
Hellebore
,
Coloquintida
&c.
)
whereby
it
hath
a
full
and
perfect
operation
in
purging
;
the
Hellebore
,
Coloquintida
&c.
have
only
a
laxative
faculty
;
but
the
Coperas
,
besides
its
laxative
faculty
,
hath
also
a
saltishnesse
,
which
is
of
such
a
nature
,
that
wheresoever
it
meetes
with
any
wormes
in
the
body
,
it
kills
them
:
none
of
the
other
purgatives
can
do
this
.
Doubtlesse
that
purgative
which
hath
sowrnesse
and
saltishnesse
joyned
with
its
laxative
vertue
;
it
must
needs
cleanse
and
purge
singularly
well
:
wherefore
(
I
do
think
)
that
Coperas
is
for
the
inward
diseases
of
the
body
a
more
excellent
purge
then
any
other
.
I
need
not
name
all
those
inward
diseases
for
which
it
is
good
,
seeing
I
have
so
largely
described
to
you
the
Nature
and
Vertues
of
it
;
only
this
I
would
have
you
observe
,
that
it
is
the
safest
,
the
most
powerful
;
and
most
profitable
purge
that
can
be
taken
for
all
diseases
of
the
stomack
,
for
the
falling
sicknesse
,
and
for
worms
:
if
it
be
given
in
a
right
time
,
and
in
a
right
manner
,
the
person
being
also
considered
to
whom
it
is
to
be
given
&c.
As
for
calcined
Coperas
,
that
is
,
Coperas
burned
in
the
fire
till
it
comes
to
be
a
red
powder
;
you
must
know
,
that
it
is
not
to
be
taken
inwardly
;
it
is
to
be
used
only
in
Chirurgy
;
it
is
good
for
rotten
old
sores
,
which
will
not
yeild
to
remedies
,
it
prepares
the
sore
,
and
makes
way
for
the
cure
.
You
shall
use
it
thus
;
take
the
calcined
Coperas
very
hot
,
and
quench
it
in
vinegar
,
and
thus
do
several
times
;
then
dry
it
,
strow
it
upon
the
plaister
which
should
be
applied
to
the
sore
;
this
will
bring
a
hard
scurfe
upon
the
sore
;
this
scurfe
you
must
loosen
from
the
sore
,
and
get
it
off
with
oyl
or
fresh
butter
;
afterwards
the
cure
will
be
easie
:
but
if
the
sore
will
not
yet
yield
to
the
remedy
,
then
you
may
think
,
that
there
is
yet
some
poison
in
the
sore
,
which
must
be
brought
out
by
the
oyl
of
Coperas
;
for
if
it
be
a
very
malignant
stubborn
sore
,
then
the
calcined
Coperas
is
not
subtle
enough
to
search
to
the
bottome
of
it
.
But
if
you
would
have
this
calcined
Coperas
more
piercing
,
you
may
do
it
thus
;
sprink●e
this
calcined
Coperas
with
vinegar
in
which
Coperas
is
dissolved
,
let
it
dry
,
and
sprinkle
it
again
,
and
thus
doe
four
or
five
times
;
when
it
is
thus
prepared
,
it
will
search
to
the
bottome
of
the
sore
.
But
the
best
way
of
preparing
this
calcined
Coperas
,
is
thus
;
distill
the
water
off
from
the
Coperas
,
the
grounds
remaining
is
calcined
Coperas
:
put
the
water
distilled
to
the
said
grounds
,
distill
it
again
;
do
thus
so
often
till
no
water
will
come
from
the
grounds
.
If
you
use
this
for
any
sore
,
you
will
find
it
to
be
very
subtil
and
piercing
.
In
curing
sores
you
must
consider
well
the
degrees
of
sores
,
and
that
which
will
not
yeild
to
the
calcined
Coperas
,
must
bee
cured
by
the
oyle
or
water
of
Coperas
.
So
that
if
wee
can
do
no
good
by
the
calcined
Coperas
,
wee
must
not
therefore
despair
,
but
we
must
prepare
it
further
by
distillation
;
and
in
so
doing
wee
may
bring
this
medicine
to
that
height
that
it
can
cure
all
kinds
of
sores
,
as
Canker
,
wolf
,
fistuls
,
&c.
CHAP.
III.
Of
the
true
Spirit
and
true
oyle
of
Coperas
,
how
they
are
made
;
and
what
are
their
Vertues
.
ALchimy
hath
discovered
many
excellent
secrets
to
physicians
,
whereby
great
cures
have
been
done
,
and
therefore
physicians
formerly
when
they
entred
upon
the
study
of
medicine
:
they
also
studied
Alchimy
,
because
it
is
the
mother
of
many
worthy
physical
secrets
.
These
two
Arts
,
viz.
Medicine
and
Alchimy
,
as
companions
,
were
studied
together
till
those
talkative
cheaters
,
the
humorists
poisoned
Medicine
,
and
made
that
virgin
to
be
a
strumpet
,
and
so
must
remain
,
so
long
as
they
prevail
;
for
when
ignorant
men
take
upon
them
the
profession
of
an
art
which
they
know
not
;
that
Art
certainly
doth
suffer
violence
,
and
must
be
wronged
.
Thus
Alchymy
hath
been
wronged
in
many
things
,
especially
in
Coperas
,
how
many
deceitful
oyls
and
spirits
of
Coperas
have
we
in
stead
of
that
true
oyl
,
and
true
spirit
of
Coperas
which
the
ancient
physicians
used
;
they
had
the
true
spirit
of
Coperas
,
and
they
exalted
it
to
the
highest
degree
,
whereby
they
perfectly
cured
any
falling
sicknesse
in
men
,
women
,
or
children
:
but
others
since
,
who
were
unskilfull
in
Alchymy
,
thinking
to
take
a
better
way
,
have
endeavoured
to
draw
out
the
spirit
,
and
to
exalt
the
vertues
of
the
Coperas
otherwise
,
and
so
leaving
the
first
secret
way
of
the
Ancients
,
which
they
lost
;
they
laboured
to
draw
the
oyle
out
of
the
calcined
Coperas
,
but
in
vain
;
for
what
they
draw
out
of
it
is
of
no
use
,
for
that
which
cureth
the
falling
sickness
must
have
a
subtle
,
piercing
spirit
.
The
true
spirit
,
or
true
oyl
of
Coperas
hath
such
a
piercing
,
searching
nature
,
that
it
goeth
through
the
whole
body
,
and
nothing
can
escape
it
,
and
when
it
meets
with
the
disease
,
it
resists
it
,
and
overcomes
it
in
its
own
place
:
now
a
physician
cannot
certainly
know
the
seat
and
center
of
the
disease
,
and
therefore
he
hath
need
to
have
such
remedies
as
will
search
through
the
whole
body
,
and
find
out
the
disease
,
and
this
is
the
reason
why
Humorist-doctors
can
never
cure
this
disease
,
and
so
they
shame
their
profession
;
because
they
have
not
the
right
remedies
which
can
do
it
.
I
can
certifie
this
,
that
the
oyl
which
the
common
Alchymists
draw
out
of
the
calcined
Coperas
(
which
the
Apothecaries
call
the
spirit
of
Vitrial
)
it
hath
nothing
of
a
subtle
,
or
piercing
nature
in
it
:
it
is
a
meer
earthly
,
dead
thing
,
which
hath
no
profitable
operation
.
It
is
much
to
be
lamented
,
that
through
unskilfulness
the
true
way
should
be
suppressed
,
and
the
false
should
be
thus
received
in
its
stead
;
I
am
perswaded
that
the
divel
doth
this
,
for
this
end
,
that
the
sect
of
the
Humorist-Doctors
may
be
prevalent
,
and
that
the
diseased
may
not
re-enjoy
their
health
.
But
to
return
to
my
purpose
;
I
will
now
shew
you
how
you
may
get
the
true
oyl
,
and
the
true
spirit
of
Coperas
,
and
how
the
Ancients
found
out
the
spirit
:
first
,
they
distilled
a
water
from
the
Coperas
:
this
water
they
distilled
alone
,
&
circulated
it
till
it
was
fully
corrected
,
as
their
way
teacheth
;
and
this
water
they
used
for
many
diseases
,
both
inward
diseases
,
as
falling
sicknesse
&c.
and
outward
diseases
,
and
thereby
they
performed
wonderful
cures
:
then
they
took
this
water
so
corrected
,
and
they
powred
it
upon
the
grounds
which
remained
in
the
first
distillation
;
and
they
distilled
it
again
from
the
grounds
;
thus
they
did
eight
or
ten
times
with
a
strong
fire
,
whereby
the
wet
spirits
were
united
to
the
dry
spirits
so
firmly
that
by
continuall
distilling
,
the
dry
spirits
at
last
came
out
with
the
wet
spirits
:
then
they
took
these
two
spirits
thus
firmly
united
,
and
put
them
in
a
glasse
vessel
,
where
they
exalted
them
to
the
highest
degree
:
these
two
spirits
,
together
thus
exalted
,
the
Ancients
found
them
to
have
greater
operation
then
the
foresaid
water
alone
.
and
with
this
one
medicine
they
could
do
more
then
the
Humorist-Doctors
can
do
with
all
the
medicines
they
have
.
Artists
do
adde
to
this
medicine
sublimed
wine
,
to
make
it
more
piercing
.
Now
I
will
shew
you
my
way
which
I
use
,
and
commend
it
to
all
physicians
;
especially
for
the
falling-sickness
,
which
is
cured
only
by
this
spirit
of
Coperas
:
my
way
is
thus
;
I
put
so
much
spirit
of
wine
to
the
Coperas
,
as
the
Coperas
will
drink
in
;
then
I
distil
a
water
from
the
Coperas
,
and
so
I
proceed
in
the
same
manner
as
is
said
before
:
when
the
medicine
is
perfected
,
I
adde
to
it
these
things
following
,
viz.
to
one
ounce
of
the
spirit
of
Coperas
,
I
adde
two
ounces
of
the
corrected
spirit
of
Tartar
,
and
two
drams
of
the
warer
of
Treakle
camphorated
.
The
patient
who
is
troubled
with
the
falling-sickness
,
should
take
this
medicine
before
his
fit
come
upon
him
,
he
may
take
it
twice
or
thrice
a
day
so
much
of
it
as
the
physician
shall
appoint
.
Nature
cannot
afford
a
better
medicine
then
this
for
the
falling
sickness
.
My
way
of
preparing
this
medicine
is
the
same
which
was
used
by
the
Ancients
;
I
only
add●
the
spirit
of
wine
before
I
distill
it
:
and
I
adde
to
the
medicine
when
it
is
perfected
,
these
things
which
I
have
named
.
This
precious
spirit
of
Coperas
is
not
only
good
for
the
falling-sicknesse
,
but
also
for
all
diseases
of
the
like
nature
,
as
sounding
,
extasie
,
&c.
It
is
also
good
for
all
obstructions
and
inward
imposthumes
for
fits
of
the
mother
,
and
falling
down
of
the
mother
.
Physicians
might
find
out
many
other
excellent
vertues
in
this
spirit
of
Coperas
if
they
were
diligent
in
searching
them
;
and
if
they
would
shew
themselvs
good
and
faithful
physicians
and
careful
of
the
health
of
their
patients
:
cursed
be
all
those
physicians
who
regard
only
their
own
gain
,
and
not
the
health
of
their
patients
,
especially
those
patients
who
are
afflicted
with
that
sad
disease
,
the
falling-sickness
.
I
hope
all
good
people
will
approve
of
what
I
have
done
here
:
and
truly
I
have
described
the
way
of
preparing
this
spirit
of
Coperas
as
clearly
as
I
can
.
The
main
business
is
this
;
that
the
spirit
be
well
extracted
and
exalted
as
much
as
may
be
,
and
that
it
be
made
of
a
most
piercing
Nature
,
by
the
addition
of
those
things
which
I
have
named
before
,
that
it
may
reach
the
root
of
the
disease
.
Besides
the
former
,
there
is
another
way
of
preparing
it
,
thus
;
put
the
Coperas
in
a
circulatory
vessel
,
which
you
must
set
in
warm
dung
,
or
boiling
water
,
untill
no
moisture
rise
up
within
the
circulating
vessel
:
and
so
you
need
not
distill
of
the
water
,
and
return
it
;
then
put
some
spirit
of
wine
to
it
,
and
circulate
them
together
to
the
grounds
,
as
the
way
of
the
Ancients
teacheth
you
,
for
when
the
moisture
will
not
vapour
up
any
more
from
the
Coperas
,
then
the
wet
&
dry
spirit
of
the
Coperas
are
firmly
united
:
and
this
is
the
true
spirit
of
Coperas
.
I
conceive
I
have
said
enough
concerning
the
spirit
of
Coperas
;
now
I
will
teach
you
how
to
make
the
oyl
of
Coperas
;
it
is
done
thus
;
put
your
Coperas
in
a
distilling
vessel
,
which
distills
by
descent
;
and
so
let
it
be
distilled
,
and
you
shall
have
an
oyl
white
or
green
,
according
to
the
nature
of
the
Coperas
,
for
some
Coperas
yeelds
a
white
oyle
,
and
some
Coperas
yeilds
a
green
oyl
;
the
green
oyle
is
the
best
;
it
is
indeed
a
most
precious
oyl
,
and
it
hath
the
same
vertues
which
the
spirit
of
Coperas
hath
;
for
in
this
oyl
is
the
spirit
of
the
Coperas
.
If
this
oyle
be
circulated
,
and
mixed
with
the
spirit
of
Coperas
before
described
;
then
you
may
assure
your self
,
that
you
have
a
certaine
remedy
for
the
like
nature
.
But
here
you
must
observe
,
that
there
is
no
disease
alone
,
every
disease
hath
several
symptomes
joyned
with
it
,
and
oft-times
there
are
many
diseases
joyned
together
:
so
likewise
the
falling
sickness
hath
many
grievous
symptomes
joyned
with
it
,
which
must
have
their
proper
remedies
,
of
which
I
have
spoken
largely
in
my
treatise
of
the
falling
sicknesse
:
but
the
chief
remedy
for
the
disease
it selfe
,
is
this
oyl
and
spirit
of
Coperas
.
This
green
oyl
of
Coperas
may
be
exalted
to
the
highest
degree
,
thus
;
let
it
be
separated
from
its
earthlinesse
and
dregs
,
in
Balneo
Mariae
,
and
afterwards
by
the
fire
:
by
Balneum
Mariae
is
separated
from
it
its
superfluous
moisture
,
and
by
the
fire
it
is
separated
from
its
earthliness
:
so
you
have
the
pure
Oyl
separated
from
all
its
superfluities
and
impurities
,
which
you
must
circulate
alone
some
time
;
then
mix
it
with
some
spirit
of
wine
.
You
need
not
adde
any
other
thing
to
it
,
when
you
take
it
only
for
the
disease
it self
:
but
if
you
would
take
something
also
against
the
symptomes
which
accompany
the
disease
;
then
you
must
adde
to
this
oyl
of
Coperas
such
things
as
are
proper
for
those
symptomes
:
the
patient
who
is
troubled
with
the
falling-sicknesse
,
must
take
this
oyl
in
the
water
of
Piony
before
his
fit
comes
upon
him
;
we
must
consider
the
fits
,
how
they
come
;
if
they
come
often
,
or
if
they
stay
long
,
or
if
they
be
very
fierce
and
violent
;
then
before
every
such
fit
you
must
take
some
of
the
oyl
,
and
so
soon
as
the
spirit
of
this
oyl
comes
to
the
root
of
the
disease
,
then
the
fit
is
presently
abated
,
and
decreaseth
by
degrees
:
and
the
disease
it self
is
daily
more
and
more
lessened
:
at
the
first
taking
of
this
oyl
,
all
the
violence
of
the
disease
is
taken
away
,
so
that
the
patient
shall
not
afterwards
fall
nor
froth
at
the
mouth
,
nor
beat
himself
&c.
he
shall
only
have
a
swimming
in
the
head
,
and
then
fall
into
a
short
slumber
:
at
last
this
swimming
in
the
head
,
and
slumbring
doth
also
leave
him
:
nevertheless
,
the
patient
must
use
still
the
oyl
,
viz.
so
long
as
the
nature
of
the
disease
,
and
condition
of
the
patient
requireth
;
this
the
discretion
of
the
physician
will
determine
;
and
so
I
have
done
with
the
description
of
the
true
oyl
,
and
true
spirit
of
Coperas
.
CHAP.
IV.
Of
the
red
Oyle
of
Coperas
,
commonly
called
,
The
Spirit
of
Vitrial
,
and
its
Vertues
.
I
Will
speak
a
little
concerning
the
Common
Red
Oyl
of
Coperas
,
which
is
Distilled
(
according
to
the
common
way
of
Alchymists
)
from
the
calcined
Coperas
by
a
Retort
.
Some
think
this
Oyl
better
than
the
other
true
Oyl
and
the
true
Spirit
of
Coperas
;
but
they
are
deceived
.
This
Red
Oyl
is
of
a
sour
,
sharp
,
corrosive
nature
;
and
therefore
it
must
be
used
very
warily
:
it
must
not
be
taken
alone
,
but
with
other
things
in
a
Composition
;
and
if
it
be
so
taken
as
it
should
be
,
it
is
good
for
all
Feavers
or
queasiness
of
the
stomach
:
it
is
good
for
the
stomach
,
because
of
its
sharpness
and
sourness
:
if
the
stomach
be
free
from
Aposthumes
,
or
Choler
.
But
if
there
be
any
Aposthumes
,
or
Choler
in
the
stomach
,
then
this
Oyl
,
if
it
be
taken
inwardly
,
it
will
be
very
hurtful
to
the
stomach
;
for
by
its
sharpness
and
sourness
,
it
will
enrage
the
Aposthume
:
and
if
it
meet
with
Choler
,
they
will
contend
and
boyl
together
mightily
.
Many
do
speak
much
of
the
Vertues
of
this
Oyl
;
but
I
could
never
finde
these
Vertues
in
it
by
experience
which
they
boast
of
.
I
have
met
with
many
,
who
have
boasted
,
that
they
could
do
wonderful
things
by
this
Oyl
:
but
I
know
,
That
they
lyed
shamefully
.
The
greatest
use
of
this
Oyl
is
for
the
Stone
,
or
Sand
in
the
Kidneys
,
or
Bladder
:
it
can
do
much
good
in
this
,
it
will
moulder
the
Stone
very
much
,
and
expel
the
Sand
:
yet
I
never
knew
any
perfectly
Cured
by
it
,
as
it
is
commonly
used
;
for
what
it
doth
,
it
is
by
its
corrosive
,
or
eating
Faculty
;
which
certainly
it
cannot
do
much
,
and
it
must
be
with
great
difficulty
.
Therefore
there
must
be
some
other
way
found
out
(
than
hath
been
hitherto
used
)
to
make
it
effectual
.
In
my
practice
concerning
the
Cure
of
the
Stone
and
Sand
,
I
have
there
set
down
a
good
Composition
made
up
of
this
Red
Oyl
of
Coperas
with
other
things
;
which
is
very
good
and
effectual
both
for
the
Stone
,
and
for
other
Diseases
.
This
Oyl
is
not
to
be
used
but
in
this
,
or
some
such
Composition
.
Use
such
compositions
which
by
experience
you
find
to
be
best
;
it
is
a
new
medicine
,
and
therefore
to
find
out
its
severrl
vertues
,
we
ought
to
use
it
in
several
compositions
:
so
much
for
its
Vertues
in
Physick
.
Now
concerning
its
vertues
in
Chirurgery
,
it
is
a
a
present
help
for
many
difficult
outward
diseases
,
but
it
maketh
great
pain
;
it
cureth
the
hereditary
scab
of
the
head
called
Achores
:
if
you
dip
a
feather
in
it
,
and
annoint
the
scab
with
it
,
it
will
bring
off
all
the
scab
in
one
whole
piece
:
but
if
the
first
annointing
doth
it
not
,
then
you
must
annoint
again
,
so
often
till
the
scab
come
off
▪
or
you
may
put
some
of
the
oyl
in
the
water
of
Celendine
,
and
mix
them
well
together
,
and
therewith
wash
the
scab
.
This
oyle
cureth
all
scabs
,
itches
,
wolf
,
Canker
,
&c.
Yea
,
all
outward
sores
whatsoever
,
if
the
sore
be
therewith
annointed
;
but
it
causeth
great
pain
:
and
this
you
must
carefully
consider
,
if
the
sore
be
very
malignant
and
venemous
,
so
that
the
poison
of
it
lieth
deep
,
and
hath
infected
the
sound
flesh
;
therefore
that
you
may
preserve
the
sound
flesh
,
that
it
be
not
corrupted
,
you
shall
use
with
this
oyl
,
our
Oppodeltoch
plaister
,
described
in
my
great
Chirurgie
.
This
medicine
is
so
powerful
and
operative
,
that
it
can
help
many
such
sores
,
for
which
other
remedies
are
too
weak
:
it
will
not
be
unfitting
if
you
mix
this
oyle
with
some
good
oyntment
,
so
it
will
be
much
milder
,
but
duller
in
operation
;
it
will
not
cause
so
great
pain
,
but
it
cannot
be
used
without
some
pain
.
This
red
oyl
of
Coperas
will
be
much
better
,
and
more
powerful
,
if
by
distilling
it
you
bring
it
to
be
a
spirit
,
and
so
it
will
cure
the
afore-mentioned
diseases
in
lesser
quantity
,
and
better
.
What
I
have
here
told
you
concerning
this
red
oyl
of
Coperas
,
I
have
had
the
experience
of
it
.
CHAP.
V.
The
Chymical
vertues
of
Coperas
,
how
it
changeth
Iron
into
good
Copper
,
&c.
I
Have
spoken
largely
,
and
enough
of
the
medicinal
vertues
of
Coperas
,
and
how
it
should
be
prepared
.
I
will
now
shew
you
what
may
be
done
with
Coperas
in
Chymistry
.
Coperas
can
change
Iron
into
good
Copper
,
whereby
we
may
see
much
of
the
power
of
Nature
;
for
it
is
not
the
Chymist
who
doth
this
,
but
it
is
Nature
with
the
diligent
labour
of
the
Chymist
;
and
it
is
to
be
admired
,
that
a
metal
should
leave
its
own
nature
,
and
become
another
metal
;
by
this
we
see
what
priviledges
God
hath
bestowed
upon
Nature
for
mans
use
;
whence
wee
may
conclude
,
that
there
may
be
greater
changes
wrought
in
metals
,
which
are
unknown
to
us
.
It
cannot
be
denied
,
but
that
there
are
many
secrets
unknown
to
us
,
which
God
will
not
reveal
,
because
we
are
unworthy
of
them
.
Now
to
change
Iron
into
Copper
is
not
so
much
as
to
turn
iron
into
gold
;
God
hath
made
known
to
us
the
lesser
,
but
the
other
greater
shall
not
be
revealed
till
the
time
comes
of
the
full
knowledge
of
all
secrets
of
Arts
and
Sciences
,
viz.
when
Helias
shall
come
.
But
to
come
to
our
purpose
in
hand
,
to
shew
you
how
you
may
turn
Iron
into
Copper
by
Coperas
,
it
is
thus
;
Take
a
thin
plate
of
pure
Iron
which
hath
no
other
metal
mixed
with
it
,
one
pound
;
of
quick-silver
half
a
pound
,
of
Coperas
a
quarter
of
a
pound
,
of
salt
Armoniack
one
ounce
and
a
halfe
,
put
them
all
together
in
an
iron
pot
,
and
put
to
them
a
good
quantity
of
vinegar
▪
set
your
pot
upon
the
fire
,
and
let
it
boil
,
and
be
alwaies
stirring
the
things
which
are
in
the
pot
with
a
stick
;
when
the
vinegar
is
consumed
,
you
must
put
to
them
more
vinegar
,
and
more
Coperas
;
you
must
keep
the
pot
upon
the
fire
boiling
ten
or
twelve
hours
,
and
then
you
shall
find
all
your
iron
gone
into
the
quick-silver
;
then
take
a
bag
made
of
thin
leather
,
or
cotten
—
&
put
the
quick-silver
with
the
iron
into
the
bag
,
and
press
the
quick-silver
through
the
bag
;
the
iron
which
remains
in
the
bag
,
put
in
a
melting
pot
,
and
melt
it
,
and
you
shall
have
good
Copper
.
Take
of
this
Copper
,
and
of
silver
,
of
each
alike
much
,
and
melt
them
together
,
and
the
silver
will
have
sixteen
degrees
of
whitenesse
;
this
is
the
tryal
whereby
we
know
such
Copper
to
be
made
of
iron
;
this
whitenesse
is
not
firm
and
fixed
;
but
he
who
hath
skill
to
work
in
Regals
,
he
shall
have
by
it
a
sufficient
recompence
for
his
pains
.
The
main
businesse
is
in
the
skilful
handling
of
it
,
in
which
many
do
fail
:
but
to
turn
the
iron
into
Copper
you
cannot
fail
,
if
you
observe
the
way
which
I
have
told
you
,
which
I
have
described
here
for
this
end
,
to
confirm
that
truth
,
That
one
metal
may
be
changed
into
another
metal
.
There
is
a
very
great
neernesse
of
nature
betwixt
Coperas
,
and
Copper
.
If
you
put
Coperas
in
a
pot
,
and
set
it
in
a
hot
fire
till
it
becomes
to
be
a
Red
powder
;
then
take
this
Red
powder
,
and
melt
it
upon
iron
,
and
you
will
find
upon
the
iron
Copper
melted
out
of
the
Coperas
:
so
likewise
if
Copper
be
dissolved
in
Aqua
fortis
,
and
granulated
,
it
will
be
turned
into
Coperas
,
and
that
which
is
called
Viride
aeris
,
if
it
be
well
prepared
and
exalted
,
it
will
come
to
be
Saphir-coloured
Coperas
;
howbeit
it
may
seem
ridiculous
for
me
to
discourse
of
such
things
;
yet
it
cannot
be
denied
,
but
that
there
lurks
a
tincture
in
Coperas
,
which
can
do
more
,
then
many
will
believe
:
he
is
a
happy
man
who
knows
it
.
I
will
tell
you
one
Chymical
secret
of
the
oyl
of
Coperas
;
Take
the
oyl
of
Coperas
,
and
the
oyl
of
quick-silver
,
mix
them
together
,
and
coagulate
them
,
and
you
shall
have
a
Saphir
of
a
strange
nature
;
not
a
Saphir
stone
,
but
it
is
like
a
Saphir
,
having
a
wonderful
tincture
in
it
,
of
which
I
will
say
no
more
here
:
whence
it
is
evident
,
that
God
hath
hid
wonderful
secrets
in
Nature
,
which
we
should
search
out
by
diligent
study
,
rather
then
to
spend
our
time
in
whoring
,
and
drinking
&c.
but
in
these
times
whoring
,
and
other
wayes
of
intemperancy
will
be
predominant
till
one
third
part
of
men
be
killed
by
the
Sword
,
and
another
third
part
destroyed
by
the
pestilence
;
the
world
cannot
continue
long
in
this
wickednesse
:
arts
&
sciences
cannot
flourish
now
.
We
cannot
expect
any
good
to
be
done
,
till
wickednesse
be
rooted
out
;
of
necessity
wicked
men
of
every
condition
and
degree
shall
perish
:
then
shall
come
the
golden
age
,
when
men
shall
be
rational
,
and
use
their
understanding
,
and
live
like
men
,
not
like
beasts
&c.
These
things
I
have
freely
communicated
from
my
good
affection
to
you
,
entreating
all
,
who
know
the
misery
of
those
persons
who
are
afflicted
with
that
sad
and
grievous
disease
the
falling-sicknesse
;
that
they
seriously
consider
what
God
their
Creator
,
their
own
conscience
and
charity
towards
their
neighbour
requires
of
them
in
this
businesse
,
that
they
do
not
contemn
or
neglect
these
vertues
which
God
hath
created
in
Coperas
;
but
let
Charity
move
you
to
it
,
to
be
diligent
night
and
day
,
about
this
and
such
things
whereby
you
may
do
good
to
your
neighbour
.
A
Treatise
of
Vlcers
:
SECTION
I.
Describing
the
kindes
of
Ulcers
,
and
their
several
Cures
.
CHAP.
I.
IF
the
Patient
complain
of
an
Ulcer
or
Ulcers
,
which
began
thus
,
viz.
He
was
first
troubled
with
a
chilness
,
and
after
the
chilness
came
a
great
heat
,
and
so
at
several
times
;
and
in
the
part
Ulcerated
,
appeared
first
a
great
redness
,
sometimes
in
one
place
,
and
sometimes
in
another
place
;
at
last
,
this
redness
setled
with
an
Inflammation
and
hardness
in
this
place
where
now
the
Ulcer
is
:
This
you
shall
call
a
tempestuous
Ulcer
.
Cure
.
In
the
curing
of
this
Ulcer
,
observe
this
method
:
When
first
the
coldness
or
chilness
comes
,
which
is
not
unlike
a
Pestilential
chilness
;
do
not
meddle
with
it
until
the
heat
come
,
and
you
see
in
what
place
the
Inflammation
and
swelling
settles
:
then
if
you
would
prevent
it
that
it
break
not
out
into
an
Ulcer
,
or
running
Sore
,
apply
to
it
this
following
Receipt
.
Take
of
red
Myrrhe
half
an
ounce
,
and
of
the
whitest
Incense
half
an
ounce
;
make
them
into
a
fine
powder
,
and
put
the
Myrrhe
into
one
bag
,
and
the
Incense
into
another
bag
,
and
boil
them
in
a
pint
of
the
best
white
Wine
,
and
half
a
pint
of
good
vinegar
;
then
dip
pieces
of
linnen
cloth
into
this
Liquor
,
and
lay
them
upon
the
part
inflamed
,
till
the
inflammation
be
quite
gone
.
But
if
the
swelling
is
turned
into
an
Ulcer
,
then
you
must
first
take
out
all
the
heat
with
the
former
remedy
;
afterwards
,
if
the
Ulcer
is
sowl
,
cleanse
it
with
this
following
Receipt
.
Take
of
Allum
burned
,
and
quenched
in
Vineger
,
one
ounce
and
a
half
,
of
Aloehepatick
one
ounce
,
make
them
into
a
powder
,
and
mix
them
with
five
ounces
of
honey
:
Make
a
Plaister
;
this
plaister
must
be
applyed
to
the
Ulcer
morning
and
evening
,
till
it
be
well
cleansed
:
but
if
it
be
an
old
Ulcer
,
put
into
the
plaister
some
burned
Coperas
;
when
the
Ulcer
is
sufficiently
cleansed
,
and
fit
to
be
cloased
up
,
then
apply
to
it
this
stictick
plaister
.
Take
of
golden
Lithargirie
one
pound
,
boil
it
with
a
good
quantity
of
varnish
a
long
time
;
to
which
adde
Virgin
wax
and
Sallet
oyl
,
of
each
one
pound
,
and
so
make
a
Cerote
:
then
take
the
Gum
Oppoponax
,
a
quarter
of
a
pound
,
which
you
shall
dissolve
in
Vinegar
;
when
it
is
dissolved
,
strain
the
Vinegar
,
and
boil
it
till
it
begin
to
be
thick
:
To
this
adde
the
former
Cerote
,
and
when
they
be
well
mixed
together
,
adde
to
them
a
quarter
of
a
pound
of
Turpentine
,
and
of
Lawrel
oyl
one
ounce
;
with
these
powders
,
viz.
The
powder
of
Mastick
,
of
Incense
,
and
of
Myrrhe
,
of
each
alike
,
half
an
ounce
:
of
Camphire
two
drams
;
and
when
you
have
mixed
them
well
altogether
,
make
them
up
into
a
plaister
with
the
oyl
of
Camomile
.
Take
of
this
stictick
Plaister
one
pound
,
and
mix
into
it
half
an
ounce
of
burnt
Coperas
,
and
of
Crocus
of
Steel
an
ounce
and
a
half
;
and
when
you
have
thus
made
up
your
plaister
,
apply
some
of
it
morning
and
evening
to
the
Ulcer
,
until
it
be
fully
cured
:
And
for
your
preservation
,
that
the
Ulcer
return
not
again
,
after
it
is
cured
,
you
must
every
year
let
blood
in
the
great
Veins
of
the
legs
or
ankles
;
yea
,
and
in
the
time
of
the
cure
you
should
let
blood
in
those
Veins
which
come
to
the
Ulcerated
place
,
if
they
appear
putrid
or
Leprous
.
CHAP.
II.
IF
the
patient
complain
of
a
Sore
which
continually
issueth
forth
water
at
a
small
hole
,
being
very
hallow
within
,
which
you
may
finde
,
by
searching
it
with
a
quill
;
and
if
this
sore
did
break
out
without
any
redness
or
inflammation
,
or
any
great
swelling
,
then
judge
this
sore
to
be
a
Fistula
,
which
of
it self
will
never
be
well
,
nor
dry
up
,
it
requireth
excellent
Medicines
to
cure
it
.
Cure
.
In
the
curing
of
this
Ulcer
,
we
must
use
inward
Remedies
and
outward
Remedies
,
viz.
Waters
,
Plaisters
,
&c.
There
needs
not
be
any
dyet
observed
.
A
potion
for
the
Fistula
.
Take
of
Sowbread
two
handfulls
,
of
white
Sanicle
one
handful
,
of
middle
Consound
half
a
handful
;
boil
them
in
white
Wine
,
in
a
vessel
close
stopt
;
then
strain
it
,
and
put
to
it
an
ounce
and
a
half
of
the
distilled
oyl
of
Cloves
,
and
mix
them
well
together
:
Let
the
Patient
drink
of
this
thrice
a
day
,
and
by
this
drink
alone
new
Fistula's
may
be
perfectly
cured
;
but
if
it
be
an
old
Fistula
,
you
must
use
this
following
Receipt
.
Take
of
Oleum
Laterinum
,
or
oyl
of
Bricks
,
three
ounces
,
of
Turpentine
half
a
pound
,
of
the
oyl
of
Cloves
one
ounce
and
a
half
,
of
Incense
,
of
Mastick
,
of
Myrrhe
,
of
each
an
ounce
and
a
half
,
of
Mummy
three
ounces
;
distil
an
Oyl
from
them
with
a
strong
fire
,
the
which
Oyl
you
must
use
thus
:
After
you
have
cleansed
the
Fistula
within
,
then
you
must
put
some
of
this
Oyl
into
it
;
it
is
cleansed
with
Wine
,
or
saltish
Water
,
being
squirted
into
it
by
a
Syringe
;
afterwards
the
Oyl
must
be
also
squirted
into
it
by
the
Syringe
,
and
then
lay
upon
it
outwardly
,
the
stictick
Plaister
mentioned
in
the
former
Chapter
.
There
are
also
other
excellent
remedies
for
a
Fistula
,
as
the
oyl
of
Lead
,
the
oyl
of
Quick-silver
,
and
Mercury
water
,
&c.
But
if
the
Fistula
be
in
such
a
place
(
as
the
eyes
or
ears
,
&c.
where
you
cannot
use
a
Plaister
,
then
you
must
be
contented
with
the
Potion
and
the
Oyl
;
neither
need
you
trouble
your selves
for
any
other
Medicine
then
what
is
here
set
down
.
CHAP.
III.
IF
the
Patient
complain
of
an
Ulcer
,
which
hath
a
great
many
deep
holes
together
,
which
at
first
were
small
pushes
,
afterwards
grew
to
be
big
hard
lumps
,
then
breaks
out
,
and
at
last
comes
to
be
large
deep
holes
;
these
holes
are
dry
,
there
comes
very
little
matter
out
of
them
.
Cure
.
We
must
use
such
a
Medicine
for
this
U
cer
,
which
can
at
once
both
cleanse
and
fill
up
these
holes
;
but
we
must
not
at
all
meddle
with
the
hard
swellings
,
to
take
them
away
by
ripening
Medicines
,
or
Corrosive
Medicines
,
we
must
let
Nature
it self
concoct
them
and
dissolve
them
in
the
U●cer
,
and
then
we
may
apply
this
Medicine
to
the
Ulcer
,
viz.
Take
of
yolks
of
eggs
three
ounces
,
of
the
oyl
of
Mercury
one
dram
,
mix
them
together
,
apply
some
of
this
to
the
sore
once
in
twelve
hours
;
or
if
you
will
,
instead
of
this
,
you
may
use
the
stictick
plaister
described
in
the
first
Chapter
:
This
Ulcer
may
have
several
shapes
,
and
may
be
in
several
places
of
the
body
,
viz
in
the
Arms
,
Legs
,
&c.
yea
,
sometimes
it
will
surround
the
body
like
a
girdle
,
&c.
But
wheresoever
it
is
,
or
whatsoever
shape
it
hath
,
yet
it
is
to
be
cured
by
the
foresaid
remedy
,
if
it
was
at
first
hard
swellings
,
which
afterwards
broke
out
,
&c.
CHAP.
IV.
IF
the
Patient
complain
of
an
Ulcer
,
and
say
,
That
he
never
had
any
pain
in
that
Ulcer
.
Cure
.
For
curing
this
Ulcer
,
you
must
first
cleanse
it
,
then
fill
it
up
with
flesh
,
and
lastly
close
it
:
Cleanse
it
with
this
,
take
honey
,
and
mix
with
it
some
burned
Coperas
;
this
apply
to
the
Ulcer
so
often
,
till
it
hath
no
stinch
or
corruption
,
which
will
be
about
the
sixth
day
;
afterwards
to
fill
it
up
with
flesh
,
you
must
use
the
stictick
plaister
;
but
while
you
do
fill
it
with
flesh
,
if
it
gather
corruption
,
then
you
must
use
again
the
former
cleansing
Medicine
,
till
it
yields
no
corruption
,
and
then
you
may
proceed
again
with
the
stictick
plaister
,
till
it
be
fit
to
be
closed
up
:
You
must
close
it
up
with
the
Crocus
of
Steel
,
which
must
be
strawed
into
the
sores
twice
a
day
:
But
you
must
wash
the
sores
at
the
second
time
when
you
straw
this
Crocus
upon
them
,
with
this
water
,
viz.
Take
of
Spring-water
an
ounce
,
of
Allum
one
ounce
,
of
common
Salt
half
an
ounce
,
which
you
must
dissolve
in
the
water
,
and
with
this
water
wash
the
sores
;
then
strow
your
Crocus
upon
the
sores
,
and
so
do
twice
every
day
,
until
the
Ulcer
be
skinned
and
throughly
whole
.
In
the
time
of
the
cure
,
the
Patient
must
use
a
very
good
diet
;
he
must
let
Blood
,
and
he
must
take
the
benefit
of
some
good
natural
Bath
.
CHAP.
V.
IF
the
Patient
complain
that
there
is
abundance
of
humors
gathered
together
in
his
legs
,
to
a
great
hard
swelling
,
which
is
full
of
holes
,
and
these
holes
are
soul
,
hallow
,
and
eating
sores
;
the
beginning
of
them
was
this
,
A
great
many
small
Blisters
came
out
together
,
which
grew
bigger
,
and
then
came
out
into
putrid
holes
.
Cure
.
In
this
cure
,
five
things
are
to
be
done
,
First
,
the
Ulcerated
part
must
be
kept
over
the
vapour
of
some
Herbs
:
then
the
swelling
must
be
taken
away
.
Thirdly
,
The
sores
must
be
cleansed
.
Fourthly
,
They
must
be
filled
with
flesh
.
And
lastly
,
Skinned
.
For
the
first
,
Take
of
the
Root
of
Swallow-wort
two
ounces
,
of
Sanicle
,
of
Pond-weed
and
Stone-moss
,
of
the
Flowers
of
Elder
,
of
each
a
handful
,
of
Camomile
Flowers
two
handfuls
,
of
Doves
dung
three
handful
,
of
Hens
dung
half
a
handful
;
boil
them
altogether
in
water
,
and
let
the
Patient
keep
his
leg
over
the
vapour
;
this
he
must
do
morning
and
evening
,
when
he
renews
his
Plaister
.
Secondly
,
To
take
away
the
swelling
,
Take
the
flowers
of
Mullein
,
of
St.
Johns
wort
,
of
each
two
handfuls
,
the
Flowers
of
Elder
three
handfuls
,
of
the
Flowers
of
Camomile
two
handfuls
;
boyl
them
in
Wine
and
Vinegar
,
of
each
alike
,
then
pour
off
the
liquor
,
and
take
the
Herbs
and
lay
them
warm
to
the
swelling
,
and
so
keep
them
at
it
,
till
the
swelling
be
gone
.
Thirdly
,
To
cleanse
it
,
Take
the
unguent
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
,
and
mix
with
it
some
burnt
Allum
;
this
must
be
applyed
twice
a
day
to
the
sore
,
till
it
be
well
purged
from
all
corruption
and
filthiness
,
so
as
the
sound
flesh
appears
in
the
bottom
of
the
sore
.
Fourthly
,
To
consolidate
the
sore
,
or
to
fill
the
holes
up
with
flesh
,
Take
of
the
Stictick
plaister
of
Colophony
,
a
quarter
of
a
pound
,
of
Lithargirium
half
a
pound
,
of
clean
Rosin
an
ounce
and
a
half
;
set
them
over
a
slow
fire
,
and
adde
to
them
some
Crocus
of
Steel
,
and
so
mix
them
together
:
You
may
also
put
to
them
some
burnt
Allum
;
this
Plaister
must
be
applied
to
the
sores
twice
a
day
,
until
they
be
fill'd
up
with
flesh
.
The
Stictick
Plaister
of
Colophony
is
made
thus
.
Take
of
wax
a
pound
,
of
Colophony
and
Shoo-makers
wax
,
of
each
a
quarter
of
a
pound
,
melt
them
together
,
and
then
adde
to
them
gum
Ammoniact
two
ounces
,
of
gum
Bdelium
one
ounce
,
of
the
Load-stone
made
into
a
fine
powder
,
five
ounces
,
of
Amber
three
ounces
;
which
being
all
mixed
together
,
make
them
into
plaister
with
the
oyl
of
eggs
,
and
so
keep
it
for
your
use
.
Fifthly
,
To
close
it
up
and
skin
it
,
Take
the
burned
shells
of
eggs
half
an
ounce
,
of
burnt
Allum
quenched
in
vinegar
one
dram
,
of
the
Crocus
of
steel
one
ounce
and
a
half
,
of
Incense
,
Myrrhe
,
Mastick
,
of
each
half
a
dram
;
make
them
into
a
fine
powder
,
and
strow
this
powder
upon
the
sore
every
day
till
it
be
skinned
.
It
falls
out
oft-times
,
that
the
swelling
cannot
be
taken
away
by
any
Medicine
,
if
the
disease
be
of
continuance
;
and
when
it
is
so
,
the
Patient
must
remember
to
let
blood
at
convenient
times
.
CHAP.
VI.
IF
the
Patient
complain
of
a
swelling
in
his
Leg
or
Foot
,
with
great
inflammation
,
stench
,
and
corrupt
matter
which
comes
from
it
,
without
eating
or
consuming
the
flesh
;
and
that
formerly
he
hath
had
a
wound
,
prick
or
bruise
badly
cured
in
this
place
,
which
may
be
the
cause
of
this
Ulcer
.
Cure
.
First
you
must
cleanse
the
Ulcer
with
this
following
Receipt
;
Take
the
green
fruit
of
the
Fir-tree
gathered
in
May
,
when
they
are
full
of
moysture
,
thirty
of
them
,
boil
them
in
water
,
until
you
have
boiled
all
the
Rosin
out
of
them
,
then
take
them
out
;
and
the
Rosin
which
is
yet
in
them
,
press
it
out
of
them
into
the
water
:
throw
them
away
,
and
take
the
water
with
the
Rosin
,
and
boil
it
again
till
the
water
be
consumed
;
then
take
out
the
Rosin
,
and
make
of
it
an
Ointment
,
with
the
yolks
of
eggs
,
adding
to
it
a
little
Calcinatum
,
or
the
red
powder
of
burned
Coperas
;
and
when
you
have
cleansed
the
Ulcer
well
with
this
Unguent
,
then
to
perfect
the
cure
,
anoint
it
with
this
following
ointment
.
Take
of
Wax
one
pound
,
of
Colophony
half
a
pound
,
of
pitch
a
quarter
of
a
pound
,
set
them
over
the
fire
and
melt
them
,
and
put
to
them
two
ounces
of
Varnish
,
with
these
powders
,
viz.
The
powder
of
Birth-wort
,
of
great
Comfrey
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
the
powder
of
Mastick
two
drams
,
of
Myrthe
six
drams
,
of
Amber
one
ounce
&
a
half
,
with
this
oyntment
anoint
the
sore
twice
a
day
,
until
it
be
well
cured
;
but
if
the
sore
be
foul
again
while
you
are
using
this
Oyntment
,
then
you
must
leave
this
Oyntment
,
and
anoint
the
sore
with
the
former
oyntment
,
until
you
have
taken
away
all
its
corruption
;
afterwards
use
the
second
Oyntment
.
If
there
be
any
other
kinde
of
Ulcers
joyn'd
with
this
,
you
must
use
such
Medicines
for
them
as
are
proper
to
them
;
when
you
have
done
the
cure
,
it
will
be
good
for
the
Patient
to
go
to
the
Bath
of
Salin
in
Italy
,
or
to
use
some
other
good
Bath
,
to
take
away
the
remainders
of
the
corruption
.
CHAP.
VII
.
IF
the
Patient
complain
,
that
he
hath
an
Ulcer
which
extreamly
tormenteth
him
;
before
you
can
cure
such
an
U●cer
,
you
must
use
such
Medicines
as
will
asswage
the
pain
:
These
painful
Ulcers
will
not
receive
any
cure
,
so
long
as
the
pain
continueth
,
and
there●ore
unskilful
Physicians
,
not
taking
the
right
way
in
curing
,
conceive
these
Ulcers
incurable
;
and
to
excuse
their
ignorance
,
they
say
,
That
the
Art
of
Medicine
is
defective
in
this
:
But
to
leave
them
,
and
to
give
you
the
Receipt
which
can
asswage
the
pain
of
any
Ulcer
.
Cure
.
Take
of
Cloves
a
quarter
of
a
pound
,
of
Juniper
Berries
two
ounces
,
of
Brimstone
which
hath
been
sublimed
from
Coperas
one
ounce
and
a
half
;
distil
an
oyl
from
them
in
a
close
Vessel
;
to
this
oyl
adde
half
so
much
of
Oleum
Laterinum
,
or
the
oyl
of
Bricks
,
and
of
the
three
great
Mitigatives
,
of
each
an
ounce
,
put
them
altogether
in
a
destilling
vessel
and
distil
them
,
and
you
shall
have
an
excellent
Oyl
to
asswage
the
pain
of
any
Ulcer
.
When
you
have
taken
away
the
pain
,
then
cleanse
the
Ulcer
with
this
Receipt
:
Take
the
Oyl
of
fixed
Arsenick
five
ounces
,
of
the
Oyl
of
Cloves
four
ounces
,
of
clear
Crystalline
Realgare
one
dram
;
mix
them
together
,
and
dip
pieces
of
linnen
cloth
in
it
,
which
you
shall
lay
upon
the
sore
once
in
twelve
hours
;
and
when
you
have
done
so
thrice
,
you
shall
have
a
scurf
come
off
all
the
sore
,
and
the
sound
flesh
shall
appear
;
and
when
this
appears
,
then
apply
three
or
four
times
to
the
sore
some
of
these
cleansing
Medicines
before
described
,
that
the
Ulcer
may
be
very
well
cleansed
:
afterwards
apply
to
the
sore
the
last
Stictick
Plaister
described
in
the
first
Chapter
of
the
Treatise
of
wounds
,
until
the
cure
be
perfected
.
Observe
.
That
oft-times
great
evils
accompany
these
painful
Ulcers
.
viz.
The
Veins
and
Nerves
are
eaten
through
the
bones
are
infected
,
and
rot
,
&c.
and
if
you
finde
the
bones
so
infected
and
decayed
,
yet
you
must
not
cut
them
,
nor
scrape
them
,
as
Chyrurgeons
commonly
do
;
but
if
they
be
inflamed
,
you
must
cool
them
;
if
they
be
soul
,
you
must
cleanse
them
;
and
then
it
will
be
an
easie
matter
to
bring
flesh
upon
them
again
:
I
see
no
necessity
,
that
Patients
should
be
so
tortured
by
Chyrurgions
,
as
commonly
they
are
.
Now
my
remedy
which
I
have
always
used
with
great
success
in
curing
bones
inflamed
,
or
bones
decaying
,
is
this
.
Take
the
oyl
of
Camphire
,
prepared
with
the
white
of
an
egge
,
and
of
the
oyl
of
Cloves
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
mix
them
together
,
and
drop
them
into
the
sore
,
or
squirt
them
into
it
with
a
Syrenge
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
IF
the
Patient
complain
of
an
Ulcer
in
his
face
,
or
brest
,
or
shoulders
,
or
sides
,
or
some
other
part
of
the
Body
,
which
eateth
all
the
flesh
round
even
to
the
bone
;
this
is
the
worst
kinde
of
Ulcer
.
Cure
.
This
Ulcer
is
cured
chiefly
by
two
kinde
of
remedies
;
viz:
by
the
Oyls
of
Mettals
,
and
by
sweet
Mercury
:
If
the
Ulcer
be
anointed
twice
a
day
with
any
of
these
,
they
will
cure
it
:
the
best
Oyl
for
it
,
is
the
oyl
of
Lead
;
next
to
it
is
the
oyl
of
silver
,
and
next
to
it
the
oyl
of
Steel
,
then
the
oyl
of
Copper
,
and
then
the
oyl
of
Tin
;
but
sweet
Mercu●y
,
which
is
like
an
oyl
,
is
best
of
all
.
CHAP.
IX
.
IF
the
Patient
complain
of
an
Ulcer
,
which
was
first
of
one
fashion
,
then
of
another
,
and
then
of
another
,
so
as
it
is
never
the
same
.
Cure
.
This
Ulcer
you
must
cure
as
you
finde
it
,
not
as
it
was
at
first
;
and
it
is
cured
With
Mercury
,
Colophonia
,
Lithargirium
;
and
gums
,
viz.
Bdellium
,
Oppoponax
,
Galbanium
,
&c.
these
will
close
up
the
Ulcer
;
but
the
Mercury
cleanseth
it
,
and
fits
it
to
be
closed
up
:
The
Mercury
is
prepared
thus
,
Take
Quick-silver
,
and
harden
it
with
Allum-water
,
then
make
it
into
powder
,
and
mix
it
with
the
yolks
of
eggs
,
wherewith
you
shall
anoint
the
sore
,
until
sound
flesh
appears
every
where
in
the
sore
:
Then
take
the
plaister
of
Lithargirium
one
pound
,
of
Saliet
oyl
and
of
wax
,
of
each
one
pound
of
Colophonia
a
pound
,
of
varnish
two
ounces
and
a
half
;
melt
them
together
,
and
put
to
them
the
powder
of
white
Frankincense
and
when
they
are
cooled
,
make
a
Plaister
of
them
,
and
lay
it
to
the
sore
twice
a
day
,
till
the
cure
be
perfected
:
This
kinde
of
Ulcer
is
easily
cured
,
but
if
it
be
not
prevented
,
it
will
turn
to
a
Leprosie
.
CHAP.
X
:
IF
Ulcers
be
caused
by
the
influence
of
the
Stars
,
you
may
know
it
thus
:
Enquire
of
the
Patient
when
the
Ulcer
did
begin
,
viz.
what
moneth
,
day
and
hour
,
and
according
to
that
time
let
the
Astrologer
make
a
Celestial
Scheam
,
and
thereby
you
shall
know
,
whether
the
Ulcer
be
from
the
influence
of
the
stars
,
or
not
;
if
it
be
,
then
you
must
consider
,
if
that
influence
,
be
past
,
or
if
it
doth
yet
continue
;
if
the
influence
be
past
,
then
the
Ulcer
may
be
cured
by
these
ordinary
remedies
wherewith
other
Ulcers
are
cured
;
but
if
the
influence
yet
continueth
upon
the
Ulcer
,
Cure
.
Then
you
must
use
such
Medicines
which
by
a
secret
property
can
cure
it
,
as
Arsmart
and
Self-heal
.
They
must
be
used
thus
;
dip
the
herb
in
cold
running
water
,
and
lay
it
upon
the
sore
,
then
bury
the
herb
in
dung
,
or
in
some
fat
ground
,
and
cover
it
with
a
stone
,
that
it
may
quickly
rot
;
for
when
the
herb
begins
to
putrifie
,
then
the
Ulcer
begins
to
be
well
;
and
when
the
Herb
is
throughly
putrified
,
then
the
Ulcer
will
be
throughly
cured
;
which
is
not
by
inchantment
,
as
ignorant
people
may
think
,
but
by
that
extraordinary
vertue
which
almighty
God
hath
granted
to
these
herbs
.
CHAP.
XI
.
IF
an
Ulcer
be
caused
by
a
defluxion
,
which
sometimes
is
hereditary
,
and
sometimes
it
is
from
the
moist
,
Phlegmatick
constitution
of
the
body
,
so
accordingly
the
Ulcer
may
be
easier
or
harder
to
be
cured
:
For
first
,
the
Defluxion
must
be
dryed
up
before
the
Ulcer
can
be
cured
;
its
true
,
the
Defluxion
may
be
turned
another
way
,
but
not
without
danger
of
some
great
evil
,
and
oft-times
it
returns
again
to
the
old
passage
.
The
Medicine
which
dryeth
this
Defluxion
,
and
cureth
the
Ulcer
,
is
the
Crocus
of
Steel
;
but
you
must
joyn
to
this
Crocus
some
cleansing
Oyntment
before
described
,
that
the
sore
may
be
kept
clean
until
it
be
cured
.
When
Ulcers
come
of
wounds
badly
cured
;
the
way
how
these
Ulcers
should
be
cured
,
I
have
set
it
down
in
my
Book
concerning
the
cure
of
Wounds
.
CHAP.
XII
.
WHen
Ulcers
are
from
the
influence
of
the
stars
,
you
may
know
it
by
this
,
That
they
will
not
yield
as
other
Ulcers
,
to
any
natural
Medicines
,
viz.
Mummy
,
Comfrey
,
Plaisters
or
Oyntments
,
&c.
but
they
must
have
such
Medicines
,
which
are
governed
by
some
influence
,
as
Celandine
,
Oak-leaves
,
Plantane
,
&c.
these
do
the
cure
certainly
and
safely
;
if
they
do
not
cure
without
preparation
,
then
prepare
them
thus
;
Take
Celandine
three
handfuls
of
Oak-leaves
two
handfuls
,
bruise
them
together
,
and
put
them
in
a
glass
close
stopt
;
put
the
glass
in
warm
dung
some
time
,
then
take
them
out
,
put
them
in
a
distilling
Vessel
,
and
distil
an
oyl
from
them
;
with
this
oyl
anoint
the
sore
,
and
strow
the
powder
of
the
same
herbs
upon
the
sore
,
until
the
cure
be
perfected
.
To
conclude
,
observe
this
,
that
in
the
curing
of
any
Ulcer
,
there
are
chiefly
four
things
to
be
done
,
viz.
First
,
we
must
asswage
the
pain
:
Next
we
must
cleanse
the
sore
:
And
in
the
third
place
,
We
must
consolidate
the
sore
.
And
lastly
,
We
must
close
it
up
and
skin
it
.
If
Chyrurgions
would
observe
this
method
,
they
might
cure
all
Ulcers
,
unless
they
be
such
Ulcers
which
are
inflicted
by
God
upon
us
as
punishments
:
But
because
of
their
pride
,
avarice
,
envy
,
&c.
I
do
not
write
these
things
for
them
,
but
for
the
sick
.
A
Treatise
of
Vlcers
:
SECT.
II.
Wherein
are
contained
some
rare
Experimented
Remedies
for
Ulcers
,
especially
for
the
Ulcers
of
the
French
Pox.
A
Medicine
to
cleanse
Vlcers
.
TAke
of
Turpentine
one
pound
the
yolks
of
twenty
Eggs
;
mix
them
well
together
and
put
to
them
as
much
of
honey
as
is
of
them
,
and
set
them
over
the
fire
half
a
quarter
of
an
hour
:
Apply
this
to
the
Ulcer
morning
and
evening
,
until
the
Ulcer
be
cleansed
;
to
these
you
may
adde
an
ounce
of
the
ashes
of
burned
Fetherfew
.
A
Medicine
to
fill
up
any
Vlcer
with
flesh
after
it
is
cleans●d
.
Take
of
the
former
Oyntment
one
pound
,
of
Turpentine
washed
with
Rose-water
,
or
Comfrey
water
,
&c.
put
them
together
over
the
fire
,
and
stir
them
together
,
then
put
to
them
these
Gums
,
viz
Galbanum
,
Oppoponax
,
Bdelium
,
(
being
dissolved
in
vinegar
,
and
the
vinegar
strained
and
boiled
away
from
them
)
of
each
an
ounce
;
the
Powder
of
Birth
wort
one
ounce
and
a
half
:
mix
them
,
and
make
a
Plaister
.
A
Medicine
to
take
away
dead
flesh
,
or
rotten
bottom
of
an
Vlcer
.
If
you
know
not
how
much
there
is
of
the
rotten
bottom
,
then
you
must
first
apply
this
;
Take
of
the
former
cleansing
Medicine
half
a
pound
,
with
which
you
shall
mix
half
an
ounce
of
burned
Allum
,
and
quenched
in
Vinegar
;
and
if
in
four
days
the
Ulcer
be
not
bet●er
,
then
take
this
oyntment
,
viz.
of
burned
Allum
quenched
in
vinegar
,
and
of
the
oyl
of
Arsnick
,
of
each
alike
;
and
if
the
Ulcer
yieldeth
not
to
this
neither
,
then
instead
of
burned
Allum
,
take
burned
Coperas
;
when
there
comes
a
scurf
upon
the
bottom
of
the
sore
,
it
must
be
taken
off
with
the
oyl
of
Bricks
,
afterwards
anoint
the
place
with
Butter
.
But
I
commend
to
you
this
following
way
,
as
better
to
take
away
the
rotten
bottom
of
an
Ulcer
without
a
scurf
,
by
this
following
Receipt
,
viz.
Take
of
Allum
burned
and
quenched
in
vinegar
,
one
ounce
and
a
half
,
of
salt
Armoniack
one
dram
,
the
yolks
of
four
eggs
,
a
spoonful
of
honey
,
of
Bean-meal
a
half
ounce
,
mix
them
together
;
with
this
make
a
tent
to
be
put
into
the
Ulcer
,
if
it
be
deep
;
but
if
the
Ulcer
be
not
deep
,
you
may
apply
it
as
a
plaister
once
a
day
,
until
you
come
to
a
sound
bottom
,
cleared
of
all
putrefaction
.
But
if
there
be
any
venomous
matter
in
the
bottom
of
the
Ulcer
,
you
must
draw
it
out
with
this
following
Medicine
.
Take
of
Amber
made
into
powder
,
put
it
in
a
small
pot
well
stopt
set
it
over
the
fire
to
melt
,
and
when
it
is
melted
,
put
to
it
so
much
of
Turpentine
,
as
is
the
third
part
of
the
Amber
;
and
when
they
are
mixed
together
,
put
to
them
as
much
more
Turpentine
;
and
this
do
so
often
,
until
you
have
put
to
one
ounce
of
Amber
,
four
ounces
of
Turpentine
;
if
it
be
too
thick
,
you
may
put
to
it
some
Lin-seed
oyl
,
then
dip
pieces
of
linnen
cloth
in
it
,
to
be
laid
into
the
Ulcer
,
and
lay
a
Stictick
Plaister
upon
the
Ulcer
.
The
Balsom
or
Oyl
of
Tartar
is
made
thus
.
Take
of
Salt-Peter
one
pound
,
of
Arsnick
or
Rats-bane
one
ounce
,
of
unslaked
Lime
three
ounces
,
of
Tartar
twelve
ounces
;
make
them
into
a
powder
,
put
them
into
an
earthen
vessel
which
is
not
glased
within
,
and
burn
them
in
a
hot
fire
six
or
eight
hours
;
then
dissolve
them
in
a
sufficient
quantity
of
water
,
strain
the
water
,
and
boil
it
until
it
be
boiled
away
,
and
to
that
which
remaineth
,
adde
some
Salt-Peter
,
of
each
a
like
quantity
,
beat
them
together
into
a
powder
,
&
mix
them
well
,
and
keep
them
in
a
hot
fire
four
or
five
hours
,
then
desolve
them
in
water
,
and
do
as
you
did
before
;
thus
do
three
times
,
and
when
they
are
burned
the
third
time
,
then
pour
upon
them
a
sufficient
quantity
of
vinegar
,
let
them
dissolve
in
the
vinegar
,
and
distil
the
Vinegar
from
them
until
you
have
an
oyl
:
Take
some
of
this
Oyl
,
and
some
burned
Allum
quenched
in
Vinegar
,
and
mix
them
,
so
as
the
mixture
be
thicker
then
honey
;
dip
pieces
of
linnen
cloth
in
this
,
to
be
laid
into
the
Ulcer
,
and
when
it
hath
lain
in
the
Ulcer
twelve
hours
,
look
upon
the
Ulcer
,
and
if
the
U●cer
and
about
the
Ulcer
be
very
red
,
then
you
must
apply
this
Medicine
but
once
in
twenty
four
hours
,
and
continue
it
so
until
the
redness
and
inflammation
be
gone
.
Then
take
of
the
former
oyl
of
Tartare
two
pounds
,
of
Tragacanthum
dissolved
in
Rose-water
two
ounces
,
of
Camphire
half
an
ounce
,
mix
them
together
;
in
this
mixture
dip
pieces
of
linnen
cloth
,
and
lay
them
into
the
Ulcer
,
and
it
will
without
pain
or
danger
,
dry
up
and
cure
the
Ulcer
.
But
if
the
Ulcer
be
hollow
,
and
must
be
filled
up
with
flesh
,
then
take
of
the
common
oyl
of
Tartar
five
ounces
,
of
Mummy
one
ounce
,
of
the
Crocus
of
steel
one
ounce
and
a
half
,
of
the
oyl
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
ten
drams
;
mix
them
,
and
apply
them
to
the
Ulcer
,
until
it
be
filled
up
with
flesh
;
and
when
it
is
fill'd
with
flesh
,
you
shall
anoint
the
place
with
the
former
oyl
alone
ten
days
.
This
oyl
of
Tartar
is
excellent
to
consume
any
superfluous
moysture
,
and
to
take
away
any
inflammation
or
superfluous
flesh
,
&c.
but
it
is
especially
good
for
the
putrid
and
running
sores
of
the
feet
and
legs
:
Whatsoever
Ulcers
they
be
,
albeit
they
be
putrid
,
old
,
swelling
or
hollow
,
or
eating
Ulcers
,
&c.
yet
if
they
be
anointed
with
this
oyl
,
it
will
cure
them
throughly
,
it
is
of
a
wonderful
drying
faculty
.
A
good
Plaister
Oppodeltoch
to
fill
an
Vlcer
with
flesh
,
especially
a
Fistula
,
or
Cancer
,
or
Syrone
.
Take
of
common
Rosin
,
Colophony
,
Turpentine
,
of
each
a
half
pound
,
of
Virgin
Wax
a
pound
and
a
half
,
of
gum
Amoniacum
and
Myrrhe
,
of
each
two
ounces
,
of
Realgare
fixed
,
three
drams
;
mix
them
,
and
make
a
Plaister
,
which
must
be
laid
to
the
Ulcer
when
it
is
well
cleansed
,
twice
a
day
,
until
the
cure
be
done
.
For
a
Sphacelus
,
to
seperate
the
dead
putrified
part
,
from
the
sound
part
.
Take
of
Colophony
three
pound
,
the
oyl
of
Myrrhe
six
ounces
,
of
the
gums
Bdelium
,
Ammoniacum
,
Oppopanax
,
Galbanum
,
of
each
half
a
pound
;
make
a
plaister
to
be
applyed
to
the
putrified
part
,
and
after
the
dead
and
putrified
part
is
taken
away
from
the
sound
part
by
this
plaister
;
then
apply
to
the
place
this
following
Receipt
.
Take
of
the
water
of
the
salt
of
Radish
one
ounce
,
of
the
juice
of
Plaintan
eight
ounces
,
mix
them
,
and
anoint
the
part
with
them
Morning
and
Evening
.
Then
apply
this
Plaister
,
Take
of
the
oyl
of
Eggs
two
drams
and
a
half
,
the
oyl
of
Walnuts
five
ounces
,
of
Wax
and
Pitch
,
of
each
five
ounces
:
make
a
Plaister
.
Experiments
for
Ulcers
,
especially
for
the
Ulcers
of
the
French
Pox
;
And
the
first
kinde
of
Experiments
are
Baths
.
A
good
Bath
to
cure
any
Scab
or
Itch
,
especially
the
Scab
of
the
French
Pox.
TAke
of
Allum
ten
pounds
,
of
Coperas
one
pound
,
of
burned
Tartar
half
a
pound
,
of
Brine
,
or
the
Liquor
of
Salt
three
pounds
,
put
them
in
a
good
quantity
of
Scalding
hot
water
,
in
which
some
hops
have
been
boiled
;
and
when
they
are
dissolved
in
the
water
,
let
the
Patient
Bath
himself
in
this
water
:
but
if
it
be
an
old
stubborn
Scab
,
which
will
not
yield
to
this
Bath
;
then
take
Quick-silver
and
make
it
very
hot
,
and
quench
it
in
this
water
;
do
so
several
times
,
and
then
it
will
cure
any
Scab
of
the
French
Pox.
Another
.
Take
of
burned
A●lum
,
and
of
Plum-Allum
,
of
each
an
ounce
,
of
burned
Tartar
and
burned
Coperas
,
of
each
four
ounces
,
of
Roch
Allum
,
salt
Nitre
and
Coperas
,
of
each
one
pound
,
and
take
old
blew
cheese
,
and
wash
from
it
the
blew
with
water
;
take
of
this
blew
as
much
as
all
the
rest
,
and
mix
it
with
the
rest
;
then
set
them
in
some
dry
place
,
and
it
will
grow
hard
as
horn
,
when
you
would
use
it
,
put
some
of
it
in
hot
water
,
and
it
will
dissolve
in
it
;
then
let
the
Patient
Bath
himself
in
this
water
for
any
Scab
or
itch
▪
&c.
Nay
,
some
have
so
highly
esteemed
of
this
Receipt
,
that
they
have
endeavored
to
cure
the
Leprosie
with
it
.
If
the
salt
of
Feverfew
or
Snakewood
be
put
into
the
former
composition
,
it
will
be
much
better
.
The
juice
of
Nettles
,
and
a
little
of
the
Liquor
of
Salt
,
cureth
the
running
sores
of
the
feet
,
if
they
be
anointed
therewith
.
Some
who
got
this
Receipt
from
me
,
have
foolishly
thought
it
a
sufficient
cure
for
all
Sores
.
The
second
kinde
of
Experiments
are
Oyntments
.
An
Oyntment
for
those
Vlcers
of
the
French
Pox
,
which
begin
to
be
dry
.
Take
of
Lethargire
and
Red-lead
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
of
the
oyl
of
Mirtles
three
ounces
;
of
Aloepatick
one
ounce
and
a
half
,
the
flower
of
prepared
Copper
three
drams
,
of
Turpentine
two
ounces
,
mix
them
:
with
this
Oyntment
I
have
seen
these
Ulcers
happily
cured
.
The
chief
Ingredients
in
this
and
such
other
Oyntments
,
are
Aloepatick
and
the
flower
of
Coperas
.
Another
Oyntment
.
Take
of
the
Oyl
of
Mummy
three
ounces
,
of
the
flower
of
Copper
half
a
dram
,
of
Mastick
,
Myrrhe
,
Frankincense
,
Mummy
,
of
each
two
drams
and
a
half
,
of
Aloepatick
half
an
ounce
,
of
washed
Turpentine
three
drams
and
a
half
;
Mix
them
.
There
are
some
oyntments
in
which
Quick-silver
is
the
chief
ingredient
,
which
common
people
do
ordinarily
use
for
the
Itch
,
Scab
,
and
other
faults
of
the
skin
;
but
you
must
know
,
that
Quick-silver
should
not
be
used
unless
it
be
rightly
prepared
:
If
you
can
bring
it
to
be
an
oyl
with
salt
Nitre
,
then
mix
this
oyl
with
any
of
the
oyntments
for
Ulcers
,
and
you
have
a
singular
good
remedy
for
all
diseases
of
the
skin
(
except
the
Leprosie
)
for
Scabs
,
Ulcers
,
&c.
If
you
anoint
therewith
the
lips
of
an
old
sore
,
it
will
cure
it
speedily
,
but
especially
if
it
be
an
Ulcer
of
the
French
Pox
,
then
it
will
be
so
much
the
sooner
cured
by
this
Oyntment
.
Precipitate
Mercury
is
an
excellent
remedy
for
all
the
hollow
U●cers
of
the
French
Pox
,
except
eating
Ulcers
:
It
is
made
thus
,
Put
Quick-silver
in
a
pot
,
set
it
over
the
fire
until
it
be
very
hot
,
then
quench
it
in
the
water
which
is
distilled
from
Eggs
,
and
distil
this
water
oft-times
from
the
Quick-silver
,
until
the
Quick-silver
is
turned
into
a
red
powder
;
mix
this
red
powder
with
some
of
the
Oyntments
for
Ulcers
,
and
anoint
the
Ulcer
with
it
.
A
good
Plaister
.
Take
of
both
kindes
of
Snake-weed
,
of
each
seven
,
of
Consound
,
and
bushy
rooted
Birth-wort
,
of
each
a
half
pound
,
bruise
them
and
mix
them
,
with
washed
Turpentine
one
pound
and
a
half
,
and
with
Sallet
oyl
four
ounces
;
make
them
into
a
plaister
,
and
whatsoever
sore
cannot
be
cured
by
this
plaister
,
it
is
hardly
cured
by
any
other
.
The
oyl
of
Mummy
,
the
oyl
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
,
the
oyl
of
Mastick
,
Oleum
Laterinum
,
or
the
oyl
of
Bricks
;
these
oyls
are
of
great
vertue
to
further
the
cure
of
any
Ulcer
,
or
to
asswage
pain
,
&c.
but
they
are
not
sufficient
to
perfect
the
cure
alone
.
Another
.
B●uise
Snake-weed
,
and
put
to
it
a
little
Petroleum
,
it
is
a
very
good
remedy
for
Ulcers
.
Another
.
Take
Mummy
,
beat
it
to
powder
,
and
mix
it
with
Mans
fat
,
it
is
good
for
asswaging
the
pain
of
Ulcers
,
&c.
Another
.
Aloepatick
made
into
powder
and
mixed
with
honey
,
is
good
for
dry
sores
,
and
such
sores
which
are
near
the
bone
Rosin
is
good
for
Syron's
to
further
their
cure
,
but
it
cannot
do
the
cure
alone
,
without
some
of
the
aforesaid
Herbs
,
or
&c.
to
be
mixed
with
it
.
Many
have
endeavored
to
imitate
my
Compositions
&
have
said
that
they
were
mine
;
but
with
what
success
they
used
these
compositions
,
they
can
tel
who
were
their
Patients
;
and
how
could
they
imagine
to
do
any
good
with
these
Compositions
,
when
they
knew
nor
the
nature
of
the
Ingredients
;
but
when
they
read
these
my
Writings
,
they
will
see
their
error
and
ignorance
.
The
third
kinde
of
Experiments
,
viz.
Wax
Plaisters
.
Plaisters
were
formerly
made
with
wax
and
Turpentine
,
to
which
were
added
,
several
Simples
for
divers
kindes
of
Ulcers
:
Wax
may
be
used
for
any
sore
,
but
Turpentine
is
to
be
used
onely
for
moist
sores
;
divers
kindes
of
sores
,
must
have
divers
kindes
of
remedies
:
It
is
most
rashly
done
by
those
,
who
when
they
finde
a
Medicine
good
for
one
sore
,
they
will
use
it
for
every
sore
.
I
advise
Physicians
that
they
use
not
these
my
experiments
,
any
other
ways
then
I
have
expressed
here
.
A
Plaister
.
Take
of
the
oyl
of
Mirtle
,
of
Wax
,
and
of
red
Lead
,
of
each
one
pound
and
a
half
,
of
the
flower
of
Copper
and
Mummy
,
of
each
one
ounce
,
of
Aloepatick
one
ounce
and
a
half
,
of
Oppopanax
two
ounces
,
of
Turpentine
half
a
pound
,
mix
them
,
and
make
them
into
a
Plaister
.
Another
.
Take
of
the
flower
of
Copper
one
pound
,
the
oyl
of
Dill
,
and
Wax
,
of
each
one
pound
and
a
half
,
of
Colophony
four
ounces
,
the
oyl
of
Bays
two
ounces
,
of
Turpentine
half
a
pound
of
Mummy
,
Mastick
,
Frankincense
,
of
each
two
ounces
,
of
Sagapenum
and
Galbanum
,
of
each
one
ounce
and
a
half
;
make
them
into
a
Plaister
.
Another
.
Take
of
Wax
and
Sallet
oyl
,
of
each
three
pounds
,
of
Celandine
,
Buck-horn
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
of
Mastick
,
Oppopanax
,
Myrrhe
,
Mummy
,
Galbanum
,
of
each
one
ounce
,
of
round
Birthwort
,
Frankincense
,
Ammoniacum
,
of
each
one
ounce
and
a
half
,
of
Turpentine
six
ounces
;
melt
your
Wax
,
then
put
to
it
the
Mastick
,
Frankincense
,
the
gums
,
Oyl
and
Turpentine
then
mix
with
them
,
the
herbs
made
into
powder
,
to
which
you
may
adde
some
Oyl
of
Spike
,
or
of
earth-Worms
.
Another
.
Take
of
Wax
one
pound
,
of
Colophony
four
ounces
,
of
red
and
white
Corals
,
of
the
Load-stone
,
of
the
Lapis
Calaminaris
,
of
Amber
,
of
Antimony
,
of
each
of
them
made
into
powder
,
one
ounce
;
of
Mummy
,
Frankincense
,
Myrrhe
,
Mastick
,
of
each
one
ounce
and
a
half
;
first
melt
your
wax
,
and
when
it
is
melted
,
put
the
rest
to
it
.
The
fourth
kinde
of
Experiments
are
Powders
.
Mummy
is
excellent
to
fill
an
Vlcer
with
Flesh
.
Take
Mummy
,
put
it
in
a
glass
which
can
endure
the
fire
,
or
in
a
pot
well
clos●d
,
and
set
it
in
a
fire
which
hath
three
degrees
of
heat
,
four
days
;
then
take
your
glass
or
pot
out
of
the
fire
,
open
it
,
let
the
vapor
go
out
of
it
,
and
when
the
Mummy
is
cooled
,
take
it
out
and
make
it
into
a
powder
.
Another
.
Take
of
Mummy
and
Lin-seed
oyl
,
of
each
alike
,
mix
them
together
,
and
let
them
stand
two
days
;
then
pour
to
them
as
much
of
the
Spirit
of
wine
as
they
both
,
and
let
them
stand
two
days
,
then
set
them
over
a
slow
fire
,
till
the
Wine
be
consumed
,
and
the
Mummy
is
dry
;
when
it
is
cooled
,
make
it
into
powder
.
Another
.
Take
Mummy
and
burn
it
,
until
the
ashes
of
it
begins
to
change
their
colour
,
then
pour
water
upon
it
,
and
let
it
stand
a
day
,
then
pour
off
the
water
carefully
,
so
that
the
grounds
do
not
mix
with
it
;
take
this
water
and
boyl
it
away
,
that
which
remains
in
the
bottom
,
make
it
into
powder
,
and
keep
it
for
your
use
.
There
are
two
Experiments
of
Amber
observed
by
the
ancient
Physicians
;
the
one
is
to
fill
up
hollow
sores
,
the
other
is
to
cure
eating
sores
.
The
first
is
this
,
Take
Amber
,
and
dissolve
it
in
some
Petroleum
;
afterward
dry
them
,
and
make
them
into
powder
.
The
other
is
this
,
Distil
an
oyl
from
Amber
,
pour
some
of
this
oyl
upon
the
grounds
remaining
in
the
Distillation
,
or
upon
some
fresh
Amber
,
and
let
it
dry
again
;
then
pour
some
more
Oyl
,
and
let
it
dry
again
;
and
so
do
oft-times
;
then
make
it
into
powder
.
There
are
also
two
Experiments
of
Myrrh
for
curing
foul
Vlcers
.
Take
Myrrhe
,
and
d●ssolve
it
in
the
oyl
of
the
yolks
of
eggs
,
then
put
to
them
five
times
so
much
Wine
,
and
let
them
stand
five
days
,
then
set
them
over
the
fire
until
the
Wine
be
consumed
,
and
take
the
Myrrhe
which
remains
dry
,
and
make
it
to
powder
.
Or
thus
,
Distil
an
Oyl
from
Myrrhe
,
with
Tragacanth
by
descent
,
then
coagulate
it
,
dry
it
,
and
make
it
into
powder
.
There
is
great
vertue
in
Coperas
to
cure
Vlcers
,
if
you
take
from
it
the
corosive
faculty
;
which
may
be
done
thus
.
Take
Coperas
burned
to
a
red
powder
,
pour
upon
it
Rain-water
,
let
it
stand
two
or
three
hours
,
then
pour
off
the
water
,
and
set
the
burnt
Coperas
over
the
fire
till
it
be
well
dryed
,
then
pour
some
more
Rain-water
upon
it
,
and
do
as
before
;
do
so
five
or
six
times
,
till
the
burnt
Coperas
become
hard
and
firm
like
a
stone
,
and
is
sweet
to
the
taste
:
if
you
make
this
into
a
powder
,
and
mix
it
with
some
of
the
Oyntments
for
Ulcers
,
you
may
cure
therewith
Syrons
and
other
Ulcers
.
The
Use
and
several
Prepararations
of
Quick-silver
,
for
the
French
Pox.
Quick-silver
made
into
a
red
powder
by
the
distilled
water
of
eggs
,
being
oft-times
distilled
from
the
Quick-silver
,
is
good
both
for
wounds
and
Ulcers
,
especially
of
the
bladder
,
which
are
hardly
cured
by
any
other
Medicines
;
it
cureth
also
the
deep
Ulcers
of
the
throat
.
That
which
is
commonly
called
Precipitate
Mercury
,
which
is
done
with
aqua
fortis
,
cannot
cure
Ulcers
,
because
of
its
eating
faculty
which
it
hath
by
the
aqua
fortis
.
But
this
Precipitate
Mercury
which
is
done
with
the
water
of
Eggs
,
is
a
singular
Medicine
for
Ulcers
,
especially
the
Ulcers
of
the
French
Pox.
The
oyl
of
Quick-silver
is
an
infallible
remedy
,
and
the
onely
remedy
of
the
French
Pox
,
and
of
all
those
Ulcers
which
accompany
the
French
Pox
;
but
because
this
is
hardly
attained
to
,
therefore
in
its
stead
,
use
the
red
powder
of
Quick-silver
,
which
is
next
to
it
in
this
cure
.
The
Oyl
is
made
thus
.
Take
of
the
Quick
silver
Mine
(
in
which
the
Quick-silver
is
not
yet
come
to
be
a
perfect
Quick-silver
)
twenty
pounds
;
beat
it
,
and
boil
it
in
rain-water
,
until
no
dross
or
soil
comes
to
the
top
;
then
strain
it
,
and
put
the
Liquor
in
a
distilling
Vessel
,
distil
it
with
a
strong
fire
,
and
you
shall
have
at
last
come
out
a
most
clear
Liquor
,
which
you
shall
distil
again
in
Balneo
Mariae
,
to
take
from
it
all
waterishness
;
and
you
shall
have
in
the
bottom
of
the
distilling
Vessel
an
oyl
as
heavy
as
Quicksilver
:
Let
the
Patient
take
two
grains
of
it
at
a
time
,
with
six
grains
of
the
oyl
of
Spike
.
Another
way
to
make
the
Oyl
of
Quick-silver
.
Take
of
Quick-silver
and
of
Tin
,
of
each
alike
,
melt
the
Tin
,
and
put
the
Quick-silver
to
it
,
and
work
them
well
together
,
till
the
Tin
become
like
Quick-silver
;
then
put
to
them
as
much
Sulphur
vivum
,
as
there
is
of
the
Tin
and
Quick-silver
;
beat
it
into
powder
,
and
mix
it
well
with
the
Tin
and
Quick
silver
;
put
them
altogether
in
a
disti
ling
Vessel
,
and
distil
from
them
an
Oyl
as
white
as
milk
,
and
as
heavy
as
Quick-silver
,
which
is
not
sharp
nor
corroding
;
let
the
Patient
take
of
this
two
grains
at
a
time
,
with
six
grains
of
the
Oyl
of
Spike
.
Observe
.
That
when
you
have
taken
from
the
Quick-silver
its
sharp
,
piercing
and
eating
●aculty
,
and
its
moving
or
running
nature
,
then
it
is
fit
to
be
used
,
but
not
before
.
Howbeit
,
Quick-silver
as
it
is
commonly
used
in
suffumigations
for
the
French
Pox
▪
seemeth
sometimes
to
do
good
,
yet
it
cannoot
be
so
used
without
great
danger
;
for
the
nature
of
the
Quick-silver
is
so
subtil
,
that
the
vapor
of
it
hath
the
same
operation
upon
our
bodies
,
as
the
Quick-silver
it self
hath
.
There
is
nothing
can
be
used
so
many
ways
as
the
Quick-silver
,
yet
it
is
not
therefore
the
safer
,
as
many
do
think
.
If
y●u
would
use
the
Quick-silver
profi●ably
in
Suffumigations
,
you
must
prepare
it
so
,
that
it
may
have
an
attractive
vertue
.
Remember
this
,
That
Quick
silver
hath
such
a
nature
,
which
may
by
Art
be
brought
to
have
any
operation
,
viz
to
binde
,
to
purge
,
to
cleanse
a
sore
,
to
fill
it
with
flesh
,
to
consume
or
eat
,
&c.
Therefore
it
is
needful
that
you
know
how
you
should
prepare
the
Quick-silver
for
each
kind
of
the
French
Pox.
Some
Ulcers
of
the
French
Pox
may
be
cured
by
sweating
,
some
Ulcers
must
be
cleansed
and
filled
with
flesh
,
some
must
be
,
&c.
Accordingly
the
Quick
silver
must
have
its
several
preparations
,
for
these
several
Operations
;
and
if
it
be
not
rightly
prepared
,
it
is
dangerous
:
So
when
it
is
used
in
Suffumigations
,
if
it
be
not
rightly
prepared
before
,
it
is
of
the
nature
of
Sublimats
,
which
do
very
great
harm
to
the
Body
,
and
oft-times
they
do
pierce
to
the
heart
,
and
are
deadly
:
Therefore
if
you
would
use
it
in
suffumigations
safely
and
profitably
,
prepare
it
thus
.
Take
Sulphur
vivum
,
make
it
into
powder
,
and
take
Quick-silver
and
mix
with
it
,
sublime
them
,
and
so
proceed
as
they
do
in
making
Cinabrium
;
then
take
of
this
,
and
of
Salt-peter
,
of
each
alike
,
beat
them
together
into
powder
,
then
put
a
live
coal
into
them
,
and
fire
them
;
then
take
out
your
Quick-silver
,
put
it
into
a
long
glass
,
which
hath
a
broad
bottom
and
narrow
top
.
Set
the
mouth
of
your
glass
or
vessel
to
the
place
where
the
humor
makes
its
passage
out
of
the
body
,
or
where
we
may
bring
the
humor
out
of
the
body
most
conveniently
,
and
hold
some
fire-coals
under
the
glass
or
vessel
to
heat
the
Quick-silver
a
little
,
so
that
the
vapor
of
it
may
come
to
that
place
of
the
body
,
where
we
set
the
mouth
of
the
glass
,
but
you
must
have
a
care
that
it
do
not
vapor
out
.
In
the
Lotions
or
washings
with
Quick-silver
used
for
the
Ulcers
of
the
French
Pox
,
Mountebanks
adde
to
it
Pepper
,
Cardamome
,
Dittander
,
which
increase
the
evil
qualities
of
the
Quick-silver
;
they
adde
to
it
also
aqua
vitae
,
or
strong
water
,
which
carrieth
the
Quick-silver
to
the
heart
,
whence
are
Fevers
and
fluxes
of
the
Belly
;
whereas
we
use
these
washings
with
Quick-silver
for
this
end
,
viz.
That
the
Ulcers
do
not
encrease
,
and
therefore
the
venomous
qualities
of
the
Quick
silver
should
be
taken
from
it
,
that
it
go
no
further
then
the
sore
:
which
is
done
thus
:
Take
Quick-silver
and
sublime
it
alone
three
or
four
times
;
then
mix
it
with
the
Liquor
of
Salt
,
and
sublime
it
again
three
or
four
times
;
then
take
the
Quick-silver
so
sublimed
,
and
pour
a
good
quantity
of
the
Spirit
of
Wine
upon
it
,
and
distil
the
Spirit
of
Wine
off
from
it
again
;
then
pour
upon
it
more
Spirit
of
Wine
,
and
distil
it
;
and
thus
do
several
times
,
until
you
have
taken
from
the
Quick
silver
all
its
corroding
or
consuming
faculty
:
Then
take
this
Quick-silver
thus
prepared
,
and
boil
it
in
the
water
of
Celandine
half
an
hour
;
pour
off
the
water
from
the
Quick-silver
,
and
with
this
water
wash
the
Ulcer
.
Having
shewed
you
the
several
ways
of
preparing
Quick-silver
for
the
French
Pox
,
I
will
conclude
with
this
admonition
:
That
they
who
use
Quick-silver
in
Oyntments
,
Lotions
,
Suffumigations
,
&c.
Let
them
carefully
consider
the
right
time
when
the
Patient
should
use
it
:
for
diseases
alter
according
to
the
times
,
sometimes
a
disease
may
be
more
easily
cured
then
at
other
times
:
diseases
suffer
no
delay
,
and
Medicines
must
be
used
in
time
.
Again
,
the
Physician
must
have
a
care
,
that
these
Oyntments
,
Washings
or
Suffumigations
with
Quick
si●ver
,
do
not
touch
any
sound
part
,
but
onely
the
place
diseased
,
left
they
thereby
do
more
harm
then
good
.
A
Plaister
to
cleanse
Vlcers
.
Whereas
Physicians
do
oftentimes
burn
ulcerated
places
with
hot
Irons
,
sometimes
they
cut
off
members
which
they
think
helpless
,
sometimes
they
use
eating
Medicines
to
take
away
dead
flesh
,
and
the
corrupt
bottoms
of
Ulcers
;
in
stead
of
those
practices
,
I
advise
you
to
use
this
one
cleansing
Medicine
.
Take
of
honey
one
pound
,
of
Aloepatick
made
into
powder
,
a
quarter
of
a
pound
,
of
burned
Allum
quenched
in
Vinegar
one
ounce
,
the
yolks
of
twenty
eggs
,
of
Turpentine
half
a
pound
,
mix
them
well
together
,
and
keep
it
for
your
use
.
Observe
.
That
without
hony
,
gums
,
eggs
,
Turpentine
,
Lithargire
,
Wax
,
Oyl
,
I
say
▪
without
some
of
those
no
Ulcer
can
be
cleansed
.
A
plaister
to
be
applyed
to
a
place
cauterized
.
When
you
would
draw
out
an
humor
at
any
place
,
you
must
lay
some
Caust●ck
Medicine
to
the
place
,
and
when
there
are
Blisters
raised
in
the
place
and
broken
,
then
apply
this
following
attractive
Medicine
,
viz.
Take
of
the
apples
of
the
Fir-tree
twenty
,
boil
them
in
water
,
until
you
have
boiled
the
gum
out
of
them
,
then
boil
away
the
watet
from
the
gum
;
&
put
to
this
gum
Rosin
and
Turpentine
let
them
together
over
the
fire
,
until
they
be
well
mixed
together
.
Another
.
Take
of
Oppopanax
a
half
ounce
,
of
Sagapenum
,
Galbanum
,
Ammoniacum
,
of
each
two
drams
,
of
Bdelium
six
drams
,
dissolve
these
Gums
in
Vinegar
,
then
strain
the
Vinegar
,
and
boil
it
away
until
the
gums
be
almost
dry
;
then
mix
with
them
Rheubarb
made
into
powder
two
drams
,
of
Amber
made
into
powder
half
an
ounce
,
and
when
they
are
all
well
mixed
,
make
them
into
a
Plaister
.
This
Plaister
apply
to
the
place
where
the
skin
is
broken
,
which
was
raised
by
the
Caustick
Plaister
.
A
sweating
Medicine
for
the
French
Pox.
For
those
kindes
of
the
French
Pox
which
are
cured
by
sweating
,
use
this
following
sweating
Medicine
,
which
is
the
best
of
any
for
the
French
Pox
,
Take
of
Tin
and
Quick-silver
,
of
each
alike
,
melt
your
Tin
,
and
when
it
beginneth
to
cool
and
harde●
,
pour
your
Quick
silver
upon
it
,
that
they
may
be
mixed
;
or
put
Quick-silver
to
thin
plates
of
Tin
,
let
them
stand
together
two
or
three
days
,
till
the
Tin
have
drank
in
as
much
of
the
Quick-silver
as
it
can
,
then
let
the
Tin
stand
till
the
Quick-silver
be
dryed
in
it
,
then
let
it
drink
in
some
more
Quick-silver
,
and
let
it
dry
;
do
thus
three
or
four
times
,
then
beat
it
into
fine
powder
:
If
there
be
an
ounce
of
this
powder
,
put
it
in
a
Gold
Poringer
,
set
the
Poringer
in
good
Wine-vinegar
up
almost
to
the
brims
;
then
fill
the
Poringer
with
the
Spirit
of
Wine
,
let
it
stand
so
four
or
five
days
,
then
kindle
the
Spirit
of
Wine
with
a
piece
of
burning
Paper
,
and
keep
it
burning
so
,
until
the
Quick-silver
and
Tin
are
changed
to
an
oyl
in
the
Spirit
of
Wine
;
of
this
oyl
let
the
Patient
take
one
grain
at
a
time
,
in
a
draught
of
the
best
wine
warmed
,
and
let
him
keep
himself
well
covered
in
his
bed
until
he
sweat
.
A
Treatise
of
Vlcers
:
SECTION
III.
Wherein
are
described
the
Tinctures
,
which
are
Catholique
Medicines
for
all
kinde
of
Ulcers
.
THe
diligence
of
wise
men
in
former
times
,
was
great
,
in
searching
out
the
causes
and
preservatives
of
long
Life
,
the
natures
and
uses
of
all
kindes
of
remedies
,
therefore
they
were
called
,
The
students
of
Wisdom
;
but
they
knew
not
the
right
way
of
preparing
Medicines
,
they
learned
this
from
the
Alchymist
:
So
they
and
the
Alchymist
together
,
have
discovered
many
excellent
Medicines
,
the
chief
of
which
are
the
Tinctures
;
but
these
Tinctures
have
been
much
abused
by
Gold
Smiths
,
and
those
who
thought
to
change
Metals
into
Gold
with
them
:
&
I
have
shewed
in
some
other
of
my
writings
how
much
may
be
done
by
them
,
therefore
I
will
not
here
speak
any
thing
of
it
.
In
former
times
they
made
Tinctures
,
whereby
they
coloured
Metals
&
purged
them
;
and
afterwards
they
used
these
Tinctures
as
Medicines
for
the
bodies
of
men
:
what
great
vertues
are
in
these
Tinctures
,
are
declared
in
the
Books
of
Ancient
Writers
,
which
have
long
time
been
kept
hidden
by
false
Physicians
,
but
I
will
publish
them
;
for
I
have
had
the
experience
of
them
,
and
I
know
they
have
a
wonderful
faculty
in
cleansing
the
blood
.
And
because
I
now
write
concerning
the
cure
of
Ulcers
,
I
conceive
it
fitting
that
I
shew
you
whence
I
have
had
these
my
remedies
;
and
I
confess
,
that
I
have
learned
them
in
the
School
of
Chymistry
.
But
because
many
errors
have
crept
into
this
Art
of
Chymistry
,
partly
through
ignorance
,
and
partly
through
the
envy
of
Chymists
;
whereby
those
who
followed
the
practice
of
Chymistry
,
being
much
seduced
,
they
were
forced
to
seek
new
ways
,
and
so
of
themselves
they
found
out
many
things
,
some
profitable
,
and
some
hurtful
:
Therefore
I
have
endeavored
to
reform
this
Art
of
Chymistry
,
&
leaving
those
things
which
are
hurtful
or
unprofitable
,
I
discover
onely
such
things
which
are
useful
and
good
for
the
Body
of
Man
.
This
task
I
am
able
to
perform
so
much
the
more
happily
,
in
regard
my
first
studies
were
in
this
way
of
Chymistry
,
in
which
I
took
great
delight
,
and
followed
it
with
great
diligence
under
excellent
Masters
,
who
were
most
skilful
in
secret
Philosophy
:
My
Masters
were
first
,
William
of
Hohenheim
,
my
careful
and
loving
Father
,
and
many
others
,
who
hid
nothing
from
me
which
they
knew
;
and
besides
,
I
was
much
helped
by
the
Books
of
learned
men
,
viz.
Bishop
Setgaius
,
Erhradus
Laventalius
,
Bishop
Nicolaus
Hipponensis
,
Trithemius
,
Abbot
of
Spanheim
,
and
other
most
learned
and
experienced
Chymists
.
I
have
had
also
many
Experiments
from
several
Chymists
,
and
of
those
I
will
now
name
onely
the
most
noble
Sigismundus
,
Fueger
,
Schwatzensis
,
who
maintaineth
many
servants
in
the
practice
of
Chymistry
,
at
great
charges
,
and
hath
enriched
the
Art
of
Chymistry
with
many
Experiments
.
To
conclude
,
I
conceive
that
I
may
very
well
undertake
this
talk
,
Of
reforming
Chymistry
and
Physick
;
considering
my
knowledge
in
Philosophy
,
and
my
skill
of
Chymistry
and
Physick
:
And
here
I
will
give
you
some
taste
of
my
skill
in
the
following
Tinctures
.
The
Simples
out
of
which
the
Tinctures
are
extracted
are
these
,
viz.
Gold
,
Quick-silver
,
Antimony
,
the
Philosophers
Salt
,
Balsom
,
red
Corals
,
Mummy
,
Baulm
,
Celandine
,
Valerian
,
Germander
,
Succory
,
Swallow
wort
.
And
beginning
with
Gold
,
I
will
briefly
and
Methodically
teach
you
the
way
to
extract
the
Tinctures
out
of
these
Simples
.
The
Ancient
Chymists
who
writ
Fables
more
then
serious
matters
;
if
they
had
eased
us
of
this
labor
,
we
should
have
been
very
thankful
to
them
;
but
seeing
they
have
failed
us
,
I
will
make
up
this
defect
.
The
Tincture
of
Gold
.
The
Tincture
of
Gold
,
is
the
purest
part
of
the
Gold
,
wherein
all
its
colour
is
contained
,
and
this
being
extracted
,
there
remaineth
the
white
body
of
Gold
;
this
coloured
part
of
the
Gold
differeth
much
from
the
white
Body
,
as
the
pure
from
the
impure
,
and
therefore
they
must
be
separated
;
or
else
you
do
nothing
.
When
you
have
extracted
the
coloured
part
,
you
must
exalt
it
to
the
highest
degree
;
and
whereas
the
colour
in
Gold
may
be
exalted
to
the
twenty
fourth
degree
,
the
Tincture
extracted
must
be
exalted
ten
times
more
,
and
no
further
.
This
Tincture
hath
a
wonderful
vertue
in
cleansing
,
renewing
and
restoring
the
Blood
,
not
onely
in
the
part
disea●ed
,
but
also
throughout
the
whole
Body
;
how
much
of
this
Tincture
you
must
take
at
a
time
,
you
shall
hear
afterwards
:
I
will
now
shew
you
how
you
must
extract
it
.
First
,
melt
your
Gold
with
Antimony
,
that
it
may
be
well
purged
by
the
Antimony
,
according
to
the
usual
way
:
Take
this
Gold
,
and
dissolve
it
in
the
distilled
water
of
common
Salt
,
this
water
of
Salt
must
be
made
thus
.
Take
of
the
best
white
Salt
made
by
the
Sun
,
and
melt
it
in
a
very
hot
fire
(
as
Brass
or
Silver
,
&c.
is
melted
)
several
times
:
Then
make
it
into
powder
,
and
mix
it
with
the
juice
of
Radishes
;
and
when
the
Salt
is
dissolved
in
the
juice
,
distil
them
together
;
then
take
the
water
which
you
have
distilled
off
from
them
,
and
mix
it
with
the
juice
of
Bloodwort
,
of
each
alike
,
and
distil
them
together
;
take
the
water
which
you
have
distilled
off
from
them
,
and
pour
it
again
to
the
grounds
remaining
,
distil
it
again
,
and
so
you
must
do
five
times
.
Then
take
of
the
water
of
the
first
distillation
,
and
in
this
dissolve
your
Gold
;
when
your
Gold
is
dissolved
,
put
a
little
of
the
Spirit
of
Tartar
into
this
water
of
Salt
,
to
make
the
Gold
powder
fall
to
the
bottom
,
then
pour
off
this
water
of
Salt
from
the
Gold
powder
,
and
wash
your
Gold
powder
with
common
Water
distilled
,
until
all
the
Spirit
of
Salt
be
well
washed
from
it
.
Then
take
this
Gold
powder
,
and
put
it
in
the
Spirit
of
Wine
,
which
must
be
made
thus
.
Take
of
the
best
wine
,
and
put
it
in
a
Circulatory
Vessel
,
which
must
be
very
well
closed
up
,
so
that
no
vapor
can
get
out
;
fill
the
third
part
of
your
circulatory
vessel
with
the
Wine
,
and
leave
two
parts
empty
;
and
how
much
of
the
circulatory
vessel
is
filled
with
the
Wine
,
so
much
of
it
must
be
set
in
Balneo
Maria
,
the
space
of
ten
days
;
then
put
it
in
a
distilling
vessel
and
distil
it
,
and
that
which
comes
out
first
is
the
Spirit
of
Wine
,
the
rest
is
onely
sublimed
Wine
:
Put
your
Gold
powder
,
after
it
is
washed
,
with
the
distilled
common
water
,
into
this
Spirit
of
Wine
,
so
much
of
it
,
as
that
it
may
be
a
hands
breadth
above
the
Gold
powder
;
put
them
together
in
a
circulatory
Vessel
,
which
must
be
set
in
Balneo
Maria
the
space
of
a
Moneth
;
then
you
will
finde
the
Tincture
of
the
Gold
mixed
with
the
Spirit
of
Wine
,
and
the
Gold
powder
in
the
bottom
white
as
silver
;
take
out
this
powder
when
it
is
melted
,
it
is
like
Silver
:
separate
the
Spirit
of
Wine
from
the
Tincture
,
in
Balneo
Mariae
,
you
shall
have
the
gold
Tincture
in
the
bottom
of
this
distilling
Vessel
.
This
Tincture
you
must
put
in
a
Circulatory
Vessel
,
and
circulate
it
alone
some
time
.
The
Tincture
of
Red
Coral●
The
Tincture
of
red
Corals
,
which
is
the
purest
part
of
the
Corals
,
containing
all
the
red
colour
of
the
Corals
in
it
:
It
hath
such
a
secret
faculty
in
purging
the
Blood
,
that
he
who
knoweth
the
right
use
of
it
,
hath
a
great
secret
for
the
preventing
and
curing
of
the
Leprosie
;
it
will
not
suffer
any
Ulcer
to
breed
in
the
body
,
and
it
purgeth
all
the
Blood
in
the
Veins
most
excellently
.
Let
the
Physician
remember
this
,
that
he
should
extract
Tinctures
out
of
such
things
which
excel
in
colour
,
for
they
have
the
greatest
vertue
for
cleansing
the
Blood
.
In
extracting
the
Tincture
of
Corals
,
you
must
proceed
in
the
same
maner
,
as
you
extract
the
Tincture
of
Gold
;
and
when
you
have
drawn
off
the
Spirit
of
Wine
from
the
Tincture
,
then
you
must
distil
the
Tincture
alone
sixteen
times
in
the
open
fire
;
And
lastly
,
you
must
distil
it
in
Balneo
Mariae
six
times
,
that
the
Tincture
may
be
well
purged
from
all
impurities
.
When
you
use
this
Tincture
,
take
a
scruple
of
it
in
a
dram
of
Treacle
water
.
The
Treacle
water
is
made
thus
:
Take
of
the
Spirit
of
Wine
five
ounces
,
of
good
Treacle
two
ounces
and
a
half
,
of
red
Roman
Myrrhe
,
one
ounce
and
two
drams
,
of
Oriental
Saffron
two
drams
;
put
them
altogether
in
a
distilling
Vessel
,
and
distil
them
.
The
Tincture
of
the
Corals
being
taken
with
this
water
,
will
throughly
cure
all
Fistula's
,
Cancers
,
&c.
or
any
Ulcer
whatsoever
.
The
Tincture
of
Balsom
.
It
falleth
out
oft-times
,
that
Ulcers
which
have
continued
a
long
time
,
or
have
been
badly
cured
,
they
come
to
be
of
the
nature
of
a
Leprosie
,
so
that
they
cannot
be
helped
by
any
Medicine
,
because
of
their
great
putrifaction
;
in
such
a
case
onely
the
Tincture
of
Balsom
can
do
good
,
which
onely
can
cure
such
kinde
of
Ulcers
,
and
it
is
the
best
for
all
eating
of
Ulcers
.
The
Tincture
is
extracted
thus
.
Take
of
Balsom
an
ounce
and
a
half
,
of
the
Spirit
of
Wine
one
pound
and
a
half
,
and
two
ounces
,
put
them
into
a
circulatory
Vessel
,
and
circulate
them
the
space
of
a
Moneth
,
then
put
them
in
a
distilling
Vessel
and
distil
them
:
Take
that
which
you
have
distilled
,
and
mix
with
it
another
half
ounce
of
Balsom
,
and
circulate
them
together
some
time
;
distil
them
again
,
then
adde
another
half
ounce
of
Balsom
to
that
which
you
have
distilled
,
and
thus
you
must
do
four
times
.
This
Tincture
of
Balsom
hath
such
a
piercing
faculty
,
that
there
is
not
any
part
of
the
body
but
it
will
search
into
it
;
there
is
not
any
disease
or
corruption
of
the
body
,
but
it
will
cure
it
.
The
Tincture
of
Antimony
.
Antimony
destroyeth
all
other
Metals
except
Gold
:
It
purgeth
Gold
perfectly
and
taketh
away
all
its
Impurities
:
after
the
same
maner
it
purgeth
the
body
of
man
,
and
consumeth
all
impurities
and
corruptions
in
the
body
,
being
rightly
prepared
;
therefore
the
greatest
Chymists
and
Physicians
have
labored
much
in
Antimony
,
but
in
vain
before
our
times
;
and
now
by
my
industry
it
is
rightly
and
fully
prepared
.
The
Tincture
is
extracted
thus
:
Take
Antimony
made
into
fine
powder
,
put
it
in
a
close
Reverberatory
the
space
of
a
Moneth
,
until
it
become
volatile
,
and
it
will
be
first
white
,
then
clay-coloured
,
then
red
,
and
at
last
Purple-coloured
;
then
take
it
out
,
and
put
it
in
the
Spirit
of
W●ne
,
so
much
,
as
it
be
twenty
fingers
breadth
above
the
Antimony
,
circulate
them
together
the
space
of
a
mon●th
;
then
separate
the
Spirit
of
Wine
from
the
Tincture
,
and
so
you
have
the
precious
Tincture
of
Antimony
.
The
Philosophers
Salt
.
The
Philosophers
salt
.
Take
of
the
Salt
of
Gold
,
the
salt
of
Antimony
,
the
salt
of
Balm
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
;
of
common
salt
eight
ounces
;
make
them
into
a
powder
,
and
mix
them
together
.
The
Patient
must
take
a
little
of
these
Salts
strowed
upon
a
piece
of
tosted
bread
every
morning
.
Another
.
Take
of
the
Salt
of
Germander
,
the
Salt
of
Succory
,
the
salt
of
Valerian
,
of
each
one
ounce
,
of
the
salt
of
Wormwood
two
drams
,
of
the
salt
of
Coperas
one
dram
,
of
common
salt
one
pound
,
make
them
into
a
powder
and
mix
them
.
These
Salts
the
Patient
may
take
with
his
meat
,
and
howbeit
the
operation
of
these
salts
is
not
so
quick
,
as
the
operation
of
the
Tinctures
;
yet
they
will
undoubtedly
root
out
any
Ulcer
in
the
Body
,
whether
Cancer
,
Fistula
,
&c.
The
Use
of
the
Tinctures
.
The
use
of
the
Tincture
of
gold
.
Take
a
dram
of
this
Tincture
of
Gold
,
and
mix
it
with
an
ounce
of
the
best
Treacle
;
of
this
mixture
let
the
Patient
take
one
scruple
fasting
;
then
keep
himself
warm
in
his
bed
till
he
sweat
;
this
will
drive
out
the
hurtful
humors
of
the
body
at
the
Ulcer
,
by
sweating
and
otherwise
,
so
as
you
may
plainly
see
the
operation
of
this
Tincture
in
the
Ulcer
it self
:
And
when
the
Ulcer
grows
dry
,
so
that
no
more
humor
cometh
out
of
the
Ulcer
,
which
useth
to
be
at
the
tenth
or
twelfth
day
,
then
you
may
easily
perfect
the
cure
,
if
you
keep
at
the
Ulcer
a
stictick
Plaister
.
The
use
of
the
Tincture
of
Corals
.
Take
of
the
Tincture
of
Corals
one
ounce
and
a
half
,
and
mix
it
with
ten
ounces
of
the
water
of
Germander
,
or
the
water
of
Succory
:
Let
the
Patient
take
two
drams
of
this
mixture
five
hours
before
dinner
,
or
five
hours
after
Supper
,
the
space
of
six
or
seven
days
:
in
the
mean
time
he
must
use
meats
of
easie
digestion
,
and
he
must
drink
very
little
;
he
must
take
no
other
drink
but
the
water
of
Succory
,
or
the
water
of
Fumitory
,
so
long
as
he
takes
of
the
Tincture
:
And
when
the
humor
hath
flowed
abundantly
out
of
the
Ulcer
,
and
the
Ulcer
dryeth
and
hath
no
pain
,
then
the
patient
must
take
no
more
of
the
Tincture
.
The
use
of
the
Tincture
of
Balsom
.
The
Patient
may
take
the
Tincture
of
Balsom
alone
,
five
grains
of
it
at
a
time
,
or
he
may
take
it
in
good
old
white
Wine
twice
a
day
,
after
meat
,
and
continue
it
so
until
the
Ulcer
be
quite
dryed
up
.
Apply
outwardly
upon
the
Ulcer
some
ordinary
stictick
Plaister
,
until
the
cure
be
perfected
.
The
use
of
the
Tincture
of
Antimony
.
In
Vintage
time
take
new
Wine
,
and
put
half
an
ounce
of
the
Tincture
of
Antimony
to
twenty
quarts
of
it
;
and
when
the
Wine
is
well
setled
,
then
use
it
.
Let
the
Patient
drink
of
this
,
and
no
other
,
the
space
of
a
moneth
,
and
he
shall
finde
wonderful
vertue
in
this
drink
for
cleansing
or
closing
up
of
Ulcers
or
Wounds
;
and
let
some
ordinary
Stictick
plaister
be
applyed
to
the
sore
.
This
one
Potion
is
better
then
all
the
Receipts
,
Compositions
,
Potions
,
&c.
which
are
used
for
Ulcers
or
Wounds
.
I
will
now
conclude
this
Treatise
of
Tinctures
,
giving
this
counsel
in
two
words
,
for
the
preserving
of
those
from
Ulcers
,
who
are
or
have
been
much
enclined
to
them
.
Once
every
year
,
in
the
Spring
time
,
when
the
Sun
enters
into
the
first
degree
of
Aries
(
which
falls
upon
the
the
eleventh
day
of
March
)
let
them
take
one
of
these
Tinctures
,
in
that
maner
which
hath
been
shewed
in
the
use
of
the
Tinctures
.
A
Treatise
of
Aposthumes
,
with
their
Cures
.
I.
IF
any
of
the
large
veins
be
swelled
,
and
the
swelling
is
of
a
blew
or
Lead-colour
,
with
a
burning
heat
in
it
,
and
much
redness
round
it
,
and
a
white
head
in
the
middle
of
it
;
the
Patient
in
the
beginning
of
the
swelling
was
aguish
,
having
sometimes
a
great
heat
,
sometimes
a
chilness
over
his
body
;
he
cannot
sleep
,
and
when
he
sleepeth
he
is
very
disquiet
,
and
much
troubled
with
terrible
dreams
.
At
last
,
this
swelling
seems
to
strike
inward
,
divideth
it self
into
two
swellings
,
then
follows
great
inflammation
,
and
stitches
in
the
sides
;
the
lips
are
chopped
,
the
Patient
hath
a
great
thirst
,
yet
he
cannot
drink
much
;
These
are
certain
signs
of
death
.
Cure
.
The
Patient
must
first
be
sweated
with
this
Potion
:
Take
of
the
corrected
Spirit
of
wine
ten
ounces
,
of
Treacle
half
an
ounce
,
of
red
Myrrhe
,
and
of
Saffron
,
of
each
an
ounce
,
of
the
liquor
of
Ginger
,
and
of
Pepper
,
of
each
half
a
dram
,
mix
them
together
;
of
this
mixture
let
the
Patient
take
half
an
ounce
in
a
draught
of
good
wine
,
and
keep
himself
warm
till
he
be
well
sweated
:
then
you
must
take
a
Saphyre
stone
,
and
draw
it
round
the
swelling
;
this
will
make
a
scurf
to
come
upon
the
swelling
,
which
you
may
take
off
with
Saller
oyl
or
f●esh
Butter
;
then
apply
some
consolidating
plaister
,
as
the
stictick
plaister
,
&c.
until
the
cure
be
perfected
.
Observe
.
The
Chyrurgion
must
not
cut
this
Apostume
,
he
must
not
lay
Realgare
,
or
any
other
Cautery
to
it
.
II.
The
Cancer
is
a
red
swelling
,
which
is
in
the
brests
of
Women
;
but
in
men
it
is
betwixt
their
shoulders
:
When
it
comes
to
be
ripe
,
it
breaks
out
into
a
stinking
Ulcer
,
which
hath
great
redness
round
it
,
with
a
burning
heat
and
continual
pain
,
and
oft-times
brings
the
Patient
into
aguish
fits
.
At
last
,
It
eats
into
the
heart
,
and
causeth
suddain
death
.
Cure
.
Whereas
the
cause
of
the
Cancer
in
men
,
is
the
Haemorrhoide
humors
;
in
women
it
is
their
Monethly
courses
,
which
leaving
their
right
course
,
they
flow
to
this
place
,
where
they
cause
the
Cancer
;
therefore
we
must
begin
the
cure
of
the
Cancer
,
with
changing
the
course
of
the
humor
,
turning
it
to
its
proper
passage
,
viz.
thus
;
To
bring
down
the
Haemorrhoide
humor
in
men
to
the
Fundament
,
and
to
bring
down
the
monethly
courses
in
women
.
Then
you
must
mortifie
the
Ulcer
with
this
,
viz.
Take
Frog-spawn
,
and
of
the
juice
of
Night-shade
,
of
each
an
ounce
,
of
varnish
half
an
ounce
,
and
make
them
into
an
Oyntment
;
if
you
anoint
the
sore
with
this
three
or
four
times
,
it
will
take
away
the
pain
.
Or
take
of
Fish-spawn
a
pound
,
after
you
have
turned
it
into
water
,
of
the
red
powder
of
burned
Coperas
and
of
the
flower
of
Brass
,
of
each
one
ounce
,
and
a
half
;
mix
them
,
and
apply
them
to
the
Soar
until
it
putrifie
,
which
will
be
in
four
days
space
:
Then
take
this
from
the
Soar
,
and
apply
a
cleansing
Medicine
to
it
,
viz.
this
:
Take
of
Pitch
,
of
Pine-Rosin
,
of
common
Rosin
,
of
each
a
pound
,
of
the
best
Turpentine
one
pound
and
a
half
,
of
the
common
Turpentine
a
quarter
of
a
pound
;
melt
them
together
,
and
put
to
them
so
much
of
Wax
and
Sallet
oyl
,
as
will
make
them
up
into
a
Plaister
.
This
Plaister
you
must
lay
to
the
Ulcer
so
often
,
until
their
comes
no
corruption
out
of
it
:
Afterwards
strow
this
powder
upon
the
Ulcer
,
viz.
Take
the
powder
of
the
dryed
juice
of
Celandine
,
of
the
dryed
juice
of
Feverfew
,
and
of
Centory
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
of
Mummy
one
ounce
.
These
powders
mixed
together
,
must
be
strowed
upon
the
Soar
morning
and
evening
.
III.
The
noli
me
Tangere
begins
in
the
face
with
small
pointed
Pustuls
,
which
break
out
into
a
waterish
scab
,
afterwards
it
comes
to
be
an
eating
stinking
Sore
,
it
eats
up
the
flesh
of
the
face
,
viz.
the
Cheeks
,
and
Lips
,
and
eats
into
the
nose
.
At
last
,
If
it
be
not
cured
,
it
eats
nose
,
ears
,
&c.
it
quite
deforms
the
face
;
then
it
eats
into
the
throat
,
and
goeth
downwards
to
the
neck
;
and
when
it
is
past
the
face
,
it
is
deadly
.
Cure
.
If
the
Noli
me
tangere
be
not
far
gone
,
it
may
be
cured
by
this
Plaister
:
Take
of
Rosin
one
pound
,
of
Barley-meal
six
ounces
,
of
Pine-Rosin
eight
ounces
,
mix
them
,
and
make
them
into
a
Plaister
;
but
if
it
be
old
and
far
gone
,
then
we
must
use
first
a
mortifying
Medicine
,
then
a
cleansing
Medicine
,
then
a
consolidating
Medicine
,
or
a
Medicine
to
fill
up
with
flesh
.
The
mortifying
Medicine
Take
of
Crystalline
Realgare
one
ounce
,
boil
it
vinegar
two
hours
,
until
the
vinegar
be
consumed
;
then
adde
to
it
three
ounces
of
the
oyl
of
Marjoram
,
of
Firr-tree-Rosin
half
a
pound
,
viz.
That
Rosin
which
is
boiled
out
of
the
green
Fruit
of
the
Firr-tree
in
water
:
Mix
them
together
over
the
fire
,
and
apply
them
to
the
soar
;
you
must
often
wet
it
outwardly
with
the
oyl
,
lest
it
grow
dry
and
hard
,
let
it
lie
at
the
soar
two
days
,
then
take
it
off
,
and
apply
to
the
soar
the
cleansing
Medicine
described
before
in
the
cure
of
the
Cancer
.
And
when
it
is
cleansed
,
then
apply
this
consolidating
or
fleshing
Medicine
.
viz.
Take
of
Wax
and
Pitch
,
of
each
half
a
pound
,
of
the
powder
of
Birth-wort
three
ounces
,
the
powder
of
Mummy
two
ounces
,
the
powder
of
Antimony
four
ounces
;
melt
your
Wax
and
Pitch
together
,
&
put
into
them
your
powders
;
make
a
Plaister
,
which
you
must
lay
to
the
Soar
morning
and
evening
.
Another
consolidating
Medicine
.
Take
of
Rosin
half
a
pound
,
of
the
dryed
juice
of
Comfrey
a
quarter
of
a
pound
,
of
the
dryed
juice
of
Celandine
a
quarter
of
a
pound
;
mix
them
over
the
fire
,
and
make
a
plaister
:
But
the
cure
of
Noli
me
Tangere
,
depends
chiefly
upon
the
mortifying
and
cleansing
the
soar.
IV.
When
there
is
a
redness
;
and
an
exceeding
pain
and
burning
heat
in
the
leg
;
afterwards
it
swells
,
and
breaks
out
into
many
foul
corrupt
holes
,
sometimes
dry
,
and
sometimes
issuing
forth
a
yellow
or
clear
waterish
humor
,
like
the
Cancer
,
or
Noli
me
tangere
.
At
last
,
It
weakens
the
principal
parts
,
viz.
Head
,
Heart
,
Stomack
,
Liver
,
&c.
the
face
comes
to
be
discoloured
,
and
then
death
approacheth
.
Cure
.
First
,
we
must
apply
a
defensive
above
the
knee
,
to
keep
back
the
humors
that
they
fall
not
down
to
the
soar
;
then
we
must
mortifie
the
Soar
.
Lastly
,
we
must
consolidate
it
,
or
fill
it
up
with
flesh
.
The
defensive
.
Take
of
salt
Anatron
one
ounce
,
of
an
Anodine
half
an
ounce
;
make
them
into
an
Oyntment
with
the
Oyl
of
Spike
.
The
Anodyne
is
made
thus
:
Take
of
Frog-spawn
,
and
of
the
juice
of
Nightshade
,
of
each
an
ounce
,
of
Varnish
half
an
ounce
,
mix
them
together
.
Then
apply
to
the
soar
this
mortifying
Medicine
,
viz.
Take
Parmacity
,
Frog-spawn
,
of
Cherv●l
,
of
Juniper
Berries
,
of
each
alike
,
let
them
stand
in
the
Sun
some
time
;
then
use
them
:
This
must
be
applyed
once
a
day
the
space
of
three
weeks
;
afterwards
wash
the
soar
oft-times
with
the
water
of
Oak
leaves
,
or
Salt-water
:
By
this
Medicine
the
soar
is
mortifyed
,
and
the
pain
is
taken
away
,
and
now
you
must
apply
the
Oppodeltoch
Plaister
,
or
Stictick
Plaister
(
described
in
the
Treatise
of
Wounds
,
in
the
first
Chapter
)
until
the
cure
be
perfected
,
V.
A
Fistula
is
an
Ulcer
which
hath
one
or
more
small
holes
outwardly
,
but
within
it
is
hollow
and
deep
;
it
useth
to
be
near
the
joynts
,
or
places
of
evacuation
,
or
where
som
wound
thrust
or
bruise
&c.
hath
been
badly
cured
:
This
Soar
issueth
forth
a
water
or
froth
at
the
small
holes
,
and
purgeth
twelve
hours
;
this
kinde
of
soar
is
not
painful
.
If
it
be
not
cured
by
Medicines
,
it
will
never
be
well
of
it self
,
yet
it
doth
not
cause
death
,
but
continueth
still
the
same
so
long
as
the
Patient
liveth
.
Cure
.
First
,
let
the
Patient
take
this
Potion
:
Take
of
the
water
of
Sow-bread
,
and
of
the
water
of
the
leaves
of
small
Sea-Buck-horn
,
of
the
water
of
middle
Consound
,
of
each
four
ounces
;
mix
them
,
and
take
four
ounces
of
this
at
a
draught
morning
and
evening
,
until
the
cure
be
done
.
Another
Potion
.
Take
of
the
water
of
Harts-horn
one
pound
,
of
Centory
,
golden
Consound
,
Feverfew
,
of
each
six
ounces
,
of
Rheubarb
,
choice
Manna
,
Parmacity
,
of
each
an
ounce
;
Mix
them
well
,
and
of
this
mixture
take
one
spoonful
every
Morning
,
and
after
it
take
three
spoonfuls
of
Wine
:
By
this
Potion
the
Fistula
shall
be
cleansed
inwardly
;
yea
,
this
Potion
alone
will
cure
it
,
that
you
need
not
apply
any
Medicine
outwardly
to
the
Soar
,
yet
you
may
apply
this
following
Plaister
.
Take
of
these
four
Gums
,
viz.
Oppoponax
,
Bdelium
,
Ammoniacum
,
Galbanum
,
of
each
two
ounces
,
of
Wax
six
ounces
;
melt
them
together
,
and
adde
to
them
three
ounces
of
Turpentine
:
Make
a
Plaister
.
VI.
When
there
is
a
firm
hard
tumor
which
lyeth
amongst
the
Muscles
,
and
hath
a
burning
heat
which
strikes
into
the
bone
,
and
it
breeds
many
hard
knotty
lumps
within
the
flesh
;
it
s
never
changed
into
an
Ulcer
,
neither
doth
it
consume
the
flesh
,
but
continueth
in
one
maner
thirty
or
forty
years
,
yea
,
so
long
as
the
Patient
liveth
.
But
if
the
Patient
falleth
into
some
accute
disease
,
or
shall
have
a
Carbuncle
,
then
the
Wolf
becomes
deadly
.
Cure
.
First
,
you
must
use
cooling
Medicines
,
then
Mucilaginous
Medicines
,
to
dissolve
the
hard
knotty
lumps
;
then
apply
the
Plaister
Oppodeltoch
.
To
cool
it
,
you
may
use
the
Anodyne
,
or
mortifying
Medicine
,
before
described
in
the
cure
of
Herysipelas
.
The
Mucilaginous
Medicine
.
Take
the
liquor
of
Mummy
,
of
Mastick
,
and
Camphire
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
the
Mucilage
of
Fenugreek
,
the
Mucilage
of
Flea-wort
,
and
the
Mucilage
of
Quinces
,
of
each
alike
,
so
much
as
you
think
fit
to
make
the
Plaister
;
this
Plaister
you
may
use
in
stead
of
the
Oppodeltoch
Plaister
.
There
are
also
other
remedies
whereby
the
Wolf
may
be
cured
,
as
these
following
.
Take
of
Crystaline
Realgare
one
ounce
,
of
burning
oyl
two
ounces
,
of
white
lead
two
drams
;
make
an
Ointment
,
with
this
anoint
round
the
Wolf
,
but
not
upon
it
,
once
in
twelve
hours
;
do
so
six
or
eight
days
,
then
leave
,
and
that
about
which
you
anointed
,
will
fall
off
:
Afterwards
you
must
wash
the
place
evening
and
morning
,
with
this
following
water
,
viz.
Rose
water
,
the
water
of
Fish-spawn
,
of
each
six
ounces
,
the
water
of
Feverfew
five
ounces
,
mix
them
.
Then
apply
this
Plaister
,
viz.
Take
of
Lin-seed
oyl
half
a
pound
,
of
viride
ae●is
,
and
wax
,
of
each
a
quarter
of
a
pound
,
of
Bdelium
two
ounces
:
make
a
Plaister
.
VII
.
The
Malum
mortuum
,
or
dead
evil
,
beginneth
at
the
feet
,
and
goeth
upward
,
it
maketh
the
skin
to
be
without
feeling
.
And
at
last
,
It
comes
to
be
a
running
soar
,
and
so
continueth
twenty
years
,
afterwards
it
turns
to
a
Leprosie
.
Cure
.
We
must
begin
the
cure
with
a
Cautery
,
to
take
away
the
dead
skin
;
then
we
must
annoint
the
place
where
this
evil
hath
spread
it self
,
the
space
of
three
moneths
,
with
the
oyl
of
Pepper
.
The
Cautery
is
made
thus
.
Take
of
Brimstone
four
ounces
,
melt
it
,
put
to
it
three
ounces
of
Frankincense
,
and
of
Rosin
seven
ounces
,
the
oyl
of
Colophonia
,
&
the
oyl
of
Amber
,
of
each
four
ounces
;
set
them
over
the
fire
,
that
they
may
mix
together
;
and
with
this
,
being
warm
,
anoint
the
place
twelve
times
in
a
day
,
and
in
three
days
the
dead
skin
will
break
and
come
off
.
VIII
.
When
certain
spots
appear
in
the
skin
,
sometimes
removing
from
place
to
place
,
sometimes
they
are
fixed
in
one
place
;
some
are
of
a
reddish
colour
,
some
of
a
clay
colour
,
sometimes
they
are
of
a
yellow
colour
.
At
last
,
It
spreadeth
it self
over
the
whole
body
,
and
breaks
out
into
small
blisters
,
which
grow
hard
and
crusty
,
then
they
chop
,
and
at
last
they
turn
to
Ulcers
.
Cure
.
First
,
The
Blood
must
be
purged
,
then
we
must
use
the
Cautery
described
before
in
the
cure
of
the
Malum
Mortuum
.
Lastly
,
the
cure
must
be
perfected
with
Plantain
.
The
Medicine
to
purge
the
Blood
.
Take
the
juice
of
Succory
,
the
juice
of
Germander
,
of
each
one
pound
,
of
the
juice
of
Maidenhair
half
a
pound
,
of
Manna
two
ounces
,
of
the
true
Spirit
of
Coperas
(
described
in
the
Treatise
of
Coperas
)
one
dram
▪
Mix
them
,
and
distil
an
oyl
from
them
,
of
this
oyl
take
at
a
time
in
a
draught
of
Wine
,
one
or
two
,
or
three
drams
,
as
the
Physician
shall
appoint
.
IX
.
When
the
face
is
first
of
a
yellow
colour
,
then
turns
to
be
of
a
red
colour
,
and
every
day
grows
more
and
more
red
,
without
Pimples
or
Itch
,
so
that
both
skin
and
flesh
come
to
be
of
a
Scarlet
colour
.
At
last
,
the
skin
and
flesh
do
putrifie
with
a
sharp
smart
humor
.
Cure
.
Take
the
whites
of
ten
boiled
Eggs
,
and
of
the
burned
shels
of
Eggs
six
ounces
;
distil
a
water
from
them
,
then
take
Silver
,
Tin
,
Lead
,
Copper
,
beaten
into
very
thin
leaves
,
of
each
one
dram
;
the
leaves
of
Gold
,
Silver
Marchasite
,
and
Gold
Marchasite
,
of
each
two
drams
;
put
them
in
a
Glass
,
and
set
the
Glass
in
warm
dung
a
moneth
;
then
distil
an
oyl
from
them
,
with
this
oyl
anoint
the
place
.
X.
When
the
face
hath
had
a
very
red
colour
,
or
hath
had
the
gu●ta
r●sacea
,
and
changeth
from
that
to
another
colour
,
viz.
a
blackish
or
lead
colour
,
with
a
little
swelling
,
and
breaks
out
into
waterish
Blisters
and
Wens
.
At
last
,
The
face
begins
to
putrifie
,
and
to
have
a
black
scurf
over
it
;
then
the
Morphew
is
incurable
.
Cure
.
We
must
use
first
one
of
the
Tinctures
for
cleansing
the
blood
;
then
use
one
of
the
cleansing
Medicines
before
described
;
and
then
some
consolidating
Medicine
of
Glandules
.
XI
.
When
there
are
Flesh-kernels
within
the
flesh
,
be
they
fixed
or
moveable
,
soft
or
hard
,
painful
or
without
pain
;
in
time
they
grow
so
big
,
that
they
draw
to
them
the
strength
and
substance
of
the
member
where
they
are
.
And
at
last
,
they
putrifie
.
Cure
.
A
threed
of
Plum-allum
,
dipped
in
the
oyl
of
Gilla
applyed
to
it
,
doth
take
it
away
,
afterwards
annoint
the
place
with
the
Oyl
of
Gilla
,
and
this
will
consolidate
it
.
XII
.
When
a
blister
riseth
in
any
part
of
the
body
,
as
big
as
a
Gall-nut
(
like
those
Blisters
which
are
raised
by
Caust●cks
)
and
is
of
a
blew
or
lead
colour
,
hard
to
the
touch
.
At
last
,
It
putrifieth
;
and
if
it
be
near
the
eye
,
it
begets
a
Fistula
,
it
daily
groweth
more
and
more
deformed
,
and
multiplyeth
;
it
maketh
the
Patient
hoarse
,
and
taketh
away
the
natural
colour
of
the
Body
,
and
so
it
comes
to
be
a
Leprosie
.
Cure
.
First
,
Nature
must
be
corrected
and
strengthned
by
the
Liquor
or
Tincture
of
Gold
,
then
the
Blisters
must
be
dryed
up
with
this
following
oyntment
.
Take
of
Aqua
fortis
,
in
which
there
is
some
salt
Armoniack
dissolved
,
one
ounce
,
the
oyl
of
Realgare
half
an
ounce
,
the
oyl
of
Euphorbium
one
ounce
;
mix
them
,
and
annoint
the
Blisters
with
them
.
XIII
.
If
the
head
being
rubbed
,
bleedeth
,
and
this
breedeth
a
hard
crusty
scab
,
out
of
which
cometh
a
yellow
water
;
if
it
be
not
timously
cured
,
it
spreadeth
over
all
the
head
:
Then
there
will
be
daily
a
bleeding
,
with
a
sharp
and
great
pain
;
this
scab
never
hath
holes
in
it
,
it
continueth
with
the
Patient
,
if
he
be
not
cured
of
it
,
until
death
.
Cure
.
There
are
three
kindes
of
remedies
used
for
this
Scab
,
viz.
a
Pitch
plaister
,
a
Corrosive
or
eating
Water
,
and
the
Oyl
of
Gilia
.
The
Pitch
Plaister
.
Take
of
Pitch
dr
Shoo-makers
Wax
a
pound
,
of
Colophony
half
a
pound
,
of
prepared
Cheese
,
half
a
pound
,
that
is
,
dryed
and
made
into
powder
;
mix
them
:
First
,
melt
the
Pitch
and
Colophony
together
,
then
put
the
rest
to
them
;
when
they
are
cold
;
make
them
into
a
plaister
,
some
do
adde
to
them
a
pound
of
Wax
;
this
Plaister
will
bring
off
the
Scab
and
Skin
together
:
Afterwards
annoint
the
head
with
the
Oyntment
of
white
Lead
,
and
this
will
bring
a
fair
skin
upon
the
head
again
;
some
take
old
Cheese
which
is
very
blew
,
and
they
wash
off
the
blewness
with
water
:
Then
they
take
this
blewness
which
was
washed
from
the
Cheese
,
and
lyeth
in
the
bottom
of
the
water
,
and
they
lay
it
upon
the
Scab
:
This
will
cure
the
scab
for
the
present
,
but
it
is
not
a
perfect
cure
;
for
I
have
seen
this
scab
thus
cured
,
return
within
two
or
three
years
after
.
Some
do
use
for
this
Scab
,
eating
corrosive
waters
and
burned
Tartare
,
but
I
do
not
approve
Of
this
,
for
these
Corrosives
do
eat
into
the
skull
,
and
cause
madness
,
and
oft-times
death
.
They
who
use
the
Oyl
of
Gilla
for
this
Scab
,
do
thus
:
After
they
have
annointed
the
Scab
,
with
this
oyl
,
then
they
annoint
it
with
Sallet
oyl
oft-times
together
;
because
the
oyl
of
Gilla
burns
exceedingly
,
and
is
very
painful
to
the
Patient
;
and
the
Sallet
oyl
doth
asswage
the
pain
,
for
it
abateth
the
burning
heat
of
the
Gilla
.
They
annoint
the
Scab
with
this
oyl
of
Gilla
nine
days
together
,
and
after
the
ninth
day
the
Scab
cometh
off
;
and
under
the
Scab
the
head
is
already
well
skinned
.
XIV
.
When
in
the
Lips
of
the
mouth
there
is
a
small
excrescency
,
which
is
at
first
like
a
Wart
:
This
,
if
it
bleed
of
it self
,
or
if
it
be
cut
,
then
there
grows
out
thence
a
spungious
flesh
which
groweth
daily
bigger
And
at
last
,
it
becomes
so
big
,
that
it
stops
up
the
mouth
,
that
the
Patient
cannot
eat
,
afterwards
it
causeth
madness
.
Cure
.
We
must
stop
the
end
of
the
Vein
which
bringeth
blood
to
this
Excrescency
,
or
we
must
turn
the
course
of
the
Vein
;
then
we
must
anoint
about
this
Excrescency
with
this
Oyntment
:
Take
prepared
Realgate
,
and
mix
it
with
the
juice
of
Celandine
,
and
make
a
Plaister
.
XV.
When
there
is
a
continual
pain
in
the
Leg
,
with
a
shining
redness
over
all
the
Leg
,
this
is
a
Gangrene
;
it
continueth
thus
thirty
,
years
,
before
it
break
out
into
an
Ulcer
.
At
last
,
when
nature
decayeth
it
turns
to
an
Ulcer
a
little
before
death
.
Cure
.
Take
the
juice
of
Water-lilies
,
the
juice
of
Night-shade
,
the
juice
of
Darnel
,
of
each
two
ounces
,
Wheat-Poppy
three
ounces
,
of
Opium
fifteen
ounces
,
of
Mandrake
three
drams
,
the
juice
of
the
outward
part
of
the
root
of
Henbane
,
five
ounces
;
mix
them
,
and
make
them
into
an
Oyntment
with
the
oyl
of
Lithargire
.
With
this
annoint
the
soar
;
you
must
also
apply
the
Anodyne
,
or
pain-asswaging
Medicine
,
which
you
have
described
in
the
cure
of
the
Cancer
.
You
may
also
use
that
Medicine
which
I
have
described
for
the
cure
of
the
Noli
me
Tangere
,
viz.
Of
Rosm
a
pound
,
of
Barley
meal
six
ounces
;
of
common
Frankincense
eight
ounces
;
make
a
plaister
,
and
to
one
pound
of
this
plaister
adde
half
an
ounce
of
Scammony
,
for
Scammony
hath
a
peculiar
vertue
very
helpful
for
open
burning
Soars
.
XVI
.
When
at
the
roots
of
the
nails
of
the
fingers
there
is
a
great
pain
,
with
a
swelling
and
burning
heat
,
like
the
burning
of
fire
,
and
a
pain
like
the
gnawing
of
a
Worm
;
this
is
a
Whitflaw
,
which
if
it
be
not
cured
,
it
will
at
last
perish
the
whole
Finger
,
with
great
and
long
pain
.
Cure
.
Some
do
cure
it
with
certain
Words
and
Characters
,
which
I
do
not
approve
:
The
remedy
which
I
use
for
to
cure
it
,
is
that
Anodyne
or
Pain-asswaging
Medicine
,
described
in
the
cure
of
the
Cancer
,
or
that
described
in
the
cure
of
Herysipeles
;
viz.
Take
Parmacity
,
of
Frog-spawn
,
Chervil
,
Juniper-Berries
,
of
each
alike
;
apply
this
to
the
finger
,
and
it
will
take
away
the
pain
.
Or
take
Hogs
dung
and
boil
it
in
Vinegar
,
and
apply
to
the
soar.
XVII
.
When
there
is
great
redness
and
swelling
in
the
heel
,
or
about
the
ancle
,
which
turneth
to
a
broad
soar
,
with
many
holes
in
it
,
and
spreadeth
it self
upwards
towards
the
knee
;
it
doth
not
go
deep
,
but
stayeth
in
the
upper
part
of
the
flesh
,
it
stayeth
under
the
knee
;
it
continueth
twenty
years
much
after
one
,
without
any
great
change
.
Cure
.
First
,
we
must
apply
the
pain-asswaging
Medicine
,
which
we
use
for
the
Whitflaw
;
then
apply
this
following
Plaister
of
Myrrhe
.
Take
the
Oyl
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
two
ounces
,
of
Wax
half
an
ounce
,
of
Colophony
three
ounces
,
of
red
Myrrhe
five
ounces
and
a
half
;
mix
them
,
and
make
a
Plaister
.
XVIII
.
When
there
are
knotty
hard
tumors
in
the
neck
,
lying
within
the
flesh
;
this
is
the
Kings
Evil
,
which
continueth
with
the
Patient
until
death
,
still
in
the
same
maner
without
any
change
;
unless
the
tumor
hath
been
big
,
and
it
beginneth
to
lessen
,
then
death
approacheth
,
this
is
a
sign
of
it
.
Cure
.
The
cure
is
twofold
,
viz.
Physical
&
Chyrurgical
:
The
Physical
cure
is
done
with
Powders
and
Potions
:
The
Chyrurgical
cure
is
done
by
actual
Cauteries
,
&c.
XIX
.
This
Polypus
is
superfluous
flesh
growing
out
of
the
Nose
,
which
when
it
is
grown
big
,
and
great
abundance
of
Blood
floweth
out
of
the
Veins
into
it
;
then
this
superfluous
flesh
breaketh
out
into
an
Ulcer
,
it
turneth
to
a
Noli
me
Tangere
.
Cure
.
It
must
be
cured
after
the
same
maner
as
the
Alcola
;
an
when
you
have
taken
away
the
superfluous
flesh
then
you
must
apply
the
Plaister
Oppodeltoch
.
XX.
The
Pyles
come
out
about
the
Fundament
of
a
red
colour
,
but
if
the
Blood
come
out
with
the
Excrements
,
always
when
we
go
to
stool
,
and
the
Excrements
come
out
with
great
difficulty
and
trouble
to
us
,
and
we
are
much
pained
within
,
then
the
Haemorrhoids
are
within
.
If
the
Haemorrhoides
continue
twenty
years
,
then
they
commonly
turn
to
a
Cancer
;
and
if
they
do
not
turn
to
a
Cancer
,
but
the
Piles
multiply
and
grow
bigger
,
then
they
close
up
the
Fundament
at
last
.
Cure
.
The
cure
is
done
by
two
kindes
of
Medicine
,
viz.
Dung-Medicine
,
and
a
Sweet-Corrosive
.
The
Swet-Corrosive
.
Take
of
Oleum
laterinum
,
or
Brick
oyl
,
one
ounce
,
the
oyl
of
Juniper
half
an
ounce
,
the
oyl
of
Myrrhe
two
ounces
,
mix
them
.
The
Dung
Medicine
.
Take
the
Patients
own
Excrements
,
and
mix
them
with
the
oyl
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
;
first
,
let
the
Patient
press
the
Piles
as
much
as
he
can
,
and
then
apply
to
them
this
Excrementitious
Medicine
.
XXI
.
There
is
a
dry
scab
of
the
Head
,
out
of
which
cometh
very
little
moisture
,
when
it
is
rub'd
there
falls
from
it
like
Scabs
;
it
causeth
the
hair
of
the
head
to
come
out
:
If
it
continue
sixteen
,
or
twenty
four
years
,
then
it
spreadeth
over
all
the
Body
.
At
last
,
this
scaly
Scab
falleth
off
,
and
then
followeth
a
Leprosie
.
Cure
.
Take
Succory
,
Germander
,
Maiden-hair
,
of
each
two
ounces
,
of
the
Pulpe
of
Cassia
half
an
ounce
,
of
the
best
Manna
one
ounce
and
a
half
,
put
them
into
a
pint
and
a
half
of
the
water
of
Mugwort
,
let
them
ly
in
it
a
day
;
then
set
them
over
a
slow
fire
,
until
you
bring
it
to
a
pint
,
then
strain
it
and
drink
it
warm
.
XXII
.
If
there
be
a
swelling
in
the
Groine
near
the
privities
with
redness
,
the
Patient
fainteth
,
and
beginneth
to
lose
his
strength
,
and
is
troubled
with
Aguish
fits
;
sometimes
with
great
heat
,
sometimes
with
chilness
:
By
this
you
may
know
it
to
be
a
Pestilential
Aposthume
.
Cure
.
First
,
This
Aposthume
must
be
opened
with
a
ripening
Medicine
proper
for
it
;
afterwards
apply
to
it
the
Oppodeltoch
Plaister
.
The
Ripening
Medicine
.
Take
of
the
four
Gums
,
viz.
Galbanum
,
Ammoniacum
,
Oppoponax
,
Bdelium
,
of
each
a
half
ounce
;
of
the
juice
of
Marsh-Mallows
,
of
each
three
ounces
,
mix
them
,
and
make
a
Plaister
.
The
Oppodeltoch
Plaister
.
Take
of
the
four
incarnative
Seeds
,
viz.
of
Birth-wort
,
Comfrey
,
Adders-Tongue
and
Sea-marsh
Bugloss
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
;
Wax
and
Colophony
,
of
each
two
ounces
,
of
Pitch
three
ounces
;
mix
them
,
and
make
a
Plaister
.
XXIII
.
If
after
the
act
of
Venery
there
followeth
a
swelling
in
the
Grine
,
with
great
heat
;
afterwards
this
swelling
breaks
out
into
foul
corrupt
holes
,
and
with
the
Urine
also
corrupt
matter
is
evacuated
.
At
last
,
this
Ulcer
comes
to
be
an
eating
Ulcer
,
that
whereas
there
were
many
holes
before
,
now
they
all
become
one
hole
,
and
so
it
eats
all
the
flesh
round
.
Cure
.
This
Ulcer
is
cured
with
these
two
,
viz.
the
Camphorated
Oyntment
,
and
the
Plaister
of
Mummy
.
The
Camphorated
Oyntment
.
Take
of
Camphire
two
drams
,
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
four
ounces
;
mix
them
,
and
set
them
in
some
moist
place
,
or
low
Cellar
,
&c.
and
they
will
turn
to
an
Oyl
,
with
this
Oyl
anoint
the
Soar
.
The
Plaister
of
Mummy
.
Take
of
Mummy
half
an
ounce
,
of
the
best
Turpentine
(
washed
with
Rose-water
)
so
much
as
is
requisite
to
make
a
Plaister
;
Mix
them
,
and
make
a
Plaister
.
XXIV
.
When
the
Veins
of
the
Legs
swell
,
and
become
as
it
were
knotty
,
having
many
small
hard
lumps
like
small
Bullets
in
them
;
they
lose
their
natural
colour
,
and
are
of
blew
or
lead
colour
,
or
of
a
dark
green
colour
;
the
skin
of
the
Leg
appears
as
if
it
were
blowed
up
with
winde
,
yet
the
flesh
under
it
is
firm
and
sound
.
At
last
,
The
skin
breaks
out
into
a
most
filthy
,
stinking
soar
;
and
if
then
the
Patient
be
troubled
with
stitches
in
his
side
,
this
is
a
sign
of
death
.
Cure
.
You
must
not
use
any
Corrosive
Waters
,
or
Baths
,
or
Purgations
,
or
Mercury
Oyntments
,
such
as
are
used
for
the
Pox
,
&c.
but
open
a
Vein
,
first
one
,
and
then
another
at
another
time
;
once
a
year
,
if
the
swelling
comes
but
once
a
year
;
and
if
the
swelling
comes
twice
a
year
,
then
the
Veins
must
be
opened
twice
a
year
,
at
the
same
time
when
the
swelling
useth
to
come
;
and
when
you
open
a
Vein
,
you
must
lay
to
the
place
the
gums
of
a
Hare
,
or
the
fat
of
a
man
the
space
of
three
weeks
.
XXV
.
When
there
is
a
swelling
under
the
tongue
,
with
a
blew
or
Lead-colour
,
and
it
groweth
to
be
an
Imposthume
,
it
is
deadly
in
Infants
;
or
if
do
not
come
to
be
an
Aposthume
,
yet
it
will
cause
a
great
impediment
in
the
speech
of
the
Infant
.
Cure
.
Let
blood
in
these
Veins
,
then
wash
the
childes
mouth
often
with
the
Waters
of
Agrimony
,
Ladies-Mantle
,
Sanicle
;
or
anoint
the
Veins
under
the
Tongue
with
the
Oyl
of
St.
Johns-wort
,
or
the
Oyl
of
the
Flowers
of
Centory
:
If
after
the
cure
the
swelling
cometh
again
,
you
must
do
th●●ame
as
you
did
before
.
XXVI
.
If
a
Woman
with
Childe
,
or
after
Childe-birth
,
complain
of
a
pain
,
swelling
,
redness
,
and
hardness
in
her
Brests
,
which
afterwards
turns
to
an
Ulcer
and
Putrifaction
.
Cure
.
Take
Gum
Oppopanax
,
and
Gum
Bdelium
,
of
each
one
ounce
,
of
gum
Serapinam
two
ounces
,
dissolve
them
in
so
much
vinegar
,
as
being
dissolved
,
they
may
be
of
the
thickness
of
honey
;
then
adde
to
them
one
dram
of
Mummy
,
and
of
Birth-wort
three
drams
,
of
the
Liquor
of
Chachymia
four
ounces
and
a
hall
;
mix
them
,
and
make
a
plaister
.
XXVII
.
If
in
a
fleshy
place
there
are
Risings
with
a
yellow
head
,
and
a
burning
heat
,
and
a
swelling
,
and
then
suddenly
they
grow
exceeding
red
,
and
breaks
into
several
holes
;
which
after
three
or
four
years
turn
to
a
blue
colour
,
mixed
with
a
black
,
with
a
vehement
burning
heat
,
and
under
the
skin
it
is
hollow
,
and
so
it
continueth
untill
death
.
Cure
.
We
must
first
use
an
eating
Medicine
,
and
afterwards
a
Consolidating
or
fleshing
Medicine
.
The
Eating
Medicine
.
Take
of
white
Coper
as
one
ounce
,
of
Rose-water
three
ounces
,
of
Lithargire
half
an
ounce
;
Mix
them
with
the
oyl
of
Roses
;
in
this
mixture
dip
a
linnen
cloth
,
which
you
must
lay
upon
the
holes
.
The
consolidating
Medicine
.
Take
of
Royal
Consound
half
a
pound
,
of
long
Birth
wort
three
ounces
,
of
Myrrhe
half
an
ounce
,
of
Mummy
two
ounces
;
make
them
into
a
powder
,
and
mix
them
with
so
much
of
the
oyl
of
Roses
,
as
is
sufficient
to
make
them
into
a
Plaister
.
A
Caveat
.
You
must
not
apply
to
this
Soar
,
Pitch
,
hot
Oyls
,
Birth-wort
,
Viride
aris
,
Arsnick
,
salt
Armoniack
,
precipitated
Mercury
,
Orpment
,
burnt
Allum
,
or
any
drawing
herb
.
XXVIII
.
Swelling
of
the
Veins
.
If
a
Vein
be
swelled
,
and
this
Vein
breaks
into
stinking
holes
,
with
a
putrifaction
of
the
skin
and
flesh
,
this
is
a
hollow
Ulcer
.
At
last
,
If
not
cured
,
it
turns
to
a
Saint
Antonies
fire
.
Cure
.
We
must
not
cure
this
Aposthume
in
the
same
maner
,
as
hath
been
said
before
in
the
cure
of
the
swelling
of
a
Vein
,
viz.
You
must
open
a
Vein
,
&c.
and
when
you
open
the
Vein
,
apply
this
following
Plaister
.
Take
of
Lithargire
,
and
red
Lead
,
of
each
half
a
pound
,
of
Sallet
Oyl
one
pound
,
of
Wax
half
a
pound
,
adde
to
them
these
powders
,
viz.
of
Orange-skins
,
of
Celandine
,
round
Birth-wort
,
of
each
three
ounces
;
being
all
mixed
together
,
make
them
into
a
Plaister
.
A
Caveat
.
You
must
not
apply
to
this
Soar
any
Corrosive
Water
,
or
Canteries
,
or
drawing
Medicines
made
of
Gums
;
for
if
they
be
used
,
they
will
change
it
to
a
St.
Anthonys
Fire
.
XXIX
.
If
in
men
there
be
Pustules
betwixt
the
shoulders
;
or
in
the
breasts
of
Women
,
which
become
hard
like
Warts
,
they
come
from
the
stopping
of
the
Haemorrhoides
in
men
,
and
from
the
stopping
of
the
Monethly
courses
in
women
;
they
grow
big
sometimes
within
the
skin
,
sometimes
without
the
skin
,
accordingly
as
the
humor
floweth
to
them
.
At
last
,
they
break
out
into
a
running
soar
,
which
draweth
to
it
the
substance
of
the
Body
,
and
continueth
during
life-time
.
Cure
.
First
,
If
it
be
in
a
man
,
you
must
bring
out
the
Piles
;
if
it
be
in
a
Woman
,
you
must
bring
down
their
courses
,
then
you
must
proceed
in
the
rest
of
the
cure
the
same
way
as
in
Noli
me
Tangere
.
A
Medicine
to
bring
down
the
Monethly
courses
in
women
.
Take
the
Liquor
of
Penny-Royal
,
and
of
Mugwort
,
of
each
three
ounces
,
of
the
corrected
Spirit
of
Wine
,
seven
ounces
,
the
liquor
of
the
milt
of
an
Ox
one
ounce
;
mix
them
,
and
take
half
an
ounce
of
them
in
a
draught
of
Wine
or
Beer
,
every
morning
and
evening
.
You
may
adde
to
this
Composition
some
Saven-water
,
and
some
of
the
oyl
made
of
the
grains
of
Saven
.
A
Medicine
to
bring
out
the
Haemorrhoides
.
Take
of
clean
gum
Sagapenum
half
an
ounce
,
of
Bdelium
and
Mastick
,
of
each
one
ounce
;
make
them
into
a
Plaister
,
which
you
must
apply
to
the
place
of
the
Haemorrhoides
.
XXX
.
When
there
is
in
any
place
a
great
pain
,
with
redness
and
a
burning
heat
,
and
afterwards
a
swelling
which
breaks
into
holes
;
and
about
these
holes
are
small
yellow
risings
,
shining
and
burning
,
and
it
continueth
so
three
or
six
years
:
but
when
there
is
a
burning
heat
,
with
yellow
risings
,
and
afterwards
they
turn
to
a
blew
or
lead
colour
,
this
shews
it
to
be
a
most
vehement
inflammation
.
A
Caveat
.
Beware
of
such
Medicines
which
drive
the
humor
inwards
,
and
beware
of
the
Guaick-wood
,
and
all
such
Oyntments
and
Suffumigations
which
are
used
for
the
Pox.
Cure
.
I
will
first
shew
you
how
to
cure
it
,
when
it
is
beginning
,
before
it
come
to
be
an
Ulcer
;
then
I
will
shew
you
how
to
cure
it
when
it
is
an
old
Soar
,
when
it
hath
continued
twenty
years
.
For
the
first
cure
.
Take
of
Frog-spawn
half
a
pound
,
of
Camphire
three
ounces
,
of
Myrrhe
and
Frankincense
,
of
each
an
ounce
;
put
them
in
a
Glass
close
stopt
,
and
set
them
in
the
Sun
until
they
turn
to
be
a
Liquor
;
in
this
Liquor
dip
a
linnen
cloth
,
which
you
shall
apply
to
the
part
pained
:
And
when
the
cloth
is
dry
,
dip
it
again
in
the
said
Liquor
,
and
apply
it
;
and
do
thus
so
often
until
the
pain
be
gone
.
For
the
second
cure
.
Take
of
Turpentine
,
two
pounds
,
set
it
over
the
fire
and
boil
it
a
little
,
take
it
off
and
let
it
cool
,
and
it
will
be
hard
and
brittle
as
glass
;
then
take
of
Oppopanax
half
a
pound
,
dissolve
it
in
a
quart
of
Vinegar
,
then
strain
the
vinegar
through
a
cloth
,
and
boil
it
until
it
be
consumed
,
and
onely
the
Oppopanax
remains
;
to
which
you
must
adde
the
Turpentine
which
you
have
hardened
,
being
beat
into
powder
,
and
three
ounces
of
the
red
powder
of
burned
Coperas
;
then
take
so
much
honey
as
is
necessary
to
make
a
Plaister
,
boil
it
and
skim
it
,
and
mix
it
with
the
rest
of
your
Ingredients
,
and
so
make
them
into
a
Plaister
,
which
you
shall
apply
to
an
old
Saint
Anthonies
Fire
.
XXXI
.
When
below
the
Brest
there
is
circle
round
the
body
of
reddish
colour
,
which
afterward
breaks
out
into
yellow
risings
,
and
these
in
a
long
time
after
turn
to
holes
,
with
redness
,
burning
and
pain
.
And
at
last
,
it
inflameth
the
Diaphragma
,
then
death
followeth
.
A
Caveat
.
Abstain
from
eating
Medicines
,
Gums
,
Pitch
,
fat
things
,
and
those
Oyntments
which
are
used
for
the
Pox.
Cure
.
First
,
we
must
cleanse
the
Diaphragma
with
Larks-spur
,
and
then
apply
to
the
Soar
this
Plaister
.
Take
of
Colophony
one
pound
,
the
powder
of
Celandine
,
and
the
powder
of
Orange
skins
,
of
each
four
ounces
,
of
the
best
Turpentine
so
much
as
is
sufficient
to
make
the
Plaister
.
XXXII
.
When
in
the
hand
there
breaks
out
first
Pustles
,
which
afterwards
turn
to
a
crusty
substance
,
and
then
there
follows
deep
clefts
in
the
flesh
.
At
last
,
it
spreads
over
all
the
body
;
thereafter
the
crusty
substance
falleth
off
,
and
then
it
ceaseth
.
Caution
.
Abstain
from
Corrosive
or
eating
Medicines
,
Cantharides
,
Purgations
,
Oyntments
,
Fumigations
,
and
the
Guaick-wood
.
Cure
.
Take
of
the
four
Gums
,
viz.
Oppopanax
,
Segapenum
,
Galbanum
,
Bdelium
,
of
each
one
ounce
,
of
Colophony
two
ounces
,
of
washed
Turpentine
four
drams
;
set
them
over
the
fire
,
that
they
may
be
mixed
,
then
make
a
Plaister
which
must
be
applyed
warm
to
the
chopt
hands
;
and
let
it
lie
at
the
hands
twelve
hours
,
then
take
it
off
,
and
wash
your
hands
with
clean
warm
water
;
then
apply
the
Plaister
unto
it
again
,
and
let
it
lie
other
twelve
hours
,
then
take
off
and
wash
your
hands
;
and
thus
you
must
do
so
often
,
until
the
humor
be
quite
dryed
up
,
which
useth
to
be
in
fifteen
days
,
or
thereabouts
;
for
the
four
Gums
have
a
peculiar
and
and
admirable
cleansing
and
drying
vertue
.
XXXIII
.
The
Itch
and
Scab
are
so
commonly
known
,
that
I
need
not
describe
it
.
Cure
.
Take
of
Roch
Allum
one
pound
,
of
Plum
Allum
half
a
pound
;
mix
them
.
Another
.
Take
of
Plum
Allum
,
and
salt
Entals
,
of
each
alike
;
mix
them
for
the
Itch.
Another
.
Take
Coperas
,
and
Allum
,
of
each
alike
;
mix
them
.
XXXIV
.
When
many
Pustules
break
out
together
,
and
being
rubbed
,
they
issue
out
a
yellowish
water
,
then
there
comes
on
a
hard
crusty
Scab
,
which
falls
off
again
,
and
in
its
stead
comes
another
.
And
at
last
,
it
turns
to
an
Ulcer
.
Cure
.
You
must
not
use
any
Medicines
,
but
such
as
are
cooling
:
Take
of
washed
Lithargire
one
ounce
,
of
Frog-spawn
an
ounce
and
a
half
,
the
juice
of
Housleek
,
and
the
juice
of
Water-Lillies
,
of
each
three
ounces
;
mix
them
,
and
apply
them
in
the
night
time
.
Another
.
Take
of
Rose-water
two
ounces
,
in
this
dissolve
a
dram
of
Camphire
,
and
anoint
the
Soar
with
it
.
XXXV
.
When
the
Nose
burns
exceedingly
,
and
being
rubbed
,
there
comes
a
hard
scurf
upon
the
place
,
which
continueth
so
a
year
.
And
at
last
,
it
turns
to
a
Fistula
.
Cure
.
We
must
not
use
any
of
those
things
for
this
,
which
are
used
in
the
cure
of
a
Fistula
:
But
use
this
Oyntment
following
.
Take
the
juice
of
Agrimony
an
ounce
,
the
juice
of
Onyons
half
an
ounce
,
the
Oyl
of
Dill
an
ounce
and
a
half
;
Mix
them
,
and
in
this
mixture
dip
a
linnen
cloth
which
you
shall
apply
to
the
Soar
,
until
the
cure
be
done
.
XXXVI
.
If
there
be
a
swelling
in
the
Throat
,
with
a
pain
in
the
Head
,
it
turns
to
a
Squinancy
,
and
afterwards
to
an
Ulcer
.
Cure
.
It
is
cured
with
the
water
of
Self-heal
.
A
Gargarism
to
wash
the
Mouth
and
Throat
.
Take
of
Pellitory
one
ounce
,
the
juice
of
Saint
Johns-wort
two
ounces
,
the
juice
of
Ars-smart
three
ounces
,
of
Oximel
Scylliticum
six
ounces
;
mix
them
.
Another
.
Take
the
Liquor
of
Mmmmy
one
ounce
,
the
juice
of
Ars-smart
two
ounces
,
of
Vinegar
three
ounces
:
Mix
them
,
and
therewith
wash
your
mouth
and
throat
.
The
cure
of
the
Squinancy
.
There
are
three
Medicines
which
we
must
use
in
this
Cure
,
viz.
a
Gargarism
,
a
Plaister
to
be
applyed
outwardly
,
and
a
remedy
for
the
pain
and
heat
of
the
head
.
The
Gargarism
.
Take
the
honey
of
Roses
four
ounces
,
round
Birth-wort
,
and
Winter-green
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
the
water
of
Prunes
,
and
the
water
of
Self-heal
,
of
each
seven
ounces
;
mix
them
,
with
this
wash
your
mouth
,
letting
it
fal
down
to
your
throat
three
or
four
times
a
day
;
this
Gargarism
doth
good
,
if
the
Aposthume
be
broken
,
but
not
else
:
And
if
there
be
a
very
great
swelling
,
then
apply
outwardly
this
following
Plaister
.
Take
the
Mucilage
of
Faenugreek
ten
ounces
,
white
Lead
two
ounces
,
of
Camphire
made
into
powder
,
half
an
ounce
;
make
them
into
a
Plaister
,
this
Plaister
will
take
away
both
the
swelling
and
pain
:
In
the
mean
time
you
must
also
use
this
following
remedy
for
the
pain
and
heat
of
the
head
.
Take
red
Rose-water
,
the
water
of
Shepherds-purse
,
the
water
of
Nightshade
,
the
water
of
Housleek
,
of
each
alike
;
mix
them
,
in
this
dip
a
linnen
cloth
,
which
you
shall
lay
over
all
the
head
.
XXXVII
.
When
any
have
from
the
Womb
some
spot
in
their
body
,
blew
or
black
,
or
clay
coloured
.
Cure
.
Take
the
flowers
of
Beans
half
an
ounce
,
the
burned
shels
of
Eggs
two
ounces
,
Sal
Peregrinorum
one
pound
,
the
water
of
Comfrey
,
and
spirit
of
Wine
,
of
each
fifteen
ounces
;
distil
them
,
and
in
the
water
distilled
dip
a
linnen
cloth
,
and
apply
it
to
the
spot
.
Another
.
Take
Plum-allum
and
Roch-allum
,
of
each
one
pound
,
and
distil
a
water
from
them
,
to
which
adde
Camphire
half
an
ounce
,
Salomons-Seal
two
ounces
,
distil
them
again
,
and
dip
a
linnen
cloth
in
the
water
distilled
,
and
apply
it
to
the
spot
.
XXXVIII
.
When
there
are
dry
clefts
or
chops
in
the
hands
or
soles
of
the
feet
,
without
Scabs
.
Cure
.
Take
the
meal
of
Barley
and
of
wheat
,
of
each
one
ounce
,
of
Winter-green
,
Agrimony
,
Centory
,
Self-heal
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
boil
them
in
water
,
and
set
your
chopped
hands
or
feet
over
the
water
,
to
receive
the
vapor
of
the
decoction
;
this
you
must
do
every
day
four
or
five
times
.
Then
purge
the
blood
with
this
:
Take
Germander
and
Succory
,
of
each
alike
;
boil
them
in
wine
,
and
drink
it
;
this
Potion
will
purge
and
rectifie
the
blood
.
Then
anoint
the
chops
or
clefts
with
this
oyntment
:
Take
Petroleum
,
the
fat
of
a
wilde
Cat
,
Harts
grease
,
Hogs
grease
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
set
them
over
the
fire
,
and
mix
them
,
with
this
anoint
the
chops
morning
and
evening
.
XXXIX
.
The
cure
of
Warts
.
Take
the
Oyl
of
Juniper
Berries
one
once
,
the
oyl
of
Spike
two
drams
,
Oleum
Laterinum
or
Brick
oyl
,
seven
drams
;
mix
them
,
and
with
this
anoint
the
Warts
.
You
may
also
drink
the
decoction
of
Germander
and
Succory
to
cleanse
the
Blood
.
XL.
If
there
be
chops
in
the
entrance
of
the
Fundament
or
Matrix
,
which
burn
,
and
are
very
troublesom
to
the
Patient
,
when
the
Excrements
or
Urine
are
evacuated
.
At
last
,
they
turn
to
be
a
running
soar
inwardly
.
Cure
.
For
the
chops
of
the
Womb
:
Take
Aloe
Succotrine
one
ounce
,
the
root
of
round
Birth-wort
three
ounces
,
of
washed
Turpentine
,
so
much
as
is
enough
to
make
a
Pessary
,
with
the
Aloe
and
Birthwort
,
which
must
be
put
up
into
the
Womb.
Another
.
Take
the
Mucilage
of
Flea-wort
one
ounce
,
the
oyl
of
bitter
Almonds
three
ounces
,
the
juice
of
the
Flowers
of
Vervain
six
ounces
:
Mix
them
,
and
dip
a
linnen
cloth
in
this
mixture
,
which
you
must
apply
to
the
place
where
the
chops
are
,
every
third
hour
.
Another
.
Take
the
juice
of
Winter-green
,
the
juice
of
Comfrey
,
of
each
four
ounces
,
the
flowers
of
St.
Johns-wort
,
of
the
Flowers
of
Self-heal
,
and
the
Flowers
of
Centory
,
of
each
one
ounce
,
of
Betony
seven
ounces
,
the
oyl
of
Dill
four
ounces
;
mix
them
.
Another
.
For
the
chops
of
the
Womb
and
the
Haemorrhoides
:
Take
of
Mummy
one
ounce
,
of
red
Lacca
half
an
ounce
,
the
powder
of
Oranges
,
and
the
powder
of
Antimony
,
of
each
two
ounces
;
make
them
into
powder
,
and
mix
them
.
XLI
.
There
are
some
swellings
,
in
which
are
bred
small
worms
like
Lice
,
which
grow
broad
,
and
they
make
a
reddish
scaly
scurf
,
like
the
scales
of
Fishes
.
Those
who
dig
salt
Mines
,
as
Coperas
Mines
,
or
boil
Salt
,
or
dig
Copper
,
&c.
are
troubled
with
such
Tumors
.
Cure
.
This
Tumor
requires
outward
Medicines
,
not
inward
;
let
it
be
anointed
with
this
oyntment
.
Take
the
oyl
of
Juniper
Berries
half
a
pound
,
the
oyl
of
sweet
Almonds
one
pound
,
the
oyl
of
Beach-wood
eight
ounces
;
mix
them
,
and
anoint
the
Tumor
therewith
.
Another
Oyntment
.
Take
of
the
oyl
of
Spike
half
an
ounce
,
the
oyl
of
Oak
three
pound
,
Cats
grease
a
pound
;
mix
them
over
a
fire
,
and
annoint
the
T●mor
therewith
:
It
is
a
good
Preservative
to
keep
us
from
the
hurt
of
these
Mineral
Vapors
.
XLII
.
A
swelling
without
pain
,
retaining
the
natural
colour
of
the
skin
,
and
being
pressed
,
it
retaineth
a
dimple
after
the
pressure
.
At
last
,
it
putrifieth
first
inwardly
,
and
then
breaketh
out
into
a
hollow
Ulcer
.
A
Caution
.
This
Tumor
must
be
cured
by
outward
Medicines
,
and
not
by
inward
Medicines
.
Cure
.
We
must
first
open
the
Tumor
,
then
cleanse
it
;
lastly
,
fill
it
with
flesh
.
A
Medicine
to
open
the
Tumor
.
Take
Realgare
one
dram
,
Talce
three
drams
,
of
Misselto
so
much
as
is
sufficient
to
make
the
Plaister
,
which
you
must
apply
to
the
Tumor
,
until
it
be
opened
.
The
cleansing
Medicine
.
Take
of
Colophony
an
ounce
,
of
Wax
four
ounces
,
of
Turpentine
so
much
as
to
make
the
Plaister
,
with
this
Plaister
cleanse
the
Soar
.
The
Consolidating
Medicine
.
Take
the
juice
of
great
Comfrey
,
the
juice
of
round
Birth-wort
,
of
each
two
drams
,
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
and
Turpentine
of
each
alike
,
so
much
as
to
make
the
plaister
;
keep
this
Plaister
at
the
soar
until
the
cure
be
done
.
XLIII
.
A
hard
swelling
which
will
not
be
soft
,
nor
will
not
break
,
but
continueth
firm
and
hard
,
you
may
soften
it
and
ripen
it
with
this
Medicine
.
Take
of
Varnish
half
an
ounce
,
the
Mucillage
of
Faenugreek
four
ounces
,
the
water
of
Sea-holly
,
and
the
water
of
sharp
pointed
Dock
,
of
each
two
ounces
,
the
juice
of
Marsh-mallows
three
ounces
;
mix
them
,
and
apply
them
to
the
swelling
.
Another
.
Take
the
Oyl
of
Lithargire
,
Colophony
,
Mummy
,
the
oyl
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
,
of
each
one
ounce
;
mix
them
,
and
apply
them
.
The
oyl
of
Lithargire
is
made
thus
.
Take
Allum
,
Vinegar
,
and
Lithargire
,
and
boil
them
together
,
until
the
Vinegar
be
almost
consumed
;
then
adde
more
Vinegar
and
more
Allum
,
and
boil
it
again
,
and
thus
you
must
do
until
the
Lithargire
be
turned
into
an
Oyl
.
XLIV
.
If
there
be
risings
under
the
ears
,
and
about
the
ears
,
with
a
swelling
,
and
the
third
day
after
they
grow
red
;
then
the
Patient
is
troubled
with
a
pain
and
heat
in
his
head
,
and
a
swelling
in
his
throat
.
At
last
,
It
turns
to
a
putrefaction
,
and
goeth
inward
.
Cure
.
We
must
first
ripen
and
break
the
Aposthume
,
then
cleanse
it
,
and
lastly
consolidate
it
,
or
fill
it
with
flesh
.
The
maturative
or
ripening
Medicine
.
Take
Oleum
Laterinum
,
or
oyl
of
Bricks
one
ounce
,
Oppopanax
half
an
ounce
,
dissolve
the
Oppopanax
in
Vinegar
,
then
strain
the
Vinegar
through
a
cloth
,
and
boil
it
,
until
it
be
boiled
away
,
and
the
Oppopanax
remaineth
dry
;
then
put
to
it
the
oyl
of
Bricks
,
and
make
them
into
a
Plaister
.
The
cleansing
Medicine
.
Take
Honey
and
Self-heal
,
of
each
an
ounce
,
of
round
Birthwort
and
Aloepatick
,
of
each
one
dram
;
make
them
into
a
Plaister
;
this
Plaister
you
must
apply
to
the
Aposthume
,
after
it
is
opened
.
The
consolidating
or
fleshing
Medicine
.
Take
the
yolks
of
four
Eggs
,
of
the
best
Turpentine
three
ounces
,
of
Wheat
meal
and
Barley
meal
,
so
much
as
will
make
a
good
mixture
for
a
Plaister
.
XLV
.
If
any
part
of
the
Body
exceedeth
its
proportion
,
and
is
bigger
then
it
should
be
;
not
through
any
disease
,
but
by
a
natural
growth
,
without
any
pain
in
that
part
,
or
in
the
Stomach
;
For
if
there
be
any
pain
in
the
Stomach
or
Brest
,
it
is
a
sign
of
a
Ptisick
.
Cure
.
Take
of
the
Lees
of
Wine
ten
ounces
,
of
the
Spirit
of
Wine
four
ounces
,
the
fat
of
a
Fox
five
ounces
,
of
the
Oyl
of
Dill
nineteen
ounces
;
Mix
them
,
and
make
an
Oyntment
,
wherewith
you
must
anoint
the
part
so
grown
.
XLVI
.
The
swelling
in
the
Cods
,
and
betwixt
the
Groin
and
Privities
,
commonly
called
a
Rupture
;
there
be
three
kindes
of
it
:
There
is
a
waterish
swelling
,
a
windy
swelling
,
and
a
fleshy
swelling
.
You
may
know
the
waterish
swelling
by
this
,
If
you
press
it
with
your
finger
,
it
will
leave
a
dimple
in
it
;
this
waterish
swelling
,
if
it
be
not
cured
,
it
will
at
last
putrifie
the
Testicles
and
the
Cod
,
and
turn
to
a
Bubo
;
if
it
continue
three
weeks
or
a
moneth
,
it
is
incurable
.
Caution
.
Before
the
Physician
entereth
upon
the
cure
,
let
him
well
consider
which
of
the
three
kindes
of
swelling
it
is
;
for
if
he
should
mistake
,
and
apply
unfit
Medicines
,
it
would
be
very
dangerous
.
Obs.
That
cleansing
Medicines
or
drying
Medicines
are
not
fit
;
this
Tumor
must
not
be
opened
.
Cure
.
Take
of
Figs
one
pound
,
the
Oyl
of
Juniper-Berries
four
ounces
,
Bean-meal
six
ounces
;
mix
them
together
over
the
fire
,
and
apply
them
to
the
swelling
as
warm
as
the
Patient
can
endure
it
,
thrice
a
day
,
viz.
Morning
,
at
Noon
,
and
Evening
.
Another
.
Take
Bean
meal
one
pound
,
the
seed
of
Flea-wort
,
and
the
seed
of
Quinces
,
of
each
an
ounce
,
of
great
Comfrey
four
ounces
,
Wine
and
Vinegar
,
of
each
so
much
as
is
requisite
to
make
a
Poultis
.
XLVII
.
The
second
kinde
of
Tumor
of
the
Cods
is
a
windy
Tumor
,
which
you
may
know
by
the
hardness
of
it
,
and
stretching
of
the
skin
;
it
makes
the
Cod
to
be
without
feeling
.
Caution
.
We
must
not
open
this
Tumor
,
and
we
must
beware
of
drying
things
.
Cure
.
Take
the
oyl
of
sweet
Almonds
two
ounces
,
Bean
meal
half
an
ounce
,
Pigeons
dung
and
Goats
dung
,
of
each
three
ounces
,
of
Vinegar
so
much
as
is
sufficient
to
make
a
Poultis
,
which
must
be
applyed
very
warm
,
morning
,
evening
,
and
at
noon
.
Another
.
Take
of
common
Rosin
six
ounces
,
of
Mummy
five
ounces
,
of
Elder
buds
one
ounce
;
mix
them
.
Another
.
Take
of
Turpentine
half
a
pound
,
Cummin-seed
four
ounces
,
of
Lettuce-seed
six
drams
,
of
Wax
so
much
as
to
make
them
into
a
Plaister
.
XLVIII
.
The
third
kinde
of
Rupture
or
Tumor
of
the
Cods
,
is
a
fleshy
Tumor
,
which
may
be
disearned
by
the
touch
,
it
is
firmer
then
the
waterish
swelling
,
and
not
so
hard
as
the
windy
swelling
;
it
is
a
superfluous
flesh
,
sometimes
within
the
skin
,
sometimes
growing
without
the
skin
.
If
it
doth
not
ripen
in
five
weeks
,
it
is
incurable
.
At
last
,
it
putrifieth
,
and
turns
to
a
Fistula
.
Caution
.
You
must
not
take
Potions
for
this
Tumor
,
or
any
inward
Medicine
;
and
you
must
not
apply
to
the
Tumor
any
fat
thing
,
or
any
drying
thing
.
And
remember
this
,
that
we
do
not
reckon
distilled
oyls
among
fat
things
.
Cure
.
In
this
cure
we
must
use
Plaisters
,
and
Chyrurgical
Instruments
.
The
Plaister
is
made
thus
.
Take
of
Oleum
Laterinum
,
or
Brick
oyl
,
seven
ounces
,
Oppopanax
,
Galbanum
,
Bdelium
,
of
each
three
drams
,
of
Bean-meal
three
drams
,
four
Figs
,
of
Camphire
and
Ruc
,
of
each
one
dram
:
Mix
them
together
over
the
fire
,
and
make
them
into
a
Plaister
,
this
softneth
,
ripeneth
,
and
putrifieth
the
Tumor
,
and
keepeth
the
Tumor
that
it
shall
not
be
bigger
,
nor
be
any
more
painful
.
This
Tumor
,
as
also
any
superfluous
flesh
,
or
any
hard
Tumor
,
as
Warts
,
Corns
,
&c.
may
be
dissolved
by
these
following
Medicines
,
viz.
Distilled
oyl
of
Bays
,
the
oyl
of
Nuts
,
the
oyl
of
black
Poppy
seed
,
the
oyl
of
Dill
,
the
distilled
oyl
of
the
fat
of
a
Cat
,
the
Spirit
of
Wine
distilled
with
Beans
,
or
with
the
seed
of
Flea-wort
,
the
water
of
Pepper-wort
,
the
water
of
Swallow-wort
,
the
water
of
red
Ars-smart
,
the
water
of
Sea-holly
,
the
juice
of
sharp
pointed
Dock
,
&c.
XLIX
.
When
a
womans
Monethly
Courses
do
not
keep
their
right
time
,
but
sometimes
comes
sooner
,
and
sometimes
later
,
and
much
water
comes
down
with
the
Courses
;
likewise
when
the
Urine
is
evacuated
,
there
comes
out
corrupt
matter
with
it
,
and
there
is
pain
in
the
Matrix
and
in
the
Belly
;
and
in
the
time
of
the
act
of
Venery
,
this
pain
of
the
Womb
and
Belly
is
greater
:
If
it
continueth
so
a
Moneth
,
there
comes
forth
Blood
;
and
if
it
continues
a
year
,
it
then
comes
to
be
an
incurable
Ulcer
.
Caution
.
Abstain
from
Purgations
,
cleansing
Medicines
,
and
consolidating
Medicines
.
Cure
.
In
this
cure
we
must
use
three
kinde
of
Medicines
,
viz.
Potions
,
Oyntments
,
and
Pessaries
.
A
Potion
.
Take
of
Agrimony
,
Sanicle
,
Winter-green
,
and
both
kindes
of
Periwincle
,
of
each
one
Scruple
,
of
round
Birth-wort
one
ounce
,
of
Parsnap
,
and
of
small
yellow
Rapes
,
one
ounce
;
put
your
Herbs
in
new
Claret
wine
,
or
new
Ale
or
Beer
,
and
let
them
lie
in
it
four
or
five
days
;
then
drink
of
it
every
morning
a
draught
:
You
must
use
this
kinde
of
drink
half
a
year
.
Another
Potion
.
Take
of
Larks-Spurre
half
a
pound
,
of
round
Birth-wort
six
ounces
,
Ladies
mantle
and
Sanicle
,
of
each
ten
ounces
,
of
small
Sea-Buck-horn
one
pound
and
a
half
;
put
them
in
Beer
,
or
Ale
,
or
Wine
,
four
or
five
days
,
then
take
a
draught
of
it
every
morning
.
Let
the
patient
use
this
following
Salt
with
her
meat
:
Take
Frankincense
,
Mummy
,
the
Stone
Haemmatites
,
of
each
two
ounces
:
Make
them
into
powder
,
and
mix
them
with
half
a
pound
of
common
salt
made
into
fine
powder
,
let
every
thing
be
seasoned
with
this
salt
which
the
Patient
eateth
.
Then
she
must
put
up
into
the
Womb
this
Pessary
:
Take
the
water
of
Plantain
,
the
water
of
small
Sea-Buck-horn
,
the
water
of
Ars-smart
the
water
of
St.
Johns
wort
,
of
each
half
a
pound
,
of
Earth-worms
six
ounces
,
of
Iragacanthum
one
dram
,
of
Comfrey
,
the
leaves
of
long
Birthwort
,
of
each
three
ounces
,
and
mix
them
with
the
best
white
Sugar
,
and
make
them
into
Pessaries
of
that
bigness
as
is
fit
,
to
be
put
up
into
the
Womb
once
a
day
,
and
there
to
continue
four
or
five
hours
at
a
time
.
Another
.
Take
the
juice
of
St.
Johns-wort
,
the
juice
of
Ars-smart
,
of
each
half
a
pound
,
of
Prune-water
,
and
Cherry-water
,
of
each
one
pound
,
of
Turpentine
washed
with
Rose-water
seven
ounces
:
Mix
them
,
and
make
a
Pessary
to
be
put
up
into
the
Womb
twice
a
day
,
or
oftner
,
as
necessity
requireth
.
Another
Pessary
.
Take
the
Oyl
of
St.
Johns-wort
,
the
oyl
of
Ars
smart
the
oyl
of
round
Birth-wort
,
of
each
one
pound
;
the
oyl
of
Frogs
,
the
oyl
of
Earth-worms
,
of
each
twelve
ounces
,
the
oyl
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
one
pound
and
twelve
ounces
:
Mix
them
,
and
dip
a
linnen
cloth
in
the
mixture
,
which
must
be
put
up
into
the
Womb.
An
Oyntment
for
the
Patients
back
.
Take
of
Mercury
,
purged
from
its
cold
substance
and
eating
biting
faculty
,
half
an
ounce
,
of
Bolus
Scissus
three
ounces
,
of
Harts
grease
half
a
pound
,
the
oyl
of
Dill
,
and
the
oyl
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
,
of
each
six
ounces
:
M
x
them
together
over
the
fire
,
and
anoint
the
back
therewith
twice
or
thrice
in
a
day
,
or
you
may
put
so
much
Wax
to
them
as
to
make
them
into
a
Plaister
,
to
be
applyed
to
the
back
.
L.
If
a
Womans
belly
be
big
,
as
if
she
were
with
childe
,
nevertheless
she
hath
her
Monethly
Courses
;
and
sometimes
her
Belly
is
big
,
sometimes
it
lesseneth
;
but
in
some
women
their
Belly
continueth
in
the
same
bigness
,
and
hard
,
&
some
women
have
pain
with
it
,
and
some
are
without
pain
:
This
is
a
false
Conception
,
which
continueth
with
a
Woman
during
her
life
.
Cure
.
I
will
first
shew
you
how
to
drive
out
a
false
Conception
,
then
I
will
give
you
a
Preservative
to
keep
you
from
a
false
Conception
.
A
Medicine
to
drive
out
a
false
Conception
.
Take
of
Oriental
Saffron
four
ounces
,
of
salt
Borax
half
an
ounce
,
of
Amber
half
an
ounce
,
of
Scammony
six
drams
,
of
the
Azure
stone
one
dram
,
Oppopanax
boiled
in
Vinegar
,
and
the
Vinegar
boiled
away
,
until
the
Oppopanax
be
almost
dry
;
then
take
so
much
of
this
Oppopanax
as
is
sufficient
to
make
Pessaries
,
with
the
former
Ingredients
,
to
be
put
up
into
the
Womb.
Caution
.
But
remember
this
,
that
this
Medicine
cannot
be
safely
used
,
if
the
Patient
hath
carried
this
false
Conception
as
long
as
she
should
have
carryed
a
childe
,
and
that
it
is
grown
so
big
,
that
the
passage
will
be
too
narrow
for
it
to
come
out
,
for
then
it
would
endanger
the
Patients
life
.
A
Medicine
to
preserve
a
Woman
from
false
Conception
.
Take
of
Agarick
Torchiscate
one
ounce
,
of
Euphorbium
half
an
ounce
,
of
Oppopanax
an
ounce
and
a
half
,
let
the
Oppopanax
be
dissolved
in
Vinegar
,
then
strain
the
Vinegar
,
and
boil
it
away
,
until
the
Oppopanax
be
almost
dry
;
then
mix
the
Agarick
and
Euphorbium
with
it
,
and
make
them
into
Pessaries
;
put
up
one
of
the
Pessaries
into
the
Patients
Womb
,
before
the
false
Conception
be
big
,
and
in
one
night
if
it
make
not
the
swelling
fall
,
then
she
is
with
childe
.
LI.
When
there
comes
out
of
the
nose
yellow
stinking
corrupt
matter
,
with
pain
in
the
head
,
or
without
pain
;
or
if
there
comes
out
of
the
ears
putrid
stinking
matter
;
or
if
the
Patient
spit
loathsom
stinking
matter
;
or
if
he
evacuate
corrupt
matter
with
his
Urine
;
or
if
his
dung
excrement
hath
changed
its
natural
colour
;
or
if
his
sweat
stinketh
;
or
if
the
Monethly
courses
of
Women
change
their
colour
without
pain
in
the
back
or
thighs
.
If
any
of
these
continue
with
the
Patient
four
years
,
sometimes
ceasing
,
and
then
returning
,
it
is
a
sign
that
it
will
continue
with
the
Patient
all
his
life
time
.
Cure
.
For
the
corrupt
Excrements
of
the
Nose
:
Take
of
Darnel
,
the
seed
of
Gith
,
black
Hellebore
,
of
each
one
scruple
,
of
Marjoram
and
Sage
,
of
each
half
a
dram
,
of
Musk
two
grains
;
make
them
into
a
sneezing
powder
,
take
a
little
of
this
into
the
Nose
every
morning
.
For
the
corrupt
Excrements
of
the
ears
.
Take
of
Scammony
one
scruple
,
of
Bdelium
one
dram
,
of
Wax
one
scruple
and
a
half
;
make
them
into
a
plaister
,
which
must
be
made
into
long
small
pieces
to
be
thrust
into
the
ears
,
when
the
ears
begin
to
purge
out
this
corrupt
matter
.
For
corrupt
Matter
voided
in
the
Vrine
.
Take
of
Oriental
Saffron
half
a
dram
,
of
the
hairs
which
grow
under
the
tail
of
a
Hare
,
half
an
ounce
,
five
Cantharides
:
Make
them
into
a
powder
,
and
mix
them
;
put
them
in
a
little
linnen
bag
,
which
you
must
lay
under
the
Yard
,
near
to
the
Fundament
,
right
under
the
Bladder
,
and
let
it
lie
at
the
place
a
day
or
two
,
until
no
more
corrupt
Matter
is
voided
with
the
Urine
.
A
Medicine
to
rectifie
the
Dung-Excrement
.
Take
of
Scammony
one
scruple
,
of
Haermodactils
,
and
Turbith
,
of
each
one
dram
,
of
Honey
,
so
much
as
to
make
them
into
Suppositaries
.
For
the
stink
of
the
Sweat
.
Take
of
Treacle
two
drams
,
of
the
Spirit
of
Wine
two
ounces
,
of
Euphorbium
seven
grains
:
The
Patient
must
go
into
a
Bath
when
he
takes
this
,
afterwards
let
him
keep
himself
warm
in
his
Bed
,
and
sweat
:
Thus
he
must
do
three
or
four
times
,
or
oftner
,
until
the
stink
of
the
Sweat
be
quite
gone
.
LII
.
If
after
rubbing
of
any
place
there
follows
a
red
swelling
,
which
afterwards
turneth
into
an
Ulcer
.
Cure
.
For
the
swelling
before
it
be
turned
into
an
Ulcer
:
Take
the
oyl
of
Roses
six
ounces
,
of
slacked
Lime
three
ounces
,
of
Camphire
five
drams
;
mix
them
,
and
lay
them
upon
the
swelling
.
But
if
the
swelling
be
changed
into
an
Ulcer
,
then
take
of
Frog
spawn
one
ounce
,
the
oyl
of
Camphire
two
drams
,
of
the
juice
of
Poppy
,
and
the
juice
of
Henbane
,
of
each
one
ounce
;
mix
them
,
and
lay
them
to
the
Ulcer
,
to
take
away
the
heat
of
it
.
Then
take
of
the
Apostolorum
Plaister
,
and
the
Diaquilon
Plaister
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
of
Mummy
three
ounces
,
of
Cerusse
,
or
white
Lead
,
two
drams
,
of
Camphire
one
dram
:
Mix
them
over
the
fire
,
and
make
them
into
a
Plaister
,
which
must
be
applyed
to
the
soar
,
until
the
Cure
be
done
.
LIII
.
For
Corns
in
Feet
or
Hands
.
Caution
.
You
must
not
cut
Corns
so
deep
,
as
to
cut
the
quick
flesh
;
and
you
must
not
use
Corrosive
Waters
to
them
;
for
in
so
doing
,
you
may
cause
a
dangerous
Ulcer
to
follow
.
Cure
.
Take
the
Oyl
of
Juniper
Berries
,
and
Agarick
,
of
each
one
dram
,
of
Ox
Gall
two
drams
;
mix
them
,
and
lay
them
to
the
Corn
,
until
the
Corn
groweth
dry
and
black
,
and
begins
to
moulder
away
:
then
apply
to
it
the
Plaister
Oppodeltoch
some
four
or
five
weeks
,
until
the
cure
be
done
.
Another
.
Take
Realgare
one
scruple
,
of
the
Oyl
of
the
yolks
of
Eggs
half
a
dram
,
of
slacked
Lime
half
a
dram
;
mix
them
,
and
lay
them
to
the
Corn
,
and
they
will
make
the
Corn
black
,
and
consume
it
.
The
Oppodeltoch
Plaister
.
Take
of
Colophony
two
ounces
,
the
powder
of
Celendine
,
and
the
powder
of
Orange
skins
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
of
the
best
Turpentine
so
much
as
to
make
them
into
a
plaister
.
LIV.
When
in
any
part
of
the
body
there
is
a
hard
immovable
tumor
or
Excrescency
of
flesh
,
growing
to
the
Muscles
,
which
groweth
still
bigger
,
and
at
last
makes
the
member
crooked
where
it
is
;
it
also
weakens
the
guts
,
causing
great
windiness
in
them
.
Caution
.
You
must
not
use
the
Chyrurgions
Instruments
to
this
,
nor
any
such
Medicines
which
are
used
for
Aposthumes
.
Cure
.
You
must
do
no
more
to
such
tumors
or
Excrescencies
,
but
to
hinder
their
increasing
,
which
is
done
by
this
Oyntment
.
Take
of
the
Oyl
of
Myrtles
two
ounces
,
of
the
oyl
of
Nutmeg
half
an
ounce
,
of
the
marrow
of
an
Ox
two
drams
,
of
Petroleum
two
ounces
and
a
half
:
Mix
them
.
Herewith
you
shall
annoint
those
places
where
the
Spermatick
vessels
lie
most
outwardly
,
the
back
and
thighs
once
a
moneth
.
LV.
When
there
are
spots
in
the
skin
of
the
face
,
or
elsewhere
,
of
a
yellow
or
clay
colour
,
&c.
If
they
stay
constantly
in
the
place
,
or
if
sometimes
they
evanish
and
return
again
.
Cure
.
Take
of
Turnsole
and
Germander
,
of
each
three
ounces
,
of
the
best
Manna
half
an
ounce
,
of
Parmacity
,
and
Bay-berries
,
of
each
ten
drams
,
the
water
of
Baulm
,
the
water
of
Vervain
,
the
water
of
Valerian
,
of
each
five
ounces
:
Put
your
Herbs
into
the
Waters
,
and
let
them
lie
in
the
waters
two
or
three
days
,
and
when
the
spots
begin
to
come
out
upon
the
skin
,
take
three
or
four
ounces
of
those
Waters
at
a
time
.
Observe
.
That
Turnsole
is
a
singular
good
Herb
,
it
wonderfully
reneweth
the
blood
and
flesh
.
A
Treatise
concerning
long
Life
.
CHAP.
I.
All
Medicines
divided
into
three
sorts
,
according
to
the
threefold
Age
of
Man
;
shewing
,
that
each
Age
must
have
its
own
Medicines
proper
for
it
.
SEeing
there
are
Medicines
which
can
preserve
the
Body
of
Man
for
many
Ages
from
Diseases
,
Corruptions
,
and
Superfluities
;
or
if
there
be
any
infirmity
or
corruption
in
the
Body
,
they
can
cure
it
:
It
ought
to
be
the
care
of
every
Physician
to
know
them
,
and
to
know
them
throughly
;
for
there
are
very
many
tedious
Diseases
,
and
many
Maladies
incident
to
the
Body
of
Man
,
which
are
rooted
out
by
these
Medicines
,
which
prolong
life
.
In
this
discourse
of
long
Life
,
I
will
first
give
you
the
Theory
of
it
,
and
then
the
practice
,
that
you
may
fully
know
all
that
concerns
long
Life
.
I
would
not
have
any
to
doubt
of
this
,
that
life
may
be
prolonged
,
for
these
two
Reasons
.
1.
Because
it
doth
not
appear
that
there
is
any
certain
day
or
hour
of
any
mans
death
.
2
Because
we
have
Medicine
prepared
for
us
,
by
him
who
hath
created
us
,
both
to
preserve
us
from
Diseases
,
and
to
drive
out
Diseases
.
Hence
we
may
conclude
,
that
neither
Diseases
bring
Death
,
neither
is
Death
the
cause
of
Diseases
;
nay
,
Death
and
Diseases
agree
no
better
then
fire
and
water
:
A
natural
Disease
hates
Death
,
as
every
part
of
the
living
Body
hates
Death
.
I
intend
in
this
discourse
to
speak
to
those
of
my
own
way
,
who
by
great
skill
,
and
daily
experience
have
searched
into
,
and
do
know
the
propertie●
and
natures
of
things
,
which
are
hid
and
unknown
to
presumptuous
and
titular
Doctors
:
And
I
do
affirm
this
as
a
most
certain
truth
,
That
the
Body
may
be
restored
,
changed
to
the
better
,
yea
wholly
renewed
:
As
it
is
to
be
plainly
seen
in
Metals
,
which
may
be
so
purified
,
that
they
shall
be
afterwards
free
from
any
rust
;
so
likewise
dead
Bod●es
,
if
they
be
embalmed
,
do
not
putrifie
afterwards
.
Some
perhaps
may
dislike
my
Writings
,
because
they
are
short
,
and
because
of
those
Examples
which
I
use
;
but
my
Writings
are
not
therefore
to
be
slighted
,
seeing
I
use
onely
the
examples
of
such
things
which
are
or
may
be
done
by
Nature
;
as
in
this
comparison
of
Mettals
with
the
Body
of
Man
:
I
know
that
there
is
great
difference
betwixt
these
two
,
yet
they
are
both
preserved
one
way
,
as
experience
teacheth
.
If
a
dead
Body
can
be
preserved
by
Balsom
from
putrefaction
or
decay
,
how
much
more
may
a
living
Body
be
so
preserved
.
Now
there
are
three
parts
of
Mans
Age
,
viz.
yong
Age
,
middle
Age
,
and
old
Age
;
and
each
of
these
must
have
such
Medicines
for
prolonging
life
,
as
are
proper
and
suitable
to
them
;
therefore
there
must
be
also
three
kindes
of
Medicines
for
the
conservation
of
Life
,
according
to
these
three
Ages
.
We
may
likewise
say
that
there
are
three
parts
in
long
life
,
according
to
those
three
parts
of
mans
Age
:
for
many
might
die
in
their
Infancy
,
many
in
their
middle
age
,
&c.
if
their
life
were
not
prolonged
by
the
help
of
Medicines
.
We
cannot
have
any
certainty
,
that
an
Infant
,
or
a
strong
yong
man
shall
outlive
a
weak
old
man
:
No
part
of
mans
age
hath
any
certain
time
of
death
appointed
to
it
;
the
Infant
in
the
Mothers
Womb
may
have
many
things
befal
it
,
which
may
be
the
cause
of
great
weakness
in
the
childe
,
or
incline
the
childe
to
diseases
;
and
that
Infant
which
is
very
weak
when
it
is
born
,
the
strength
of
Nature
is
abated
and
lessened
in
it
,
as
it
is
in
old
age
:
And
therefore
those
Medicines
which
are
the
helps
of
long
life
,
must
be
given
to
this
Infant
,
anointing
the
Nurses
breast
therewith
,
which
the
childe
doth
suck
,
&c.
as
you
shall
hear
more
at
large
afterwards
in
the
practice
of
long
life
:
For
by
these
Medicines
of
long
life
,
the
strength
of
Nature
is
increased
,
and
life
prolonged
,
after
the
same
maner
in
an
Infant
as
it
is
in
old
age
.
Or
if
a
yong
man
runs
into
so
great
excess
of
Drinking
or
Venery
,
&c.
that
thereby
his
body
wastes
away
,
and
Nature
decays
,
&c.
we
must
use
the
same
Method
of
curing
him
,
which
is
used
for
prolonging
life
in
old
age
;
viz.
by
restoring
the
decayed
strength
of
Nature
,
and
preserving
nature
afterwards
in
its
strength
.
Old
age
begins
with
gray
hairs
,
which
if
it
be
subject
(
as
oft-times
it
is
)
to
weakness
and
sickness
,
it
must
be
timously
helped
,
and
the
Medicines
of
long
life
are
to
be
used
;
but
those
old
people
who
are
free
from
sickness
,
and
have
much
of
the
strength
of
Nature
,
they
are
onely
to
use
these
Medicines
accordingly
as
their
necessity
requireth
.
Remember
then
this
threefold
partition
of
the
age
of
man
,
viz.
Yong
age
,
which
begins
with
Infancy
,
and
continueth
to
the
full
growth
of
the
Body
;
middle
age
,
which
begins
when
the
Body
is
come
to
its
full
growth
,
and
continueth
to
the
time
of
gray
hairs
;
and
afterwards
comes
old
age
:
Remember
likewise
,
that
each
of
these
ages
require
such
Medicines
of
long
life
,
which
are
proper
,
and
most
agreeable
to
them
,
as
was
said
before
.
It
may
be
,
this
will
be
objected
to
me
by
the
Emperick
Physicians
,
that
if
we
may
have
such
Medicines
for
preventing
death
,
for
curing
diseases
,
and
prolonging
life
;
how
then
comes
it
to
pass
,
that
great
men
,
as
Princes
,
Kings
,
Emperors
,
Noblemen
,
&c.
ordinarily
live
not
so
long
as
others
?
they
are
more
subject
to
infirmities
and
diseases
then
others
,
so
that
they
live
not
out
the
half
of
their
days
.
Certainly
if
there
were
any
such
Medicines
,
these
great
men
would
have
them
.
I
answer
,
the
causes
of
this
are
well
known
to
me
and
to
those
of
my
way
;
we
little
regard
such
vain
,
foolish
,
unlearned
objections
;
yet
I
will
answer
it
,
that
I
may
give
satisfaction
to
all
who
desire
to
be
resolved
in
it
.
And
we
say
,
that
we
know
not
any
King
or
Prince
in
our
times
,
neither
have
heard
nor
read
of
any
in
former
times
,
who
have
used
these
Medicines
of
long
life
,
except
onely
Hermes
Trismegistus
;
or
if
there
have
been
others
,
they
are
not
known
to
earthly
men
:
This
I
do
not
speak
as
in
answer
to
the
Objection
,
but
my
answer
is
this
,
That
the
Physicians
of
Kings
,
Princes
,
Emperors
,
&c.
do
know
less
in
Physick
they
the
Country
people
,
and
this
is
the
cause
why
they
cannot
bring
health
,
but
death
to
their
Princes
;
and
while
Princes
use
the
counsel
of
such
Physicians
,
it
is
impossible
they
should
enjoy
health
and
long
life
:
And
this
answer
concerns
those
ignorant
Doctors
,
who
have
nothing
of
a
Physician
but
the
name
.
I
give
another
answer
to
the
Objection
,
which
is
this
,
That
the
intemperance
of
great
men
is
most
often
the
cause
of
their
short
lives
;
and
this
they
have
as
part
of
the
reward
of
their
wickedness
:
And
this
I
think
sufficient
for
answer
to
this
Objection
.
CHAP.
II.
The
Division
of
Medicines
according
to
the
difference
of
diseases
,
and
what
is
the
chief
use
of
Medicine
.
YOu
have
heard
,
that
as
there
is
a
threefold
difference
of
mans
Age
,
so
there
must
be
three
kindes
of
Medicines
,
for
each
age
hath
its
Medicines
proper
to
it
.
Now
I
will
shew
you
the
several
kindes
of
diseases
,
and
the
several
ways
of
curing
those
diseases
.
And
first
,
Some
diseases
come
of
intemperate
,
disorderly
living
,
as
Hydropsie
,
Jaundise
,
Gout
,
Falling-sickness
,
Plurisie
,
&c.
and
some
diseases
come
from
the
Times
and
Seasons
,
&
other
accidents
concurring
with
disorderly
living
,
as
Pestilence
,
Madness
,
&c.
These
kinds
of
diseases
are
cured
by
the
Medicines
of
long
life
.
Secondly
,
Some
diseases
are
natural
,
which
proceed
of
natural
external
causes
,
and
those
diseases
are
to
be
cured
by
natural
Medicines
.
Some
diseases
are
unnatural
,
viz.
such
as
come
by
Inchantments
,
Superstitions
,
&c.
I
wish
our
Physicians
not
to
meddle
with
such
diseases
,
for
they
seem
to
me
to
come
upon
people
by
Gods
permission
as
punishments
;
and
if
so
,
they
are
not
curable
.
I
know
much
may
be
done
in
this
case
by
Images
Rings
,
&c.
which
are
preservatives
of
life
of
which
I
wil
not
speak
here
:
I
have
spoken
of
them
elsewhere
,
for
it
belongs
to
Astronomy
to
treat
of
them
.
Thirdly
,
Diseases
which
proceed
not
from
the
nature
of
the
Body
,
or
from
weakness
,
but
otherwise
,
they
must
be
cured
before
you
use
the
preserving
Medicine
;
if
the
disease
be
hidden
and
unknown
,
you
ought
not
to
meddle
with
it
;
but
if
it
be
such
a
disease
as
the
Gout
,
Falling
sickness
,
&c.
it
may
be
cured
by
using
onely
the
preserving
Medicine
.
Not
to
pass
over
altogether
those
diseases
which
are
from
imagination
,
or
by
Superstition
,
or
by
Inchantment
,
&c.
I
will
here
briefly
shew
you
the
cure
of
them
,
and
how
you
may
be
preserved
from
them
.
1.
Mental
diseases
must
be
cured
in
a
mental
way
.
2.
Diseases
which
are
from
our
own
imagination
,
must
be
cured
by
Objects
.
3.
Diseases
which
are
from
the
imagination
of
others
,
must
be
cured
by
imagination
.
4.
Diseases
which
come
by
Inchantments
,
must
be
cured
by
contrary
Inchantments
.
5.
Diseases
which
are
caused
by
superstitious
Charms
,
&c.
must
be
cured
by
contrary
Superstitions
.
Now
the
ways
how
we
may
be
preserved
from
those
diseases
,
are
these
:
First
,
Is
to
preserve
natural
strength
.
2.
To
preserve
us
from
accidental
diseases
.
3.
From
mental
diseases
.
4.
From
Inchantments
.
5.
From
Imaginations
of
others
.
6.
From
our
own
Imaginations
.
7.
From
Superstitions
.
You
see
,
I
make
no
mention
of
the
four
humors
of
the
body
in
this
business
of
long
life
,
because
I
finde
,
that
the
conservation
of
the
body
and
prolongation
of
life
,
is
onely
from
the
strength
of
Nature
,
and
not
from
the
good
temperature
of
the
four
humors
:
Nay
,
in
any
cure
the
four
humors
are
not
to
be
regarded
,
but
onely
the
strength
of
nature
;
which
reneweth
and
cherisheth
those
humors
;
and
therefore
that
Physician
who
thinks
by
rectifying
the
humors
;
to
make
up
the
defects
of
the
strength
of
Nature
;
he
is
like
that
man
,
who
having
suppressed
the
flame
,
thinks
he
hath
quenched
the
fire
,
and
leaves
the
live
Coals
.
He
who
would
preserve
a
Tree
,
must
be
more
careful
of
the
root
then
the
branches
,
because
the
branches
have
all
their
nourishment
and
vertue
from
the
root
;
and
if
we
do
any
thing
to
the
Branches
when
they
are
faulty
,
our
principal
aim
therein
,
is
to
cherish
the
life
and
strength
of
the
root
,
for
hence
the
branches
have
their
life
and
vertue
.
Now
as
the
root
of
the
Tree
is
to
the
branches
,
so
is
the
strength
of
nature
to
the
humors
of
the
body
;
so
that
if
the
humors
of
the
body
be
distempered
,
we
do
not
therefore
lose
our
health
,
unless
by
this
distemper
the
root
of
life
,
&c.
the
strength
of
nature
be
wronged
;
and
therefore
what
we
do
in
rectifying
the
distemper
of
humors
,
we
do
it
for
the
conservation
and
cherishing
the
strength
of
Nature
:
This
is
the
chief
thing
we
aim
at
in
the
use
of
Medicine
.
CHAP.
III.
What
Life
is
?
whether
,
and
how
it
may
be
prolonged
?
THat
we
may
the
better
understand
the
nature
of
short
life
&
long
life
,
it
is
necessary
that
we
consider
,
first
,
what
life
is
;
secondly
,
which
is
the
chief
seat
of
life
;
thirdly
,
by
what
things
life
is
shortned
or
lengthened
.
L●fe
is
not
a
body
,
but
a
thing
spiritual
,
like
hearing
,
seeing
,
smelling
,
&c.
Now
that
which
is
a
body
,
we
may
easily
finde
it
out
by
the
course
of
Nature
,
whence
it
is
;
but
we
cannot
finde
out
by
the
course
of
Nature
,
what
sight
is
,
or
what
is
the
cause
of
sight
,
or
how
it
is
effected
;
so
neither
can
we
finde
out
what
life
is
,
or
how
it
is
produced
;
for
life
comes
not
of
natural
seed
,
according
to
the
ordinary
course
of
nature
,
as
the
most
part
of
natural
things
do
,
but
it
comes
from
a
natural
beginning
,
in
a
Spiritual
and
extraordinary
maner
:
As
for
example
,
we
strike
fire
with
a
steel
and
a
flint
,
and
yet
there
is
no
fire
either
in
the
steel
or
flint
,
neither
are
they
of
a
fiery
nature
,
either
by
their
predominant
Element
or
their
complexion
;
they
are
bodies
which
will
not
yield
to
fire
,
they
are
not
easily
consumed
by
fire
;
they
seem
to
resist
fire
,
and
yet
we
can
bring
fire
from
them
:
After
the
same
maner
life
comes
from
these
things
,
in
which
there
is
no
life
,
viz.
seed
,
root
,
&c.
even
as
the
fiery
sparks
comes
from
the
flint
,
in
which
there
is
no
fire
.
Now
let
us
consider
,
whether
or
not
the
life
can
be
lengthned
,
amended
or
strengthned
,
seeing
it
is
incorporal
:
It
is
like
fire
,
which
having
more
wood
,
burns
more
vehemently
:
So
life
,
the
more
it
hath
of
the
humor
of
life
,
so
much
the
more
the
Spirit
of
life
abounds
.
But
that
fire
should
come
from
that
,
in
which
there
is
no
fire
,
the
reason
of
this
we
cannot
know
:
Many
do
think
that
the
hardness
of
the
flint
and
steel
,
is
the
cause
of
these
fiery
sparks
which
comes
from
them
,
and
so
they
rest
satisfied
:
But
by
this
answer
they
do
not
yet
satisfie
our
question
,
viz.
How
any
thing
can
come
from
that
in
which
it
never
was
.
The
life
(
as
I
said
before
)
is
like
a
flame
,
which
feeding
upon
Wood
or
Oyl
,
and
fat
substances
,
&c.
as
it
were
living
in
them
,
visibly
represents
life
to
us
;
and
as
a
flame
decaying
is
renewed
again
by
adding
more
wood
,
&c.
yea
,
when
the
flame
is
gone
,
and
there
is
onely
live
coals
,
yet
by
larger
additions
of
suitable
matter
,
the
flame
shall
become
greater
then
it
was
before
:
So
the
life
is
stronger
or
weaker
,
according
to
the
goodness
or
badness
of
that
whereby
the
life
is
continued
;
so
that
according
to
nature
we
may
refresh
and
cherish
life
,
by
supplying
it
with
those
things
,
which
are
agreeable
and
delightsom
to
it
,
whereby
it
is
made
stronger
,
and
of
longer
continuance
.
We
ought
not
then
to
think
the
time
of
mans
life
is
so
determined
,
that
every
man
must
needs
die
such
a
day
and
such
an
hour
;
nor
is
it
suitable
to
Christianity
,
to
think
this
,
that
the
life
cannot
be
prolonged
by
these
Medicines
which
God
hath
created
to
this
purpose
:
God
hath
created
these
Medicines
for
our
use
,
and
he
hath
granted
us
a
liberty
to
use
them
;
the
defect
is
onely
in
us
,
that
we
do
not
know
those
Medicines
.
Mans
reason
is
very
weak
,
it
fails
in
most
things
;
we
are
much
short
in
discerning
of
things
good
or
hurtful
to
us
;
how
few
men
know
the
largeness
of
that
power
which
God
hath
granted
to
man
?
Adam
knew
all
those
things
perfectly
,
he
was
the
wisest
of
Mortal
men
,
and
he
had
continued
immortal
,
if
he
had
not
been
deprived
of
the
Tree
of
Life
;
the
which
Tree
of
Life
hath
its
place
in
Medicine
,
as
well
as
in
Divinity
;
for
howbeit
it
was
the
Tree
of
Life
,
yet
it
was
a
natural
Tree
.
CHAP.
IV.
How
the
Life
is
prolonged
by
vertue
of
the
place
where
we
live
?
by
the
four
Elements
?
by
the
Stars
?
and
by
the
vertues
of
Herbs
?
THe
third
thing
I
promised
to
speak
of
,
is
this
,
viz.
To
shew
you
those
things
by
which
life
in
lengthned
or
shortned
.
And
first
,
The
Place
where
we
live
,
makes
much
for
the
prolonging
or
shortning
of
our
life
:
There
is
great
difference
in
Countreys
,
Climates
,
Cities
,
Mountains
,
Valleys
,
&c.
Some
are
far
more
agreeable
to
long
life
then
others
;
in
some
places
there
is
better
Air
,
they
yield
more
delight
,
the
vapors
which
rise
out
of
the
ground
more
wholesom
,
&c.
then
in
other
places
.
Secondly
the
Elements
,
viz.
Earth
,
Air
,
Water
,
and
Fire
,
work
great
changes
in
life
,
sometimes
to
the
better
,
sometimes
to
the
worse
.
Out
of
the
Earth
groweth
every
thing
which
nourisheth
our
Bodies
,
and
that
also
which
destroyeth
our
Bodies
:
We
have
from
the
earth
not
onely
that
which
is
hurtful
to
us
,
as
poyson
,
&c.
but
we
have
also
that
which
can
cure
us
,
and
keep
us
from
the
harm
of
such
things
,
as
Gold
,
Balm
,
&c.
Do
not
think
,
that
we
have
Medicines
created
onely
to
cure
diseases
;
for
if
so
,
then
Medicines
could
have
no
operation
in
Bodies
which
are
sound
and
whole
,
but
experience
proves
this
to
be
false
:
You
must
know
this
,
that
the
Earth
brings
forth
not
onely
such
things
which
can
destroy
us
,
or
take
away
our
health
,
but
also
gives
us
Medicines
,
which
not
onely
can
cure
our
diseases
,
but
also
can
preserve
our
life
and
health
:
Meat
and
drink
,
if
rightly
used
,
they
are
the
means
to
preserve
our
life
,
but
if
abused
,
they
destroy
life
,
as
it
appears
oft-times
by
the
effects
of
Drunkenness
and
gluttony
;
for
whatsoever
we
have
from
any
of
the
Elements
may
be
good
or
hurtful
to
us
,
accordingly
as
it
is
used
.
Again
observe
,
That
what
damage
we
receive
by
one
Element
,
it
is
recompenced
by
another
Element
:
Water
doth
resist
fire
,
and
by
this
resistance
it
preserveth
things
that
they
are
not
destroyed
by
the
consuming
heat
of
fire
;
and
if
there
be
any
damage
by
fire
or
water
,
the
Air
will
make
amends
;
the
Air
will
not
forsake
us
,
nor
leave
life
,
if
we
do
not
first
forsake
it
:
Sometimes
the
Air
is
infected
,
and
by
its
infection
may
kill
us
;
but
we
may
easily
know
when
it
is
infected
,
and
so
we
may
preserve
our selves
from
it
,
if
we
leave
it
and
go
where
there
is
a
better
Air.
Here
observe
this
difference
in
Air
,
and
the
rest
of
the
Elements
;
there
is
a
general
Air
,
and
a
particular
Air
;
a
general
water
,
&c.
Now
of
particular
Airs
,
one
may
be
good
and
another
bad
,
also
one
piece
of
earth
is
better
then
another
,
and
some
water
better
then
other
water
;
so
also
fire
,
some
is
useful
,
and
some
is
hurtful
,
as
Lightning
,
&c.
Thirdly
,
the
Stars
have
a
great
and
powerful
influence
upon
the
life
and
health
of
Man
,
they
can
make
sick
,
they
can
restore
health
,
they
can
preserve
health
,
they
can
bring
death
,
or
prolong
life
:
There
is
no
kinde
of
thing
in
the
world
,
but
there
are
some
good
and
some
evil
of
that
kinde
:
Then
here
lyeth
the
main
business
,
how
to
get
the
good
,
and
eschew
the
evil
;
we
cannot
have
always
that
which
we
would
,
as
if
we
would
appropriate
the
influence
of
Jupiter
to
our selves
;
or
if
we
would
turn
away
from
us
the
influence
of
Mars
;
or
if
we
would
draw
to
our selves
the
influences
of
such
other
Stars
which
are
good
:
Now
this
we
cannot
do
,
as
we
can
choose
one
herb
and
leave
another
.
I
say
,
we
cannot
do
thus
with
the
stars
,
to
keep
off
the
influence
of
one
,
and
choose
the
influence
of
another
,
as
we
please
:
But
thus
much
we
may
do
,
if
we
observe
the
Sar
before
it
put
out
its
influence
,
what
is
the
most
likely
way
of
that
influence
,
viz.
to
what
work
,
business
,
&c.
it
enclines
most
;
and
if
it
enclines
to
a
business
,
&c.
of
that
nature
as
ours
is
,
then
we
may
by
certain
helps
(
as
those
Images
,
Rings
,
&c.
which
are
made
for
the
Planets
)
draw
the
influence
of
that
Star
to
work
with
us
and
assist
us
;
but
these
things
I
declare
more
fully
elsewhere
.
Fourthly
,
many
Herbs
have
somewhat
lurking
in
them
,
which
can
keep
the
life
of
man
vigorous
and
flourishing
for
many
ages
;
for
Herbs
have
an
incorruptible
essence
,
the
which
when
the
Body
of
the
Herb
perisheth
,
it
entreth
into
some
other
Herb
of
the
same
k●nde
,
or
it
remains
incorruptible
in
the
earth
:
If
we
receive
the
essence
of
an
Herb
into
our
Bodies
,
it
stayeth
with
us
till
our
Bodies
perish
and
be
putrified
,
and
then
it
enters
into
the
earth
:
So
likew●se
●he
essence
and
properties
of
Mans
body
,
leaves
the
body
when
it
putrifieth
.
Here
we
must
remember
the
difference
which
is
betwixt
the
property
of
the
Herb
,
and
the
essence
of
the
Herb
;
as
for
example
,
the
property
of
Hellebore
makes
Hellebore
to
be
such
an
Herb
,
differing
from
all
other
Herbs
,
to
have
such
and
such
vertues
,
as
Laxative
,
&c.
So
that
the
property
of
Hellebore
can
be
in
no
other
thing
then
Hellebore
;
and
when
we
receive
the
Hellebore
,
or
ess●nce
of
the
Hellebore
into
our
body
,
yet
we
do
not
receive
the
property
of
Hellebore
.
The
essence
of
Hellebore
is
the
purest
material
substance
of
it
,
containing
the
life
,
&
all
the
vertues
of
the
Hellibore
in
the
highest
degree
:
Now
when
we
take
this
essence
inwardly
,
it
mixeth
it self
inseparably
with
that
humor
which
is
the
chief
seat
of
our
life
,
and
preserveth
this
humor
from
destructive
alterations
;
and
so
long
as
this
essence
lasteth
in
us
,
it
doth
us
good
;
it
is
of
it self
durable
,
yet
by
the
infection
of
our
corruptible
humors
wherewith
it
is
mixed
,
it
grows
weaker
,
and
wasteth
in
time
;
as
Talce
,
which
cannot
be
consumed
by
fire
,
yet
it
may
be
consumed
otherwise
in
length
of
time
.
I
will
here
adde
one
thing
further
concerning
the
vertue
of
the
place
where
we
live
,
viz.
That
there
are
some
places
which
do
so
agree
with
the
humor
of
life
,
and
do
so
preserve
it
,
that
those
who
live
there
,
enjoy
a
wonderful
long
life
;
and
there
are
some
other
places
which
makes
them
immortal
who
live
there
.
The
World
may
be
divided
into
two
parts
,
the
one
part
is
the
place
of
Mortality
,
where
we
Mortals
live
in
hope
of
Immortality
by
Grace
;
the
other
part
of
the
World
is
Paradise
,
where
death
cannot
be
;
for
whatsoever
is
there
,
it
is
incorruptible
naturally
,
and
not
by
a
Miracle
:
As
our
Phylosophick
gold
preserveth
from
Leprosie
,
&c.
so
it
is
the
nature
of
Paradise
to
preserve
from
death
,
that
whatsoever
hath
its
first
being
there
,
it
is
thorowly
undecayable
in
all
its
substance
.
But
we
who
live
in
this
place
of
Mortality
,
we
have
an
incorruptible
essence
;
and
we
have
a
corruptible
Body
,
which
can
both
be
preserved
without
decaying
in
Paradise
.
I
will
not
write
much
of
this
,
because
I
have
but
little
experience
of
it
,
for
the
essence
of
Earth
is
the
center
of
our
experience
,
and
Paradise
is
far
beyond
our
Travels
;
so
that
what
I
speak
of
it
,
I
speak
spiritually
,
as
in
a
dream
,
rather
then
waking
,
signifying
to
you
,
that
life
is
there
perpetual
,
continuing
to
the
end
of
the
world
;
or
if
longer
,
that
is
unknown
to
us
.
But
that
you
may
more
fully
know
how
health
and
long
life
may
be
preserved
,
you
must
consider
the
causes
of
health
,
and
the
causes
of
diseases
;
now
health
,
and
all
diseases
are
either
from
the
minde
or
from
the
body
.
The
minde
is
the
cause
of
such
diseases
which
come
by
Witchcraft
,
or
our
own
imagination
,
or
the
imagination
of
another
,
or
the
influence
of
the
Stars
:
For
when
Imagination
or
Inchantment
take
hold
of
the
minde
,
and
make
an
impression
upon
it
,
so
as
the
minde
is
disturbed
,
and
thoughts
multiply
and
grow
so
strong
,
that
they
overcome
reason
;
then
at
last
,
by
the
power
of
that
Imagination
or
Inchantment
,
Reason
is
quite
overthrown
,
and
so
the
evil
operation
of
the
Inchantment
or
Imagination
prevails
,
and
thereby
diseases
are
bred
.
Thus
also
the
influence
of
the
Stars
may
overcome
the
minde
,
and
command
it
,
howbeit
it
be
not
bred
in
the
minde
,
nor
depend
of
the
minde
,
as
the
former
,
viz.
Inchantment
and
Imagination
;
yet
it
may
powerfully
encline
the
minde
to
good
and
bad
operations
;
as
the
Sun
which
pierceth
through
the
glass
,
and
changeth
that
which
is
in
the
glass
according
to
its
own
nature
.
The
other
cause
of
health
and
diseases
is
the
Body
,
viz.
The
humors
or
complexions
of
the
Body
,
or
some
predominant
quality
,
or
some
principal
member
of
the
Body
;
the
Complexions
are
from
the
Body
,
and
are
seated
in
those
humors
whereby
the
Body
is
sustained
.
I
will
not
here
describe
those
diseases
,
I
conceive
it
not
necessary
,
neither
will
I
here
stay
to
discover
to
you
the
nature
and
causes
of
the
minde
and
body
,
or
to
tell
you
what
choler
is
,
or
what
blood
is
,
or
what
Phlegm
is
,
or
what
Melancholy
is
,
but
I
will
onely
give
you
a
hint
of
those
things
in
general
.
CHAP.
V.
The
Life
prolonging
Medicine
described
;
how
it
should
be
used
?
to
what
use
it
is
chiefly
intended
?
and
to
whom
it
is
most
effectual
?
I
Now
come
to
the
Practice
,
and
first
I
will
speak
of
natural
remedies
which
are
for
those
diseases
,
whereof
the
Body
is
the
cause
;
and
afterwards
I
will
shew
you
how
these
diseases
which
come
from
the
minde
,
are
to
be
cured
;
which
are
not
to
be
cured
by
natural
remedies
,
but
they
must
be
cured
in
such
a
way
as
is
proper
to
them
.
First
then
,
to
preserve
us
from
bodily
diseases
,
we
must
have
respect
chiefly
to
the
humor
of
life
,
which
upholds
the
body
,
&
governs
the
complexions
of
the
body
,
&c.
&
if
it
be
kept
in
good
case
,
the
Body
is
thereby
preserved
:
We
need
not
be
careful
how
we
may
renew
the
Complexions
and
Qualities
of
the
Body
,
or
how
to
purge
out
hurtful
or
superfluous
humors
,
or
how
to
cure
the
diseases
of
the
Liver
,
or
Milt
,
&c.
for
these
preservative
Medicines
which
we
use
for
long
Life
,
can
do
all
this
;
yea
,
whatsoever
defect
or
disease
is
in
the
Body
,
they
can
throughly
cure
it
,
and
this
they
do
,
not
by
that
great
vertue
they
have
which
is
proper
to
the
preservation
of
the
humor
of
life
,
and
prolonging
of
life
,
but
by
their
incorruptible
essence
.
In
this
practice
of
preserving
the
Body
,
three
things
are
to
be
observed
,
viz.
The
government
of
the
Body
,
the
disposition
of
the
Body
,
the
Medicine
it self
whereby
the
Body
is
preserved
:
As
for
the
Government
of
the
Body
in
respect
of
the
Country
or
place
where
we
live
,
it
is
not
so
much
considerable
as
the
other
two
;
indeed
the
chief
thing
that
we
are
here
to
consider
,
is
the
Medicine
,
and
the
right
ordering
of
it
:
All
our
confidence
is
in
this
Medicine
,
for
this
preserves
both
man
and
beast
;
this
preserves
man
however
it
findes
him
,
yong
or
old
,
&c.
it
will
not
suffer
any
superfluity
or
corruption
to
be
in
the
Body
,
and
it
doth
so
guard
the
body
,
that
no
outward
disease
which
comes
by
Witchcraft
,
or
from
the
influence
of
the
Stars
,
or
the
Imagination
of
another
,
can
enter
into
the
Body
;
neither
will
it
suffer
any
Tartar
to
stick
to
any
part
of
the
Body
,
or
to
stop
any
passage
in
the
Body
;
and
if
there
be
any
Tartar
any
where
,
it
takes
it
away
.
But
I
must
tell
you
,
that
he
who
hath
but
a
vulgar
understanding
,
cannot
understand
these
remedies
of
long
Life
,
which
I
set
down
here
:
They
onely
can
understand
them
who
know
the
art
,
or
to
whom
I
declare
my
meaning
.
This
following
preservative
Medicine
,
which
I
will
now
describe
to
you
,
it
is
to
be
used
thus
:
Take
a
dram
of
this
Medicine
in
a
draught
of
good
Wine
once
a
Moneth
,
if
nature
be
not
too
much
weakned
by
age
;
but
if
nature
be
much
decayed
,
you
must
take
a
dram
of
this
Medicine
once
a
week
;
and
when
a
man
comes
to
fourscore
years
and
ten
,
or
a
hundred
years
of
age
,
then
he
must
take
a
dram
of
this
Medicine
every
third
day
:
This
is
to
be
well
remembred
,
that
you
must
use
more
or
less
of
this
Medicine
,
accordingly
as
you
have
more
or
less
of
the
strength
of
Nature
;
for
amongst
those
men
who
are
come
to
the
vigorous
part
of
their
age
,
we
see
the
strength
of
Nature
greater
in
some
then
in
others
,
some
of
them
more
able
then
others
to
endure
,
&c.
therefore
this
preservative
Medicine
must
be
used
accordingly
,
as
I
have
said
already
.
Nature
is
so
weak
in
some
that
it
cannot
be
preserved
,
as
those
who
bring
this
weakness
with
them
from
the
Womb
,
in
whom
the
Foundation
of
Nature
was
never
sound
nor
sure
;
and
therefore
this
preservative
Medicine
cannot
be
so
effectual
to
such
,
as
to
those
who
have
a
firm
foundation
,
because
of
that
defect
which
is
in
them
,
which
makes
them
incapable
of
the
benefit
of
this
Medicine
;
as
we
see
in
Stone
and
Wood
in
taking
fire
,
the
stone
cannot
take
fire
so
well
as
Wood
,
&c.
If
a
Woman
use
this
Cordial
Preservative
,
it
will
make
her
Courses
continue
with
her
even
in
old
age
,
yea
,
and
make
her
fit
to
conceive
and
bare
children
,
unless
she
be
naturally
barren
;
for
their
Spirit
of
life
being
strengthned
by
this
Medicine
,
drives
out
of
their
Body
whatsoever
is
contrary
to
it
,
and
makes
every
thing
in
the
body
be
as
it
should
be
.
If
a
woman
use
this
Medicine
when
she
is
with
childe
,
that
childe
shall
have
thereby
a
very
sound
and
good
Complexion
.
Seeing
long
life
depends
upon
the
Spirit
of
life
which
preserveth
life
,
and
upon
the
humors
of
life
,
whence
arise
the
Complexions
and
Qualities
,
as
several
Branches
from
one
root
;
therefore
we
have
framed
our
preservative
Medicine
according
to
this
,
viz.
to
rectifie
the
Spirit
of
Life
and
the
humors
of
Life
,
and
so
the
minde
is
also
defended
from
hose
troublers
of
Reason
which
arise
from
the
Complexions
,
as
sadness
,
or
exsessive
joy
,
&c.
we
need
not
then
use
several
remedies
for
several
humors
;
this
one
is
sufficient
to
keep
those
humors
from
distemper
,
or
any
unnatural
alteration
,
to
keep
the
body
sound
and
well
,
and
to
keep
the
minde
free
from
all
disturbances
.
I
will
now
describe
to
you
our
preservative
Medicine
for
long
Life
,
so
often
mentioned
;
it
consists
of
two
parts
,
viz.
of
Simples
,
and
of
Arcana
or
Quintessences
;
we
would
not
have
the
Simples
and
the
Quintessences
to
be
used
severally
,
but
we
joyn
them
together
in
one
Receipt
;
for
the
Simples
have
wonderful
vertues
,
yea
almost
equal
to
the
Quintessences
in
prolonging
of
life
;
there
are
some
simples
which
can
preserve
the
Life
forty
years
,
and
some
Simples
can
preserve
the
Life
an
hundred
years
.
As
the
leaves
of
Hellebore
,
which
can
preserve
the
life
an
hundred
and
twenty
years
:
I
have
declared
the
vertues
of
it
in
that
Book
which
I
have
written
concerning
the
nature
of
things
:
here
I
will
not
write
much
of
it
,
because
of
peoples
unbelief
,
for
whatsoever
is
not
ordinary
,
it
can
hardly
be
believed
.
Likewise
flowers
of
Secta
Croa
can
preserve
the
life
an
hundred
years
;
there
be
many
more
no
less
admirable
Vertues
in
those
Herbs
,
which
I
will
not
mention
in
this
place
;
but
the
Quintessences
in
our
Receit
have
a
greater
faculty
in
preserving
,
then
those
Herbs
,
for
they
can
strengthen
,
comfort
and
nourish
the
Radical
humor
,
or
the
humor
of
life
,
more
then
the
herbs
;
even
as
flesh
and
herbs
do
both
nourish
a
man
,
but
not
alike
,
for
the
one
yields
more
nourishment
and
strength
then
the
other
;
Nature
doth
more
delight
in
it
,
and
receiveth
it
with
greater
benefit
:
Now
my
preservative
Medicine
or
Receipt
of
prolonging
life
in
men
or
women
for
two
or
three
ages
,
it
is
this
,
viz.
Take
of
the
Quintessence
of
Gold
,
and
the
Quintessence
of
Pearls
,
of
each
half
an
ounce
,
of
the
Quintessence
of
Saffron
,
of
the
Quintessence
of
Celandine
,
and
of
the
Quintessence
of
Balm
,
of
each
five
drams
,
of
the
leaves
of
the
herb
Hellebore
,
and
of
the
flowers
of
the
Herb
Secta
Croa
;
let
them
be
mixed
together
according
to
art
,
then
put
them
in
a
glass
bottle
for
your
use
,
keeping
them
close
from
the
air
.
CHAP.
VI.
How
we
are
preserved
from
those
Diseases
which
come
from
the
Stars
,
or
from
Witchcraft
,
or
from
Imagination
,
&c.
HAving
in
the
former
Chapter
desribed
our
preservative
Medicine
,
which
is
for
the
preservation
of
our
Body
,
and
to
preserve
us
from
those
diseases
whereof
the
Body
is
the
cause
:
I
will
in
this
last
Chapter
shew
you
how
to
cure
the
diseases
of
the
minde
,
viz.
Those
diseases
which
proceed
from
the
minde
,
as
also
those
diseases
whereby
the
minde
it self
is
infected
,
which
are
all
comprehended
under
one
of
these
five
.
1.
The
diseases
which
come
from
the
influence
of
the
Stars
.
2.
Diseases
which
are
from
Witchcraft
or
Inchantment
.
3
Diseases
effected
by
the
power
of
Imagination
.
4.
Diseases
which
are
produced
by
our
own
Thoughts
.
5.
Diseases
which
are
caused
by
Superstition
.
And
first
,
to
shew
you
how
those
diseases
which
come
from
the
influence
of
the
Stars
are
to
be
cured
;
howbeit
we
cannot
know
the
nature
,
or
causes
,
or
power
of
the
Stars
,
and
therefore
we
cannot
say
any
thing
of
it
;
yet
we
speak
of
those
effects
which
are
visible
,
produced
by
the
influence
of
the
Stars
,
and
we
say
,
that
the
Stars
have
a
prevailing
power
upon
the
minde
of
Man
,
and
their
operations
are
so
strong
that
they
overturn
the
minde
,
oppress
it
,
&c.
We
cannot
hinder
the
motions
of
the
Stars
,
nor
can
we
hinder
them
to
put
forth
their
Influence
,
yet
we
may
preserve
our selves
from
that
influence
:
As
those
who
are
in
a
Town
besieged
,
howbeit
they
cannot
hinder
the
Enemy
to
fire
his
Guns
upon
them
,
yet
they
may
preserve
themselves
from
the
harm
of
the
shot
,
by
keeping
themselves
within
the
Walls
:
So
we
may
keep
off
the
evil
influences
of
the
Stars
,
by
those
preservatives
which
may
be
prepared
for
that
purpose
:
Now
you
must
remember
,
that
there
are
two
kindes
of
Influences
;
there
is
one
kinde
of
influence
which
is
good
and
necessary
to
us
;
that
as
the
body
is
sustained
by
nourishment
,
even
so
we
are
sustained
,
strengthned
,
and
preserved
by
this
good
influence
;
there
is
another
kinde
of
influence
which
is
hurtful
to
us
,
this
hinders
the
former
good
influence
,
that
it
cannot
have
any
operation
upon
us
to
do
us
good
;
and
against
those
hurtful
influences
,
we
must
provide
defensives
to
preserve
us
from
their
harm
:
Those
defensives
are
the
Rings
and
Images
of
the
Planets
,
which
are
made
according
to
the
influence
,
i.
e.
they
are
made
in
the
time
of
a
good
influence
,
I
do
not
deny
,
but
that
the
Rings
of
the
Planets
(
as
I
have
shewed
elsewhere
,
treating
of
Imagination
)
have
a
power
to
preserve
us
,
and
are
helpful
to
the
prolonging
of
life
;
yet
I
do
not
approve
of
them
for
many
reasons
,
which
I
will
not
mention
now
.
The
best
way
how
we
may
preserve
our selves
from
the
evil
influences
of
the
Stars
,
I
conceive
it
is
this
,
To
turn
off
the
influence
from
our selves
,
to
another
thing
which
will
easily
yield
to
the
Influence
:
as
for
example
,
If
some
evil
Star
,
as
Mars
,
&c.
be
enclined
to
ruine
me
,
and
this
inclination
hath
made
some
Impression
upon
my
minde
,
and
begins
to
infect
it
,
whereby
I
may
fall
into
some
disease
of
the
minde
;
then
I
must
make
an
Image
like
a
man
,
upon
which
the
evil
influence
may
have
its
operation
,
and
so
I
my self
may
be
saved
from
the
harm
of
that
influence
:
For
a
Star
being
enclined
to
ruine
me
,
and
finding
some
agreement
betwixt
me
and
this
Image
,
and
that
it
hath
a
readier
way
to
fall
upon
this
Image
,
and
hath
less
resistance
in
this
Image
then
it
should
have
in
me
;
therefore
it
leaves
me
who
am
more
difficult
to
work
upon
,
and
chooseth
the
Image
which
is
more
easie
,
where
it
fulfils
its
operation
with
delight
:
There
may
be
many
other
reasons
given
why
the
influence
removes
thus
from
the
person
against
whom
it
was
intended
,
to
the
Image
;
but
I
will
not
now
express
them
,
for
they
are
not
pertinent
to
the
purpose
in
hand
.
The
second
thing
of
which
I
am
to
speak
,
is
to
shew
you
how
we
may
be
preserved
from
the
harm
of
Witch-craft
,
that
our
life
be
not
shortned
by
it
:
I
have
in
many
other
of
my
writings
shewed
remedies
for
Witch-craft
;
but
you
shall
use
the
same
way
here
for
Witch-craft
and
Inchantment
,
as
you
have
been
taught
before
for
the
evil
influences
of
the
Stars
;
for
Witch-craft
or
Inchantment
hath
the
same
way
of
working
upon
our
minde
or
Body
,
as
the
evil
influence
of
the
Stars
:
But
here
we
must
use
another
kinde
of
Object
,
upon
which
the
operat●on
of
Witch-craft
must
be
turned
,
then
that
which
is
used
for
the
influences
of
the
Stars
:
Thus
I
do
,
I
make
an
Image
of
Wax
like
a
Man
,
which
I
set
in
its
own
place
;
and
whatsoever
evil
is
intended
against
me
by
Witch-craft
,
it
shall
be
removed
from
me
to
that
Image
,
and
there
it
will
be
accomplished
;
for
the
Inchantment
proceeding
from
the
minde
of
the
Witch
against
me
,
my
minde
keeps
it
strongly
off
,
and
turns
it
upon
the
Image
,
whereby
there
can
be
no
harm
done
on
either
side
.
The
third
thing
is
,
how
we
may
save
our selves
from
the
harm
of
the
Imaginations
of
others
;
I
may
be
killed
by
an
others
Imagination
,
if
it
be
accomplished
in
me
,
if
it
be
not
turned
some
other
way
from
me
:
I
will
explain
this
to
you
by
an
example
;
Suppose
I
have
an
enemy
who
hath
an
extream
hatred
against
me
,
so
that
he
exceedingly
desires
my
death
daily
,
he
is
no
Witch
,
but
onely
a
violent
enemy
;
and
this
I
do
not
know
,
that
he
hath
any
such
malice
against
me
:
Now
what
must
I
do
,
that
this
imagination
wrong
me
not
:
Certainly
the
best
course
that
I
can
take
for
this
,
is
thus
,
to
settle
my
minde
and
to
keep
it
in
quiet
,
free
from
all
passions
or
disturbance
as
much
as
possibly
I
can
,
not
desiring
any
revenge
,
or
to
do
any
wrong
to
any
,
and
by
this
good
temper
of
my
minde
,
the
others
malicious
imagination
against
me
shall
be
thus
overcome
,
that
it
cannot
do
any
harm
to
me
.
Fourthly
,
whereas
our
own
thoughts
do
oft-times
wrong
us
,
as
when
I
think
my
judgement
too
weak
for
such
a
thing
,
&c.
by
this
thought
my
reason
is
quite
overcome
,
and
I
lose
my
reason
with
it
,
as
I
have
shewed
more
largely
elsewhere
:
Now
the
best
help
for
such
thoughts
,
is
this
,
Not
to
put
more
upon
our
reason
,
then
it
can
easily
perform
;
and
so
we
shall
not
be
troubled
with
such
thoughts
.
Another
way
to
help
these
thoughts
,
is
thus
,
If
we
conceive
any
thing
to
be
much
without
the
reach
of
our
Judgement
,
&c.
for
this
we
may
use
the
same
Image
,
which
we
use
for
the
influences
of
the
Stars
;
and
the
Image
standing
in
our
stead
,
and
is
as
it
were
the
same
with
us
;
then
those
thoughts
which
would
have
wronged
us
,
will
vanish
,
and
they
will
pass
from
us
to
the
Image
,
for
the
Image
cannot
make
any
resistance
against
these
thoughts
,
and
there
they
may
be
fulfilled
without
any
harm
.
Fifthly
,
By
the
thoughts
and
imaginations
many
Superstitions
are
made
effectual
,
which
differ
much
from
Inchantment
or
imagination
:
As
for
example
,
When
I
hear
a
Raven
upon
the
top
of
my
house
,
then
I
have
a
Superstitious
thought
,
that
this
must
be
a
sign
of
death
in
my
house
;
now
this
Superstitious
thought
growing
strong
,
may
either
cause
sickness
,
or
the
death
of
one
who
is
sick
in
my
house
;
the
truth
of
this
appears
oft-times
by
experience
,
and
I
have
given
the
reasons
of
this
in
my
Treatise
of
Superstitions
.
The
way
to
prevent
the
harm
of
such
Superstitions
,
is
thus
,
I
must
perswade
my
judgement
,
that
such
superstitious
thoughts
are
vain
and
foolish
;
and
what
I
esteem
to
be
a
certain
sign
of
such
or
such
a
thing
to
come
to
pass
,
that
this
is
my
error
,
I
must
endeavor
to
convince
my
Judgement
of
it
,
and
I
must
be
always
careful
to
exalt
my
Reason
above
groundless
conceits
,
and
not
to
entertain
thoughts
upon
the
report
or
phansies
of
others
,
nor
to
conform
my
thoughts
to
vulgar
opinions
;
as
when
I
hear
the
croaking
of
a
Raven
upon
my
house
,
I
must
think
no
otherwise
of
this
,
but
that
it
is
onely
the
natural
act
of
the
Raven
,
which
signifieth
no
more
to
me
upon
my
house
,
then
in
any
other
place
;
and
thus
this
superstitious
thought
is
overcome
and
made
ineffectual
.
A
strong
conceit
of
the
truth
and
certainty
of
superstitious
thoughts
,
is
the
cause
which
oft-times
makes
them
have
their
effect
;
but
if
I
examine
these
thoughts
by
reason
,
and
so
come
to
see
their
groundlesness
,
vanity
and
folly
,
this
will
quite
destroy
them
,
and
prevent
that
evil
which
they
might
effect
.
This
I
conceive
is
enough
for
those
cures
of
the
diseases
of
the
minde
:
If
any
do
not
understand
these
things
which
I
have
written
here
concerning
long
Life
,
it
is
because
they
can
neither
perceive
what
I
say
,
nor
what
Nature
doth
:
I
do
not
intend
to
make
those
things
plainer
to
them
;
for
what
I
have
written
here
,
I
have
written
it
onely
for
those
who
are
grounded
in
the
knowledge
of
such
things
,
and
it
is
my
desire
that
they
may
fully
understand
me
.
If
you
would
know
what
Dyet
is
best
for
long
life
,
observe
these
rules
following
.
1.
Let
your
meats
and
drinks
be
prepared
with
the
preservative
Medicine
,
and
this
will
drive
out
all
superfluous
humors
which
lurk
in
the
Body
.
2.
If
you
have
any
inward
diseases
,
then
you
must
speedily
use
fit
Medicines
,
as
Quintessences
,
&c.
to
ripen
them
:
Concerning
the
causes
of
diseases
,
and
their
proper
remedies
I
will
not
write
any
thing
here
,
for
that
I
have
done
in
many
other
of
my
Physical
Treatises
.
3.
The
best
Dyet
for
long
life
,
is
a
moderate
dyet
,
which
I
need
not
describe
here
,
seeing
it
is
so
well
known
to
every
Physician
.
4.
Let
your
meats
and
drinks
be
rightly
prepared
,
that
is
,
They
must
be
purged
from
all
superfluities
,
impurities
,
and
whatsoever
is
hurtful
in
them
;
and
this
is
to
be
done
the
same
way
,
which
is
used
in
the
separation
of
the
Elements
,
as
I
have
described
in
my
Book
concerning
Restauration
and
Renovation
:
Such
purified
meats
and
drinks
,
with
a
moderate
dyet
,
are
wonderfully
helpful
to
the
prolonging
of
life
;
they
nourish
well
,
and
they
never
cause
any
disease
in
the
Body
;
this
cannot
be
said
of
other
meats
and
drinks
.
To
conclude
,
Observe
,
That
those
purified
meats
and
drinks
yield
better
nourishment
to
our
Bodies
,
then
any
other
;
they
do
encrease
flesh
and
good
blood
very
much
,
this
is
their
use
;
and
the
use
of
their
preservative
Medicine
is
to
preserve
the
spirit
of
Life
and
the
humor
of
life
.